JP6855784B2 - Game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine provided with a gaming board.

As the gaming machine, for example, there is a pachinko gaming machine provided with a gaming board having a gaming area formed on the front surface. This game board is a plate-shaped member, and a large number of obstacle nails are driven (planted) on the front side thereof, and a guide rail forming a game area and a winning device for detecting a game ball are detected. Alternatively, a plurality of parts such as decorative members that decorate the surface of the game board are arranged (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-027591

Here, in the game machine as illustrated above, it is necessary to improve the attachment performance of the parts to the game board, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The present invention has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of improving the mounting performance of parts on a game board.

In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 has a plate body forming a game area on the front surface side where a game is played by a game medium, and a first component and a first component fixed to the front surface side of the plate body. and 2 parts, a gaming machine having a game board, which is configured with said first component and said second component, respectively, a base in contact with the plate member, said plate body of the base contact with the plate side insertion portion provided on the side, wherein the plate member includes a resiliently deformable plate member, and the decorative sheet is adhered to the surface of the plate member, the plate side of the first part It is provided with a first-shaped hole in which an insertion portion is formed so that it can be inserted, and a second-shaped hole which is different in shape from the first-shaped hole and is formed so that the plate-side insertion portion of the second component can be inserted. The first shape hole and the second shape hole are each formed at least a predetermined depth or more from the surface of the plate body, and the first shape hole is located at a position of the predetermined depth from the hole edge of the first shape hole. over and is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the plate-side insertion portion, the second shape hole, the hole edge of the second shape hole is configured larger than the outer shape of the plate-side insertion portion, at a position of the predetermined depth, the plate is side insertion portion of rather smaller than the outer configuration, at least, the said base of the first part is constituted of a material having no light transmitting property.

Gaming machine of claim 2, in claim 1 gaming machine described in the firing control means for controlling the firing of the game ball, that features.

According to the gaming machine according to claim 1, a plate body forming a game area on which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front surface side, and a first component and a second component fixed to the front surface side of the plate body are provided. A game machine provided with a game board configured to have the first component and the second component, respectively, provided on a base portion in contact with the plate body and a side of the base portion in contact with the plate body. The plate body is provided with a plate body side insertion portion, and the plate body can be inserted into an elastically deformable plate member, a decorative sheet attached to the surface of the plate member, and the plate body side insertion portion of the first component. The first shape hole is provided with a first shape hole formed in the above, and a second shape hole having a shape different from that of the first shape hole and formed so that the plate body side insertion portion of the second component can be inserted. Each of the hole and the second shape hole is formed from the surface of the plate body at least at a predetermined depth or more, and the first shape hole extends from the hole edge of the first shape hole to the position of the predetermined depth of the plate. The second shape hole is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the body side insertion portion, and the hole edge of the second shape hole is configured to be larger than the outer shape of the plate body side insertion portion, and the plate body side insertion portion is formed at a position of the predetermined depth. is composed of the outer shape smaller, at least, the said base of the first part is constituted of a material having no light transmitting property. This enables FIG Rukoto improved component mounting performance for the game board, there is an effect that.

According to the gaming machine according to claim 2, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machine according to claim 1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the firing control means for controlling the firing of the game ball, that features. Thus, it is possible to improve the component mounting performance for Yu Technical Edition, there is the effect that.

It is a front view of the pachinko machine in the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a front view of the game board of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows the structure of the main display unit arranged in a game board, (a) is the front view of the main display unit, (b) is the main display unit seen from the IVb line direction of (a). (C) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line IVc-IVc of (a), and (d) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of (c). It is a figure which shows the structure of the start winning opening unit arranged in the game board, (a) is the front view of the starting winning opening unit, (b) is the start seen from the Vb line direction of (a). It is a top view of the winning opening unit, (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vc-Vc of (a), and (d) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of (c). It is a figure which shows the structure of the through gate arranged in the game board, (a) is the front view of the through gate, (b) is the top view of the through gate seen from the VIb line direction of (a). (C) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line VIc-VIc of (a). It is a figure for demonstrating the through gate, the main display unit and the start winning opening unit arranged in a game board, (a) is the enlarged front view of the through gate in a game board, (b) is (b). A is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line VIIb-VIIb of a), FIG. 3C is an enlarged front view of a part of the main display unit on the game board, and FIG. FIG. 5 (e) is an enlarged front view of a part of the starting winning opening unit, and (f) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line VIIf-VIIf of (e). It is a block diagram which shows the electric structure of a pachinko machine. It is the schematic which shows the flow of the manufacturing process of a pachinko machine. It is the schematic which shows the flow of the manufacturing process of a game board. It is a figure which shows typically the positioning hole machine which forms the positioning hole for each part in the manufacturing process of a game board. It is a figure which shows the structure of a straight pin, (a) is a schematic front view of a straight pin, (b) is a schematic side view of a straight pin, (c) is a schematic view of a straight pin. It is a bottom view. It is a figure which shows the structure of a taper pin, (a) is a schematic front view of a taper pin, (b) is a schematic side view of a taper pin, (c) is a schematic bottom view of a taper pin. .. It is a figure which shows the structure of a hybrid pin, (a) is a schematic front view of a hybrid pin, (b) is a schematic side view of a hybrid pin, and (c) is a schematic side view of a hybrid pin. It is a bottom view. It is a figure which shows typically the 1st transport process which transports a game board in the manufacturing process of a game board. It is a figure which shows typically the screw driving machine which fixes each part with a screw to the game board in the manufacturing process of a game board. It is a front view of the game board before the process of making a positioning hole for a part is performed. It is a figure which shows the structure of the nail hole for a game nail, (a) is the enlarged front view of XVIIIa in FIG. 17, (b) is the sectional view of line XVIIIb-XVIIIb of (a), and ( c) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XVIIIc-XVIIIc of (a). It is a front view of the game board after the process of making a positioning hole for a part is performed. It is a figure which shows the structure of the main display positioning hole, (a) is the enlarged front view of XXa in FIG. 19, (b) is the sectional view of the line XXb-XXb of (a), (c). Is a cross-sectional view of the XXc-XXc line of (a), (d) is an enlarged view of XXd of (b), and (e) is an enlarged view of XXe of (c). It is a table which shows the relationship between the straight pin and the shape of the main display positioning hole formed by the straight pin. It is a figure which shows the structure of the start positioning hole, (a) is the enlarged front view of XXIIa in FIG. 19, (b) is the sectional view of the line XXIIb-XXIIb of (a), (c) is , (A) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIIc-XXIIc, (d) is an enlarged view of XXIId of (b), and (e) is an enlarged view of XXIIe of (c). It is a table which shows the relationship between the taper pin and the shape of the start positioning hole formed by the taper pin. It is a table which shows the error type which occurs in the manufacturing process of a game board, and the main influence, cause, correctability and importance of the error. It is a front view of the through gate which showed the failure example of the screw fixing by the screw driving machine. It is a figure which shows the structure of the through positioning hole, (a) is the enlarged front view of XXVIa in FIG. 19, (b) is the sectional view of the line XXVIb-XXVIb of (a), (c) is , (A) is a cross-sectional view of the XXVIc-XXVIc line, (d) is an enlarged view of XXVId of (b), and (e) is an enlarged view of XXVIe of (c). It is a table which shows the shape of the through positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin. It is a front view of the game board after the game nail planting process and the rail and windmill planting process are performed. It is a front view of the game board after the 1st transfer process is performed. It is a front view of the game board after the 1st screw fixing process and the 2nd transfer process are performed. (A) is a table showing the evaluation items when evaluating the pin suitability and the contents and points assigned to each item, and (b) is a table showing the pin type based on the total score of the pin suitability evaluation points. is there. It is a list of parts which are formed by drilling a positioning hole using a straight pin. It is a list of parts for forming a positioning hole by using a taper pin. It is a list of parts for forming a positioning hole by using a hybrid pin. It is a figure which showed the structure of the start winning opening unit in 2nd Embodiment, (a) is the front view of the start winning opening unit of 2nd Embodiment, (b) is the XXXXVb line direction of (a). It is a top view of the start winning opening unit of the second embodiment seen from the above, (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXXVc-XXXVc of (a), and (d) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of (c). Yes, (e) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXXV-XXXV of (a), and (f) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of (e). It is a table which showed the pin suitability of the start winning opening unit in 2nd Embodiment. It is a front view of the center frame in 3rd Embodiment. It is a table which showed the pin suitability of the 2nd center frame in 3rd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the hybrid pin for forming the positioning hole in the base of the game board in 4th Embodiment, (a) is the front view of the hybrid pin, (b) is the side surface of the hybrid pin. FIG. 3C is a bottom view of the hybrid pin.

<First Embodiment>
Hereinafter, a first embodiment, which is an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as a “pachinko machine”) 10, will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, the appearance configuration of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10, FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a front view of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10.

As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 11 formed in substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. It is provided with an inner frame 12 that is supported so as to be openable and closable. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower positions on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1) in order to support the inner frame 12, and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis. The frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side (front side) of the front surface. When the inner frame 12 is closed, the inner frame 12 is locked to the outer frame 11.

The inner frame 12 is made of a synthetic resin, specifically, an acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Style, hereinafter abbreviated as "ABS") resin. ABS resin is suitable as a constituent material of the inner frame 12 because the material cost is low, the adhesiveness such as plating is good, the decorative property is excellent, and the impact resistance is high.

The inner frame 12 has a game board 13 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later, provided with a large number of game nails and various winning openings 3a, 4a, 5a, etc. in the area of 2/3 to 3/4 on the upper side of the front view. It is attached detachably from. A ball game is performed by the ball flowing down the front surface of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 includes a ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 8) that launches a ball into the front region of the game board 13, and a launch rail that guides the ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a to the front region of the game board 13. (Not shown) etc. are attached.

On the front side of the inner frame 12, a door frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side thereof are provided. In order to support the door frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to the upper and lower two places on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinges 19 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis for the door. The frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side of the front surface. The inner frame 12 and the door frame 14 (and the lower plate unit 15) are unlocked by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation. Further, the pachinko machine 10 has a door opening switch (shown) that detects that either the inner frame 12 or the door frame 14 (and the lower plate unit 15) is unlocked and opened (the door is opened). The door is provided.

The door frame 14 is formed by assembling decorative resin parts, electric parts, and the like, and a window portion 14a having an opening formed in a substantially elliptical shape is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two pieces of glass is arranged on the back surface side of the door frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 via the glass unit 16.

On the door frame 14, an upper plate 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box shape with the upper surface open so as to project forward, and prize balls, rental balls, and the like are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed so as to be inclined downward to the right side of the front view (see FIG. 1), and the ball thrown into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 8) by the inclination. Further, a frame button 22 is provided on the left side of the upper surface of the upper plate 17 when viewed from the front.

The frame button 22 is a button that is pressed by the player when, for example, the stage of the effect displayed by the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later, is changed. The frame button 22 is also used as an operation button for allowing the player to select the effect content in the so-called super reach, which is one aspect of the variable display.

The variable display is an effect displayed by the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), and as described later, a ball fired in the front area of the game board 13 is sent to the starting winning opening 4a (see FIG. 3). It is executed when the ball is entered (starting prize), and after the symbol (special symbol described later) is displayed fluctuating for a predetermined time, the result of the lottery performed for the starting winning by the combination of the symbols displayed as stop. It is a production that presents (whether or not it is a big hit) to the player.

The stage is a production mode in which various effects displayed on the special symbol display device 81 are unified. In this pachinko machine 10, there are three stages: "city stage", "sky stage", and "island stage". There is a stage. The above-mentioned variable display and various effects such as the reach effect executed during the variable display are designed to be performed according to the theme given to each stage.

The stage is changed when the frame button 22 is pressed by the player during a period when the fluctuation display is not performed or during a high-speed fluctuation in which the special symbol is displayed in a high-speed fluctuation invisible to the player. , Every time the frame button 22 is operated, the change is repeated in the order of "city stage"-> "sky stage"-> "island stage"-> "city stage"->. Immediately after the power is turned on, the "city stage" is set as the initial stage.

Further, when the normal reach effect is started in the variable display performed by the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) and the normal reach is developed into the super reach, the selection screen of the effect mode of the super reach during the normal reach is displayed. Is configured to be displayed on the special symbol display device 81.

On the selection screen, a plurality of effect mode candidates that can be selected as the effect mode of super reach are displayed, and one of the effect mode candidates is selected. If the player presses the frame button 22 while the selection screen is displayed, the selected effect mode candidate is changed. Then, the effect mode of the super reach is determined based on the effect mode candidate selected when developing into the super reach, and the super reach is executed by the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) according to the effect mode. To.

In the present embodiment, the frame button 22 is configured as a button to be pressed, but instead of the frame button 22, the player directs the pachinko machine 10 in a predetermined direction (for example, forward with respect to the pachinko machine 10). , Rear, right and left) may be configured with an operating lever that can be tilted. Then, the effect stage may be selected and changed, or the effect mode of the super reach may be selected based on the direction in which the operation lever is tilted.

The door frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the door frame 14 (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means change and control the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking according to a change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach, and play a role of enhancing the effect during the game. For example, on the peripheral edge of the window portion 14a, lighting portions 29 to 33 having a built-in light emitting means such as a light emitting diode (hereinafter, abbreviated as “LED”) are provided. In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination units 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as jackpot lamps, and each illumination unit 29 to 33 lights up by lighting or blinking the built-in LED at the time of jackpot or reach production. Or, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is in progress or that the reach is one step before the jackpot. Further, in the upper left portion of the door frame 14 when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), a light emitting means such as an LED is built in, and a display lamp 34 capable of displaying when the prize ball is being paid out and when an error occurs is provided.

A small window 35 is formed on the lower side of the illuminated portion 32 on the right side by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the door frame 14 can be visually recognized. ) Is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. Further, in the pachinko machine 10, in order to bring out more glitter, a plating member 36 made of ABS resin having chrome plating is attached to a region around the illuminated portions 29 to 33.

A ball lending operation unit 40 is arranged below the window unit 14a. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with bills, cards, etc. inserted into the card unit (ball lending unit, not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball is operated according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which balance information such as a card is displayed, and the built-in LED lights up and the balance is displayed as numerical value as balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on the information recorded on the card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as the remaining amount is present on the card or the like. Will be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit.

A pachinko machine in which balls are lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without going through a card unit, a so-called cash machine, does not require a ball lending operation unit 40. In this case, the ball lending operation unit 40 is not required. A decorative sticker or the like may be added to the installation portion of the above to make the component configuration common. It is possible to standardize pachinko machines and cash machines that use card units.

In the lower plate unit 15 located below the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface in the central portion thereof. There is. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by a player to drive the ball into the front surface of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) is arranged, and inside the operation handle 51, a ball launching unit 112a is arranged. The touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of (see FIG. 8), the push-button type stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball during the pressing operation, and the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51. It has a built-in variable resistor (not shown) that detects changes in electrical resistance.

When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes according to the operation amount, depending on the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51. The ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor that changes, and the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with a flying amount corresponding to the operation of the player. The ball firing interval in the ball launching unit 112a is set to be about 0.6 seconds. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are turned off.

A ball pulling lever 52 for operating the ball stored in the lower plate 50 when the ball stored in the lower plate 50 is discharged downward is provided in the lower front portion of the lower plate 50. The ball pulling lever 52 is always urged to the right, and by sliding it to the left against the urging, the bottom opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened, and the bottom opening is opened. The ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removing lever 52 is usually performed in a state where a box (generally referred to as a "thousand-car box") for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50. An operation handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower plate 50 as described above, and an ashtray 53 is attached to the left side of the lower plate 50.

Next, the rear surface configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG. 2, the control board units 90 and 91 and the back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control device 110), a voice lamp control board (voice lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

In the back pack unit 94, the back pack 92 forming the protective cover portion and the payout unit 93 are unitized. In addition, each control board has a micro-processing unit (Micro-Processing Unit, hereinafter abbreviated as "MPU") as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, ports for contacting various devices, and various lottery. A random number generator used at the time, a clock pulse generation circuit used for time counting and synchronization, etc. are installed as needed.

The main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the launch control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. .. The board boxes 100 to 104 include a box base and a box cover that covers an opening of the box base, and the box base and the box cover are connected to each other to house each control device and each board.

Further, in the board box 100 (main control device 110) and the board box 102 (payout control device 111 and launch control device 112), the box base and the box cover are connected by a sealing unit (not shown) so as not to be opened (caulking structure). (Consolidated by). Further, a sealing sticker (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover over the box base and the box cover. This sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if the sealing seal is to be peeled off in order to open the board boxes 100 and 102, or if the board boxes 100 and 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are used. Cut to the side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether or not the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened.

The payout unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the uppermost portion of the back pack unit 94 and opened upward, a tank rail 131 connected below the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 vertically connected to the side and a payout device 133 provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and paying out balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of a payout motor 216 (see FIG. 8) are provided. ing. The tank 130 is sequentially replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and the required number of balls is appropriately paid out by the payout device 133. A vibrator 134 for adding vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

Further, the payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the launch control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated to clear the ball clogging (return to the normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as a ball clogging of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 8). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid (not shown) provided in the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 8). The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when it is desired to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

Next, the details of the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 3 is a front view showing the configuration of the game board 13 mounted on the inner frame 12. As shown in FIG. 3, the game board 13 is configured by attaching a cell sheet 60a on which a pattern or a pattern is printed to the front side (front side) of a wooden base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in front view. ing. An inner rail 61, an outer rail 62, and a right corner decoration 70 are assembled on the front side of the base plate 60 to which the cell sheet 60a is attached to form a game area. The central portion of the front surface of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the front surface side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14a (see FIG. 1) of the door frame 14.

A strip-shaped metal plate is abbreviated on the front surface of the game board 13 (base plate 60 and cell sheet 60a; hereinafter, the base plate 60 and cell sheet 60a may be collectively referred to as "game board 13"). An outer rail 62 formed by bending in an arc shape is planted, and an arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed of a strip-shaped metal plate is planted at an inner position of the outer rail 62. .. The inner rail 61, the outer rail 62, and the right corner decoration 70 surround the outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13, and a glass unit (not shown) arranged on the back side of the game board 13 and the door frame 14. ) And the front and back are surrounded, so that a game area in which the game is played by the behavior of the ball is formed on the front surface of the game board 13. That is, the game area is a substantially circular area (a winning opening or the like is arranged and fired) formed by being divided by two rails 61 and 62 and a right corner decoration 70 on the front surface of the game board 13. This is the area where the sphere flows down).

The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 8) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61.

The return ball prevention member 68 includes a base portion 68a for the return ball prevention member 68 (hereinafter, referred to as "return base portion 68a") and an opening / closing plate 68b for the return ball prevention member 68 (hereinafter, "return opening / closing plate 68b"). It is composed of). In the normal state, when the return opening / closing plate 68b reduces (closes) the exit of the ball guide area sandwiched between the two rails 61 and 62, and the ball is guided from the ball guide area to the upper part of the game board 13. The return opening / closing plate 68b rotates according to the momentum of the ball to expand (open) the exit of the ball guide region.

Specifically, the ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a and guided by the ball guiding region collides with the surface of the return opening / closing plate 68b on the ball guiding region side. Then, by rotating the return opening / closing plate 68b according to the momentum of the ball itself, the exit of the ball guide area is expanded, and the ball moves to the game area at the upper part of the game board 13. The return opening / closing plate 68b, which has an enlarged exit of the ball guide region, is then reduced (closed) in the direction of reducing (closing) the exit of the ball guide region by a weight member (not shown) arranged inside the return opening / closing plate 68b. It rotates to reduce (close) the exit of the ball guide region again.

On the other hand, in the return opening / closing plate 68b, the rotation of the return opening / closing plate 68b is restricted by the regulation wall portion provided on the return ball prevention member 68, except when the ball collides with the surface on the ball guide region side. , It is configured to keep the exit of the ball guide area reduced (closed). As a result, the ball once guided to the upper part of the game area of the game board 13 collides with the surface of the return opening / closing plate 68b on the game area side and bounces back to the game area side again. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the ball that has flowed into the game area returns to the ball guidance area.

The return base portion 68a of the return ball prevention member 68 is made of a transparent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). Polycarbonate resin has low material cost, is transparent, has excellent decorativeness, and has high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the return base portion 68a, which enters the line of sight of the player playing the game and frequently collides with the ball.

Further, since the return base portion 68a is made of a transparent resin, the surface of the game board 13 located on the back surface side of the return base portion 68a can be visually recognized. As a result, the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a on the back side of the return base portion 68a is visible to the player. The return opening / closing plate 68b is made of a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon).

The return base portion 68a is provided with a three-dimensional outer bulge portion having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the return base portion 68a, and returns to the bulge portion to return to the opening / closing plate 68b. Is rotatably attached.

Further, the return ball prevention member 68 is provided with screw insertion holes (hereinafter, the screw insertion holes provided in the return base portion 68a are referred to as “return screw insertion holes”) at two positions above and below the return base portion 68a when viewed from the front. (See Fig. 3). Screws can be screwed into the return screw insertion holes. With the return ball prevention member 68 mounted on the game board 13, the return ball prevention member 68 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the return screw insertion holes.

Further, the return ball prevention member 68 is provided with a plurality of (two in the first embodiment) protrusions (not shown. Hereinafter, the return base portion 68a) on the back surface side (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a) of the return base portion 68a. The protrusions provided are referred to as "return protrusions"). The return protrusions are provided in the vicinity of the return screw insertion hole (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the return screw insertion hole). Further, the return protrusion is formed so as to slightly protrude from the return base portion 68a to the back surface side (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

When the return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the game board 13, the return protrusions are formed in the game board 13 and will be described later. Positioning holes 601, 602 (hereinafter, the positioning holes provided for the return protrusions are referred to as “return positioning holes 601”. , 602 "). As a result, the return ball prevention member 68 before screwing is temporarily held by the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screw into the return screw insertion hole with the return protrusion temporarily held in each of the return positioning holes 601, 602, the return ball prevention member 68 does not shift with respect to the game board 13. It is fixed.

As described above, the return ball prevention member 68 is only provided with the return opening / closing plate 68b with respect to the return base portion 68a, and the total volume of the return ball prevention member 68 is also small. Therefore, the overall weight of the return ball prevention member 68 is light (for example, 5 grams), and it is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 at a position corresponding to the maximum flight portion of the ball, and the ball launched with a force equal to or higher than a predetermined value hits the return rubber 69 and the momentum is attenuated toward the central portion. Bounced back to. Further, between the lower right tip of the inner rail 61 and the upper right tip of the outer rail 62, a resin right corner decoration 70 formed by providing an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface side is provided. It is arranged.

The right corner decoration 70 is a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon), and when the right corner decoration 70 is viewed from the front, the front side of the cell sheet 60a can be visually recognized by the right corner decoration 70. It is configured to be impossible. Further, on the lower surface of the right corner decoration 70 (lower right side of the game board 13), a sticking space K1 for sticking a certificate stamp, an identification label, or the like is provided. The certificate stamp or the like attached to the attachment space K1 can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the small window 35 (see FIG. 1) of the door frame 14.

Further, the right corner decoration 70 is a part having an elongated shape in the vertical direction and a gentle bow shape in the middle portion when viewed from the front. Further, the portion constituting the lower attachment space K1 is a component having a widened shape. Further, the right corner decoration 70 has a three-dimensional outer shape having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the base of the right corner decoration 70 (hereinafter, referred to as “right base 70a”). It is a part.

Further, in the right corner decoration 70, screw insertion holes (hereinafter, screw insertion holes provided in the right base portion 70a are referred to as “right screw insertion holes” in a total of four places, two upper parts and two lower parts of the right corner decoration 70. ") Is provided (see FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into the right screw insertion holes. With the right corner decoration 70 placed on the game board 13, the right corner decoration 70 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the right screw insertion holes.

Further, the right corner decoration 70 is provided with a plurality of (four in the first embodiment) protrusions (not shown. Hereinafter, the right base 70a) on the back side (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a) of the right base 70a. The protrusion is referred to as a "right protrusion"). The right side protrusion is provided in the vicinity of each right side screw insertion hole of the right side corner decoration 70 (for example, a distance of 5 mm from each right side screw insertion hole). Further, the right side protrusion is formed so as to slightly protrude from the back surface side of the right side base portion 70a (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

When the right corner decoration 70 is attached to the game board 13, the positioning holes 603 to 606, which will be described later, are formed on the game board 13 with the right side protrusions (hereinafter, the positioning holes provided for the right side protrusions are referred to as “right side positioning holes 603 to”. 606 ") are inserted respectively. As a result, the right corner decoration 70 before screwing is temporarily held on the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screw into the right screw insertion hole while the right protrusion is temporarily held in each of the right positioning holes 603 to 606, the right corner decoration 70 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced. Will be done.

Although the right corner decoration 70 has a large overall volume, the total weight of the right corner decoration 70 is light (for example, 80 grams) because other parts are not mounted on the right base 70a. Therefore, the right corner decoration 70 is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13. Further, since the right corner decoration 70 has an elongated shape when viewed from the front, a reinforcing member is arranged for the purpose of increasing the rigidity of the entire part (for example, a metal reinforcing plate is arranged on the back surface side of the right corner decoration 70). It may be set). When the reinforcing member is arranged, the total weight of the right corner decoration 70 increases by the amount of the reinforcing member, so that the component is classified as a heavy part.

An upper left corner decoration 71 is arranged on the upper left side of the game board 13 (upper left side in FIG. 3) and outside the game area defined by the outer rail 62. The upper left corner decoration 71 is a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon), and in the front view of the upper left corner decoration 71, the front side of the cell sheet 60a is caused by the upper left corner decoration 71. It is configured to be invisible.

Further, the upper left corner decoration 71 follows the outer shape of the outer rail 62 from the upper right corner to the lower left corner of the base 71a (hereinafter, referred to as “upper left base 71a”) of the upper left corner decoration 71 when viewed from the front. It is a gentle bow-shaped part that extends from the upper right to the lower left. Further, the upper left corner decoration 71 is a component having a shape in which one corner is formed on the opposite side of the bow-shaped side. Further, the upper left corner decoration 71 is a component having a three-dimensional outer shape having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the upper left base portion 71a.

Further, the upper left corner decoration 71 has screw insertion holes in the upper left portion, the lower left portion, and the upper right portion of the upper left base portion 71a (hereinafter, the screw insertion holes provided in the upper left base portion 71a are referred to as "upper left screw insertion holes"). It is provided (see FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into the upper left screw insertion holes. With the upper left corner decoration 71 placed on the game board 13, the upper left corner decoration 71 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the upper left screw insertion holes.

Further, the upper left corner decoration 71 is provided with a plurality of (two in the first embodiment) protrusions (not shown. Hereinafter, the upper left base 71a) on the back side (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a) of the upper left base 71a. The protrusion is referred to as the "upper left protrusion"). The upper left protrusion is provided in the vicinity of the upper left screw insertion hole on the lower left and the upper left screw insertion hole on the upper right (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the upper left screw insertion hole) in the upper left screw insertion hole. Further, the upper left protrusion is formed so as to slightly protrude from the upper left base portion 71a to the back surface side (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

When the upper left corner decoration 71 is attached to the game board 13, the upper left protrusion is formed on the game board 13 as a later-described positioning hole 607,608 (hereinafter, the positioning hole provided for the upper left protrusion is referred to as “upper left positioning hole 607”. , 608 ”), respectively. As a result, the upper left corner decoration 71 before screwing is temporarily held on the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screw into the upper left screw insertion hole while the upper left protrusion is temporarily held in the upper left positioning holes 607 and 608, the upper left corner decoration 71 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced. Will be done.

The upper left corner decoration 71 has no other parts mounted on the upper left base 71a, and the overall volume of the upper left corner decoration 71 is also small. Therefore, the overall weight of the upper left corner decoration 71 is light (for example, 50 grams), and it is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

The main display unit 87 is arranged on the lower left side of the game board 13 in front view (lower left side in FIG. 3) and outside the game area defined by the outer rail 62. Here, the configuration of the main display unit 87 will be described with reference to FIG. 4A and 4B are views showing the configuration of the main display unit 87, FIG. 4A is a front view of the main display unit 87, and FIG. 4B is from the IVb line direction of FIG. 4A. It is a side view of the main display unit 87 seen, FIG. 4 (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line IVc-IVc of FIG. 4 (a), and FIG. 4 (d) is an enlarged view of FIG. 4 (c). It is an enlarged sectional view.

The main display unit 87 is a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon), and when the main display unit 87 is viewed from the front, the front side of the cell sheet 60a can be visually recognized by the main display unit 87. It is configured to be impossible.

Further, the main display unit 87 includes a first symbol display device 87a, a second symbol display device 87b, a first symbol hold display device 87c, and a second symbol display device 87a, each of which is composed of a plurality of light emitting diodes (LEDs). A symbol holding display device 87d and the like are arranged.

The first symbol display device 87a is composed of a plurality of LEDs, and displays the first symbol (special symbol) according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 8) described later. .. The first symbol display device 87a displays the variation of the first symbol by indicating by the lighting state whether or not the ball is changing (starting winning) to enter the starting winning opening 4a, which will be described later. Alternatively, as a stop symbol after the end of the fluctuation of the first symbol, a symbol corresponding to the result of the lottery of the first symbol performed for the start winning is indicated by a lighting state.

The second symbol display device 87b is composed of a plurality of LEDs, and displays the second symbol (ordinary symbol) according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 8) described later. .. The second symbol display device 87b displays the variation of the second symbol by indicating by the lighting state whether or not it is in the fluctuation performed when the ball enters the through gate 7, which will be described later, or the second symbol. As the stop symbol after the fluctuation display of the above, the symbol corresponding to the result of the lottery of the second symbol performed for the ball entering the through gate 7 is shown by the lighting state.

The first symbol hold display device 87c is the number of hold balls of the first symbol, which is the number of balls (hold balls) for which the change of the first symbol has not been executed among the balls entered in the start winning opening 4a, which will be described later. Is indicated by the lighting state. The second symbol hold display device 87d determines the number of hold balls of the second symbol, which is the number of balls (hold balls) for which the change of the second symbol has not been executed, among the balls entered into the through gate 7 described later. It is indicated by the lighting state.

In addition to the above-mentioned display devices 87a to 87d, the main display unit 87 is configured to display the number of rounds during the jackpot and an error display by a plurality of LEDs. Further, the first symbol display device 87a is configured so that the emission colors (for example, red, green, blue) of each LED are different, and various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 are used with a small number of LEDs depending on the combination of the emission colors. Can be suggested.

In the main display unit 87, wiring (not shown) extending from the main control device 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to a main display connector portion 87e (see FIG. 4B) provided on the back side of the main display unit 87. By being connected, the main control device 110 is a display device unit configured to be directly controllable.

Further, as shown in FIG. 4A, the main display unit 87 extends from the upper left to the right along the outer shape of the outer rail 62 from the upper left corner to the lower right corner of the main display base portion 87f in the front view. It is a part that is formed in a gentle bow shape that extends downward. Further, the main display unit 87 has a shape in which a plurality of corners (four corners in the first embodiment) are formed on the opposite side of the bow-shaped side, and the plurality of corners are each rounded and rounded. It is a part. Further, as shown in FIG. 4B, the main display unit 87 has a thickness slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the base 87f of the main display unit 87 (hereinafter, referred to as “main display base 87f”). For example, it is a part having a three-dimensional outer shape having 15 mm).

Further, in the main display unit 87, screw insertion holes 87g to 87i (hereinafter, screw insertion holes provided in the main display base 87f) are provided in the upper left portion, the middle left portion, and the lower right portion of the main display base portion 87f, respectively. Insertion holes 87g to 87i ") are provided (see FIG. 4A). Screws can be screwed into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i, respectively. With the main display unit 87 mounted on the game board 13, the main display unit 87 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i, respectively.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 4 (b) to 4 (d), the main display unit 87 has a plurality of main display units 87 on the back side (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a) of the main display base portion 87f (2 in the first embodiment). The protrusions 87j and 87k (hereinafter, the protrusions provided on the main display base portion 87f are referred to as "main display protrusions 87j and 87k") are provided. The main display protrusions 87j and 87k are provided in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion holes 87g and 87i (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the main display screw insertion holes 87g and 87i). Further, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k are formed so as to slightly protrude from the main display base portion 87f toward the back surface (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

The main display unit 87 is not provided with a positioning protrusion in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion hole 87h (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the main display screw insertion hole 87h), and the main display unit 87 has a main display. The number of main display protrusions 87j and 87k (2) is one less than the number of screw insertion holes 87g to 87i (3). This is because the main display positioning holes 609 and 610 described later corresponding to the main display unit 87 are formed by the straight pins 301 described later, so that the protrusion holding function is sufficiently secured by the two main display protrusions 87j and 87k. Because there is.

When the main display unit 87 is attached to the game board 13, the main display protrusions 87j, 87k are positioned in the positioning holes 609,610 (hereinafter, main display protrusions 87j, 87k) formed in the game board 13, which will be described later. The holes are inserted into the "main display positioning holes 609,610"), respectively. As a result, the main display unit 87 before screwing is temporarily held on the game board 13. Then, with the main display protrusions 87j and 87k temporarily held in the main display positioning holes 609 and 610, screws are screwed into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i to the game board 13. The main display unit 87 is fixed without being displaced.

As described above, the main display unit 87 is only equipped with the display devices 87a to 87d composed of LEDs on the main display base portion 87f, and the total volume of the main display unit 87 is also small. Therefore, the overall weight of the main display unit 87 is light (for example, 55 grams), and it is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

Here, a state in which the main display unit 87 is attached to the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 (a) and 7 (b). 7 (a) is an enlarged front view of a part of the main display unit 87 in the game board 13, and FIG. 7 (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line VIIb-VIIb of FIG. 7 (a).

As shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B, the main display unit 87 is formed by screwing a screw into the main display screw insertion hole 87i (87g, 87h) provided in the main display base portion 87f. It is fixed to the game board 13 with screws. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when the main display unit 87 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, the main display protrusions are projected before the screws are screwed into the main display screw insertion holes 87i (87 g, 87h). 87k (87j) is inserted into the main display positioning hole 610 (609) so that the entire main display unit 87 is temporarily held so as not to be displaced from the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screw into the main display screw insertion hole 87i (87g, 87h) in the temporarily held state, the main display unit 87 is fixed to the game board 13 with a screw.

Further, as shown in FIG. 7A, since the main display base portion 87f of the main display unit 87 is made of a non-transparent resin, the back surface side of the main display base portion 87f is invisible. Therefore, the player cannot visually recognize the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a located on the back surface side of the main display unit 87. Further, the vicinity of the main display positioning hole 610 (609) into which the main display protrusion 87k (87j) is inserted cannot be visually recognized. In the first embodiment, the cell sheet 60a on the back side of the main display unit 87 is made of a solid color (a white background without a pattern or a pattern). This is because since the main display unit 87 is a component arranged outside the game area, it is not necessary to bother to print a pattern or a pattern at the position where the main display unit 87 is arranged.

Further, the main display positioning hole 610 (609) inserted into the main display protrusion 87k (87j) is formed by being bored by a straight pin 301 described later, but the main display positioning hole 610 (609) and the straight pin are formed. The details of 301 will be described later.

The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. In the game area formed by the inner rail 61, the outer rail 62, and the right corner decoration 70, a large number of game nails and windmills for ball guidance, a general winning opening unit 3 having a general winning opening 3a, and a starting winning opening 4a The starting winning opening unit 4 having the above, the attacker unit 5 having the large winning opening 5a, the through gate 7, the board side decoration 8, and the variable display device unit 80 are assembled. The general winning opening unit 3, the starting winning opening unit 4, the attacker unit 5, the through gate 7, the board side decoration 8, and the variable display device unit 80 are router holes 651 formed in the game board 13 by router processing. It is arranged in ~ 656 and is fixed from the front side of the game board 13 by screws (male screws) such as wood screws.

On the left side of the game area, there is a general winning opening unit 3 provided with a plurality of general winning openings 3a (two in the first embodiment) in which five balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls are won. It is arranged. Further, a similar general winning opening unit 3 is also arranged on the right side in the game area. Although the general winning opening unit 3 on the right side has a symmetrical shape as compared with the general winning opening unit 3 on the left side, the other configurations are the same, so the description thereof will be omitted.

The general winning opening unit 3 is made of a transparent resin (for example, a polycarbonate resin). Polycarbonate resin has low material cost, is transparent, has excellent decorativeness, and has high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the general winning opening unit 3 that enters the line of sight of the player who plays the game. Further, since the base 3d of the general winning opening unit 3 (hereinafter referred to as "general base 3d") is made of transparent resin, the surface of the game board 13 located on the back side of the general base 3d can be visually recognized. Is. As a result, the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a on the back side of the general base 3d is made visible to the player.

The general winning opening unit 3 may be plated while being made of ABS resin. However, when the ABS resin is plated, it is more expensive than when it is formed of a transparent resin. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the importance is low for the game, and the player who plays the game. The general winning opening unit 3, which is a part that is difficult to see in the field of view, is made of transparent resin without plating or the like for cost reduction.

Further, the general winning opening unit 3 is provided with a three-dimensional outer shape having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the general base 3d, and the general winning opening 3a is provided in the outer shape. It is provided. Further, the general winning opening unit 3 is provided with a general winning opening switch 3b (see FIG. 8) capable of detecting a ball that has entered (winned) in the general winning opening 3a, and also irradiates light to the front side of the pachinko machine 10. A general decorative LED 3c (see FIG. 8) is provided.

In the general winning opening unit 3, an arrangement (not shown) extending from the main control device 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to a connector portion (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the general winning opening unit 3. As a result, the detection of the ball based on the general winning opening switch 3b is configured to be recognizable by the main control device 110.

When a ball wins in the general winning opening 3a, the general winning opening switch 3b (see FIG. 8) provided on the back side of the general winning opening unit 3 is turned on, and five pieces are turned on due to the turning on of the general winning opening switch 3b. Ball is paid out as a prize ball. It should be noted that the general winning opening switch 3b is not mounted on the general winning opening unit 3, but is arranged on the back side of the game board 13 to collect balls that have entered the general winning opening 3a, the starting winning opening 4a, etc., which will be described later, and is a pachinko machine. It may be configured to be provided in the back frame set (not shown) that discharges to the outside of the machine.

Further, the general winning opening unit 3 has a general connector portion (not shown) in which wiring (not shown) extending from the audio lamp control device 113 (see FIG. 8) described later is provided on the back side of the general winning opening unit 3. ) Is connected. As a result, the sound lamp control device 113 can control the lighting of the general decorative LED 3c. Specifically, the general decorative LED 3c is lit and controlled in a lighting mode in which each state can be identified according to the execution of the variation display of the pachinko machine 10, the jackpot state, or the occurrence of an error.

Further, in the front view, the general winning opening unit 3 has screw insertion holes (hereinafter, screw insertion holes provided in the general base 3d are referred to as "general screws" in a total of four places, two upper parts and two lower parts of the general base 3d. An insertion hole) is provided (see FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into each of the general screw insertion holes. With the general winning opening unit 3 placed on the game board 13, the general winning opening unit 3 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the general screw insertion holes.

Further, the general winning opening unit 3 is provided with a plurality of (two in the first embodiment) protrusions (not shown. Hereinafter, the general base 3d) on the back side (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a) of the general base 3d. The protrusions provided are referred to as "general protrusions"). The general protrusions are provided in the vicinity of the general screw insertion holes at both left and right ends (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the general screw insertion holes) among the general screw insertion holes of the general winning opening unit 3. Further, the general protrusion is formed so as to slightly protrude from the back surface side of the general base portion 3d (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

When the general winning opening unit 3 is attached to the game board 13, the positioning holes 611 and 612 (hereinafter, the positioning holes provided for the general protrusions) formed on the game board 13 are referred to as “general positioning holes 611”. , 612 "). As a result, the general winning opening unit 3 before screwing is temporarily held on the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screw into the general screw insertion hole while the general protrusion is temporarily held in each of the general positioning holes 611 and 612, the general winning opening unit 3 does not shift with respect to the game board 13. It is fixed.

As described above, the general winning opening unit 3 is equipped with the general winning opening switch 3b and the general decorative LED 3c with respect to the general base portion 3d, and the overall volume of the general winning opening unit 3 is also large. Therefore, the overall weight of the general winning opening unit 3 is heavy (for example, 180 grams), and it is classified as a heavy part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

A variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 includes a rear side unit attached to the game board 13 from the rear side of the pachinko machine 10, and a center frame 86 attached from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. The rear unit of the variable display device unit 80 uses a ball entering the start winning opening 4a (starting winning), which will be described later, as a trigger to display the variation of the special symbol while synchronizing with the variation display of the first symbol display device 87a. Passage of a special symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter, simply abbreviated as "display device"), a special symbol hold lamp 82 for displaying the number of hold of variable display of the special symbol, and a ball of a through gate 7. Is used as a trigger, the normal symbol display device 83 composed of LEDs that display the normal symbol in a variable manner while synchronizing with the variable display in the second symbol display device 87b, and the normal symbol that displays the pending number of the variable display of the normal symbol. A hold lamp 84 is provided. Further, the center frame 86 of the variable display device unit 80 is arranged so as to surround the outer periphery of the special symbol display device 81, and the center frame 86 is provided with a center decoration LED 86a and a movable accessory 86b. ..

The special symbol display device 81 is composed of a large liquid crystal display having a size of 19 inches, and the display contents are controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 8) described later, for example, upper, middle, and lower. Three symbol rows of are displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols, and these symbols are horizontally scrolled for each symbol row to perform variable display (variable effect) in which the special symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the special symbol display device 81. It has become like. In the special symbol display device 81 of the first embodiment, the game state is displayed by the control of the main control device 110 by the first symbol display device 87a, whereas the display of the first symbol display device 87a is displayed. It provides a decorative display according to the situation. Instead of the liquid crystal display, for example, a reel or the like may be used to configure the special symbol display device 81.

Four special symbol holding lamps 82 are provided for the maximum number of holdings of the special symbol, and are arranged symmetrically below the special symbol display device 81. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of holdings of the variable display of the special symbol based on the passage of the ball through the starting winning opening 4a is held up to four times, and the number of holdings is held up to the above-mentioned first symbol holding display device 87c. Is displayed and is also lit and displayed on the special symbol hold lamp 82.

The maximum number of reserved balls of the special symbol is not limited to four, and may be set to three or less, or five or more (for example, eight). Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol holding display device 87c, the special symbol holding lamp 82 may not be used to display the lighting.

The ordinary symbol display device 83 is composed of a display device that displays a symbol of "○" and a display device that displays a symbol of "x", and is described by a display control device 114 (see FIG. 8) described later. The display content is controlled. In the normal symbol display device 83, the gaming state is displayed by the second symbol display device 87b in accordance with the control of the main control device 110, whereas the display of the second symbol display device 87b is indicated by "○". The symbol of "x" and the symbol of "x" are alternately switched to be displayed in a variable manner.

Specifically, when the result of the lottery of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) performed with the passage of the ball to the through gate 7, which will be described later, is a hit, the ordinary symbol display device 83 will display "○" after the variable display. Is stopped and displayed. If the result of the lottery is incorrect, the "x" symbol is stopped and displayed after the variable display.

In the pachinko machine 10, when the fluctuation display on the normal symbol display device 83 stops at the symbol “○”, the electric accessory 4b provided in the start winning opening unit 4, which will be described later, is activated (opened) for a predetermined time. Is configured to be).

Four ordinary symbol holding lamps 84 are provided for the maximum number of reserved symbols, and are in the vicinity of the ordinary symbol display device 83 (for example, a distance of 10 mm from the ordinary symbol display device 83) to display a special symbol. It is arranged symmetrically above the device 81. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of holdings of the variation display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the ball through the through gate 7 of the ball is held up to 4 times, and the number of holding balls is the holding display of the second symbol described above. It is displayed by the device 87d and is also lit and displayed by the normal symbol hold lamp 84.

The variation display of the normal symbol (second symbol) is performed by switching the lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the normal symbol display device 83 as in the first embodiment, and in addition to the special symbol display device 81. You may use a part of it. Similarly, the normal symbol holding lamp 84 may be turned on by a part of the special symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of reserved balls of the normal symbol (second symbol) is not limited to four, and may be set to three or less, or five or more (for example, eight). Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the second symbol holding display device 87d, the lighting display may not be performed by the normal symbol holding lamp 84.

The center frame 86 is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface thereof is plated (silver plating in the first embodiment). ABS resin has a low material cost, good adhesiveness such as plating, excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the center frame 86 that enters the line of sight of the player playing the game and that the balls frequently collide with each other. Since the center frame 86 is plated as described above, the front side of the cell sheet 60a is made invisible by the center frame 86 when viewed from the front of the center frame 86.

Further, the center frame 86 has a three-dimensional bulging portion having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the base portion 86c of the center frame 86 (hereinafter, referred to as “center base portion 86c”). Is provided. A center decorative LED 86a (see FIG. 8) is arranged inside the bulging portion, and a movable accessory 86b (see FIG. 8) is arranged on the back surface side of the bulging portion.

The center decoration LED 86a and the movable accessory 86b are driven and controlled in conjunction with the variable display of the special symbol. Specifically, the center decoration LED86a is arranged so as to irradiate the front side of the pachinko machine 10 with light, and depending on the execution of the fluctuation display of the pachinko machine 10, the jackpot state, or the occurrence of an error, Lighting is controlled in a lighting mode in which each state can be identified.

The movable accessory 86b is arranged on the back surface side of the bulging portion of the center frame 86, and is normally housed on the back surface side of the bulging portion so that the movable accessory 86b cannot be seen by the player. On the other hand, the movable accessory 86b appears from a position invisible to the player to a position visible to the player when a predetermined condition is satisfied during variable display or other games (for example, when a big hit is made). It is arranged so as to. The center decoration LED 86a or the movable accessory 86b may not be mounted on the center frame 86, but may be provided on the rear unit.

In the center frame 86, a wiring (not shown) extending from an audio lamp control device 113 (see FIG. 8) described later is connected to a center connector portion (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the center frame 86. .. As a result, the center decoration LED 86a is configured to be able to control lighting by the voice lamp control device 113, and the movable accessory 86b is configured to be drive controllable.

Further, in the front view, the center frame 86 is provided with screw insertion holes (hereinafter, the screw insertion holes provided in the center base 86c are referred to as “center screw insertion holes”) at seven locations around the center base 86c. (See FIG. 3). Each of the center screw insertion holes is configured so that a screw can be screwed into it. With the center frame 86 mounted on the game board 13, the center frame 86 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the center screw insertion holes.

Further, the center frame 86 is provided with a plurality of (7 in the first embodiment) protrusions (not shown. Hereinafter, hereinafter, the center base portion 86c) on the back surface side (the side in contact with the base plate 60) of the center base portion 86c. The protrusion is referred to as a "center protrusion"). The center protrusions are provided in the vicinity of the center screw insertion hole (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the center screw insertion hole). Further, the center protrusion is formed so as to slightly protrude from the back surface side of the center base portion 86c (in the first embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is φ2.5 mm).

When the center frame 86 is attached to the game board 13, the positioning holes 613 to 619 (hereinafter, the positioning holes provided for the center protrusions) formed on the game board 13 with the center protrusions are referred to as “center positioning holes 613 to 619”. ”) To insert each. As a result, the center frame 86 before screwing is temporarily held by the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screw into the center screw insertion hole while the center protrusion is temporarily held in each of the center positioning holes 613 to 619, the center frame 86 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced. To.

As described above, the entire center base 86c is plated and has a plating layer (not shown). Therefore, the thickness of the plating layer is added to form the thickness of the entire center base portion 86c. That is, the thickness of the plating layer is added to the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the center base portion 86c to form the thickness of the entire center base portion 86c. Therefore, since the center protrusion (not shown) provided on the center base 86c is also plated to have a plating layer, the thickness (length) of the center protrusion is a thickness made of ABS resin. The thickness of the plating layer is added to (length).

Specifically, the length of the center protrusion is 2 mm (length of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm (plating layer) = 2.05 mm. The diameter (thickness) of the center protrusion is 2.4 mm (diameter of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm × 2 (plating layer) = 2.5 mm. Therefore, the center protrusion is made thicker by 0.05 mm in length and 0.1 mm in diameter than the protrusions of other parts that have not been plated (for example, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). Will be done.

As described above, the center frame 86 is equipped with the center decoration LED 86a and the movable accessory 86b, and the total volume of the center frame 86 is also large. Therefore, the total weight of the center frame 86 is heavy (for example, 500 grams), and it is classified as a heavy part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

Below the variable display device unit 80, a start winning opening unit 4 provided with a starting winning opening 4a through which a ball can enter is arranged. Here, the configuration of the starting winning opening unit 4 will be described with reference to FIG. 5 (a) is a front view of the starting winning opening unit 4, and FIG. 5 (b) is a top view of the starting winning opening unit 4 as viewed from the Vb line direction of FIG. 5 (a). (C) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vc-Vc of FIG. 5 (a), and FIG. 5 (d) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of FIG. 5 (c).

The start winning opening unit 4 has a base 4e having a starting winning opening 4a and an electric accessory 4b (hereinafter referred to as "starting base 4e"), a solenoid 4c for an electric accessory, and a starting opening switch 4d (see FIG. 8). It is configured by assembling a back portion 4f (hereinafter, referred to as "starting back portion 4f").

The starting base 4e is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface excluding the electric accessory 4b is plated (silver-plated in the first embodiment) plated layer 4e3 (see FIG. 5D). have. As described above, ABS resin has a low material cost, good adhesiveness such as plating, excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the starting base portion 4e having a starting winning opening 4a that enters the line of sight of the player playing the game and that the ball frequently collides with. Further, since the starting base 4e is plated as described above, the front side of the cell sheet 60a is made invisible by the starting winning opening unit 4 when the starting base 4e is viewed from the front.

Further, the starting base portion 4e is formed with a three-dimensional bulging portion 4e1 having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the starting base portion 4e, and a covering portion 4e2. (See FIG. 5 (b)). The starting winning opening 4a is formed by the bulging portion 4e1. Further, an electric accessory 4b is arranged on the back surface side of the covering portion 4e2, and the electric accessory 4b in the closed state is covered by the covering portion 4e2. The lower starting winning opening (not shown) is formed by the space covered by the covering portion 4e2 and the electric accessory 4b. In the closed state of the electric accessory 4b, the electric accessory 4b and the covering portion 4e2 make it impossible for the ball to enter the lower starting winning opening, and the ball enters the lower starting winning opening only when the electric accessory 4b is open. It is configured to allow entry. The ball that has entered the lower starting winning opening is configured to be detected by the starting opening switch 4d (see FIG. 8) in the same manner as the ball that has entered the starting winning opening 4a.

The starting back portion 4f is made of a translucent resin (for example, a polycarbonate resin). The starting back portion 4f has a ball passage (not shown) for flowing down a ball that has entered the starting winning opening 4a (including a ball that has entered the lower starting winning opening in the open state of the electric accessory 4b), and an electric motor. An electric accessory solenoid 4c capable of opening and closing the accessory 4b and a start port switch 4d (see FIG. 8) capable of detecting a ball passing through the ball passage are arranged.

A connector portion (not shown) is provided on the back side of the starting back portion 4f, and a wiring (not shown) extending from the main control device 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to the connector portion (not shown). To. As a result, the solenoid 4c for the electric accessory is driven and controlled by the main control device 110, and the detection of the sphere based on the start port switch 4d is recognizable by the main control device 110.

Specifically, when a ball enters the starting winning opening 4a (starting winning), the starting opening switch 4d (see FIG. 8) is turned on, and due to the turning on of the starting opening switch 4d, the main control device 110 The jackpot lottery of the first symbol (special symbol) is made, and the variable display of the first symbol (special symbol) in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81 is started (started). Then, after the elapse of a predetermined variation time, the variation display of the first symbol (special symbol) is stopped, the display according to the lottery result is displayed on the first symbol display device 87a, and the special symbol corresponding to the lottery result is displayed. Is stopped and displayed on the special symbol display device 81. Further, the starting winning opening 4a is one of the winning openings, and when a ball enters, five balls are paid out as prize balls.

In the pachinko machine 10, in the lottery performed for the ball entering the starting winning opening 4a, whether or not it is a big hit is determined, and if it is determined to be a big hit, the type of the big hit is also determined. As the jackpot type determined here, "15R probability variation jackpot", "2R probability variation jackpot", and "time saving jackpot" are prepared. The other LEDs (not shown) of the main display unit 87 described above not only indicate whether or not the result of the lottery is a big hit as a stop symbol after the end of the fluctuation, and if it is a big hit, the jackpot type. The design corresponding to is shown.

Here, the "15R probability variation jackpot" is a probability variation jackpot in which the maximum number of rounds shifts to the "high probability state" after the jackpot of 15 rounds, and the "2R probability variation jackpot" is a maximum number of rounds of 2 rounds. It is a probabilistic jackpot that shifts to a "high probability state" after the jackpot. In addition, in the "time saving jackpot", after the jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds, the jackpot probability of the special symbol is normal, but it becomes a "time shortened state" during a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations). It's a big hit.

In addition, the "high probability state" refers to a state in which the jackpot probability of the first symbol is increased as an added value after the jackpot of the first symbol (special symbol) is completed, that is, during so-called probability fluctuation (probability change). In other words, it is a state of the game in which it is easy to shift to the special game state. In the "high probability state (during probabilistic change)" in the first embodiment, the hit probability of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) described later is increased, and the electric accessory 4b attached to the starting winning opening 4a is easily released. Then, the game state in which the ball easily enters the starting winning opening 4a is included.

On the other hand, the "normal game state" refers to a time when it is not a "high probability state" or a "time reduction state", and the jackpot probability is a normal state, that is, a state in which the jackpot probability is lower than that in the probability change state, and the first 2 A state in which the probability of hitting a symbol (ordinary symbol) is low. In addition, in the "time reduction state (time reduction)", the jackpot probability is a normal state, and only the hit probability of the second symbol (normal symbol) is increased while the jackpot probability remains the same, and the start winning opening 4a is reached. It refers to a state of a game in which a ball can easily enter the starting winning opening 4a by making it easier for the accompanying electric accessory 4b to be released.

Instead of changing the hit probability of the second symbol, depending on the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10, the time when the electric accessory 4b attached to the starting winning opening 4a is opened or one hit in the second symbol The number of times the electric accessory 4b is opened may be changed. For example, the "time reduction state" or the "high probability state" may be a state in which the opening time of the electric accessory 4b attached to the starting winning opening 4a is longer than that in the "normal game state". Further, in the "time reduction state" and the "high probability state", even if the number of times the electric accessory 4b is opened per time in the second symbol is larger than that in the "normal game state". Good.

If a ball enters the starting winning opening 4a while the variable display is being performed by the special symbol display device 81 (first symbol display device 87a), the entry is suspended up to four times. Then, the variation display corresponding to the reserved ball (reserved ball) is performed after the end of the variation display corresponding to the reserved ball previously reserved. As described above, the number of reserved balls (number of reserved balls) is indicated by the first symbol hold display device 87c and also by the special symbol hold lamp 82.

Further, when viewed from the front, the starting winning opening unit 4 has screw insertion holes 4g, 4h (hereinafter, screw insertion holes provided in the starting base 4e) at two locations on the left and right sides of the starting base 4e. 4h ”) is provided (see FIG. 5 (a)). Screws can be screwed into the starting screw insertion holes 4g and 4h, respectively. With the starting winning opening unit 4 mounted on the game board 13, the starting winning opening unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the starting screw insertion holes 4g and 4h, respectively. ..

Further, as shown in FIGS. 5B to 5D, the starting winning opening unit 4 has a plurality of starting winning opening units 4 on the back side (the side in contact with the base plate 60) of the starting base 4e (2 in the first embodiment). The protrusions 4i and 4j (hereinafter, the protrusions provided on the starting base 4e are referred to as "starting protrusions 4i and 4j") are provided. In the starting protrusions 4i and 4j, the starting protrusion 4i on the left side is in the vicinity of the lower part of the front view of the starting screw insertion hole 4g (for example, a distance 5 mm below the starting screw insertion hole 4g), and the starting protrusion 4j on the right side inserts the starting screw. It is provided in the vicinity of the hole 4h above the front view (for example, a distance 5 mm above the starting screw insertion hole 4h). Further, the starting protrusions 4i and 4j are formed so as to slightly protrude from the starting base portion 4e to the back surface side (in the first embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is φ2.5 mm).

When the start winning opening unit 4 is attached to the game board, the starting protrusions 4i and 4j are provided with positioning holes 620 and 621 (hereinafter, positioning holes provided for the starting protrusions 4i and 4j) formed in the game board 13 to be described later. It is inserted into each of the "starting positioning holes 620 and 621"). As a result, the starting winning opening unit 4 before screwing is temporarily held on the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screws into the starting screw insertion holes 4g and 4h while the starting protrusions 4i and 4j are temporarily held in the starting positioning holes 620 and 621, the starting winning opening is inserted into the game board 13. The unit 4 is fixed without being displaced.

As described above, the entire starting base portion 4e is plated and has a plating layer 4e3. Therefore, the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is added to form the thickness of the entire starting base portion 4e. That is, the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is added to the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the starting base portion 4e to form the thickness of the entire starting base portion 4e. Therefore, since the starting protrusions 4i and 4j provided on the starting base 4e are also plated to have the plating layer 4e3, the thickness (length) of the starting protrusions 4i and 4j is made of ABS resin. The thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is added to the thickness (length) of the plating layer.

Specifically, the lengths of the starting protrusions 4i and 4j are 2 mm (length of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm (plating layer 4e3 minutes) = 2.05 mm. The diameter (thickness) of the starting protrusions 4i and 4j is 2.4 mm (diameter of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm × 2 (plating layer 4e3) = 2.5 mm. Therefore, the starting protrusions 4i and 4j are 0.05 mm in length and 0.1 mm in diameter from the protrusions of other parts that have not been plated (for example, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). It is constructed as thick as possible.

As described above, the starting winning opening unit 4 has a starting winning opening 4a and an electric accessory 4b for the starting base 4e, a ball passage (not shown) for the starting back 4f, and an electric accessory. A solenoid 4c and a start port switch 4d are mounted. Therefore, although the total volume of the starting winning opening unit 4 is small, the total weight of the starting winning opening unit 4 is heavy (for example, 100 grams), and it is classified as a heavy part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

Here, a state in which the starting winning opening unit 4 is attached to the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 (c) and 7 (d). FIG. 7 (c) is an enlarged front view of a part of the starting winning opening unit 4, and FIG. 7 (d) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line VIId-VIId of FIG. 7 (c).

As shown in FIGS. 7 (c) and 7 (d), the starting winning opening unit 4 is formed by screwing a screw into the starting screw insertion hole 4h (4g) provided in the starting base 4e to allow the game board 13 to be screwed into the starting screw insertion hole 4h (4g). It is fixed with screws. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when the start winning opening unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, the start protrusion 4j (4i) is before the screw is screwed into the start screw insertion hole 4h (4 g). ) Is inserted into the starting positioning hole 621 (620) so that the entire starting winning opening unit 4 is temporarily held so as not to be displaced from the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screw into the starting screw insertion hole 4h (4 g) in the temporarily held state, the starting winning opening unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 with a screw.

Further, as shown in FIG. 7C, since the starting base portion 4e of the starting winning opening unit 4 is plated, the back surface side of the starting base portion 4e is invisible. Therefore, the player cannot visually recognize the symbol (a part of the crab symbol in the first embodiment) printed on the cell sheet 60a located on the back surface side of the start winning opening unit 4. Further, the vicinity of the starting positioning hole 621 (620) into which the starting protrusion 4j (4i) is inserted cannot be visually recognized.

Further, the starting positioning hole 621 (620) into which the starting projection 4j (4i) is inserted is formed by being bored by the taper pin 311 described later. Will be described later.

The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. An attacker unit 5 is arranged below the start winning opening unit 4. The attacker unit 5 includes a base 5e having a large winning opening 5a and an opening / closing plate 5b (hereinafter referred to as "attacker base 5e"), a solenoid 5c for the large winning opening (see FIG. 8), and a large winning opening switch 5d (FIG. 8). It is composed of a back having a back (not shown; hereinafter referred to as an "attacker back").

The attacker base 5e is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface excluding the opening / closing plate 5b is plated (silver-plated in the first embodiment). As described above, ABS resin has a low material cost, good adhesiveness such as plating, excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the attacker base 5e, which is in the line of sight of the player who plays the game and the balls frequently collide with each other.

Further, since the attacker base 5e is plated as described above, the attacker unit makes the front side of the cell sheet 60a invisible when viewed from the front of the attacker unit 5.

Further, the attacker base 5e is formed with a hollow bulging portion having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the attacker base 5e. The opening / closing plate 5b is arranged so as to be located on the rear side of the bulging portion. That is, a space is formed between the bulging portion and the opening / closing plate 5b (the rear side of the bulging portion and the front side of the opening / closing plate 5b) so that the ball can pass through and the opening / closing plate 5b can be opened. Has been done.

The attacker back (not shown) is made of a translucent resin (eg, polycarbonate resin). On the back of the attacker, there is a ball passage (not shown) that allows the ball that has entered the large winning opening 5a to flow down, a solenoid 5c for the large winning opening that can open and close the opening / closing plate 5b (see FIG. 8), and the above ball. A large winning opening switch 5d capable of detecting a ball that has passed through the passage is provided.

A connector portion (not shown) is provided on the back side of the back of the attacker, and a wiring (not shown) extending from the main control device 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to the connector portion (not shown). .. As a result, the solenoid 5c for the winning opening is driven and controlled by the main control device 110, and the detection of the sphere based on the winning opening switch 5d is recognizable by the main control device 110.

Specifically, when a ball enters the large winning opening 5a, the large winning opening switch 5d (see FIG. 8) is turned on, and 15 balls are awarded due to the turning on of the large winning opening switch 5d. It is paid out as a ball.

In the pachinko machine 10, when the lottery in the main control device 110 becomes a big hit, after a predetermined time (variable time) elapses, the first symbol display device 87a is turned on so as to be the stop symbol of the big hit, and the big hit. The stop symbol corresponding to the above is displayed on the special symbol display device 81, and the occurrence of a big hit is indicated. After that, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) where the ball is easy to win. As this special game state, the large winning opening 5a, which is normally closed by the opening / closing plate 5b, is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have passed or until 10 balls are won).

When a predetermined time elapses or 10 balls are won, the large winning opening 5a drives the special winning opening solenoid 5c (see FIG. 8) to drive the opening / closing plate 5b into an upright state (closed state). After closing, the solenoid 5c for the big winning opening is driven again to tilt the opening / closing plate 5b downward on the front surface (open state), so that the opening / closing plate 5b is opened for a predetermined time.

The opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 5a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which this opening / closing operation is performed is a form of a special gaming state that is advantageous to the player, and a larger amount of prize balls than usual is paid out to the player as a game value (game value). Is done. The large winning opening 5a is normally closed so that the ball cannot win or is difficult to win. At the time of a big hit, the solenoid 5c for the big winning opening is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate 5b downward on the front surface to temporarily form an open state in which the ball can easily win the big winning opening 5a. It operates so as to alternate between the closed state and the closed state of time.

The special gaming state is not limited to the above-described form. A specific winning opening that is opened and closed separately from the large winning opening 5a is provided in the game area, and when the symbol corresponding to the big hit is lit on the first symbol display device 87a, the large winning opening 5a is opened for a predetermined time and the large winning opening is opened. A special gaming state is a game state in which a specific winning opening provided separately from the large winning opening 5a is opened a predetermined number of times for a predetermined time when the ball wins a prize in the large winning opening 5a while the opening 5a is open. It may be formed.

Further, in the front view, the attacker unit 5 has screw insertion holes (hereinafter, screw insertion holes provided in the attacker base 5e are referred to as "attacker screw insertion holes" in a total of four places, two upper and lower parts and two lower parts of the attacker base 5e. ") Is provided (see FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into each of the attacker screw insertion holes. With the attacker unit 5 mounted on the game board 13, the attacker unit 5 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the attacker screw insertion holes.

Further, the attacker unit 5 is provided with a plurality of (four in the first embodiment) protrusions (not shown. Hereinafter, the attacker base 5e) on the back surface side (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a) of the attacker base 5e. The protrusion is referred to as an "attacker protrusion"). The attacker protrusions are provided in the vicinity of the attacker screw insertion hole of the attacker unit 5 (for example, at a distance of 5 mm from the attacker screw insertion hole). Further, the attacker protrusion is formed so as to slightly protrude from the back surface side of the attacker base 5e (in the first embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is φ2.5 mm).

When the attacker unit 5 is attached to the game board 13, the attacker protrusions are formed on the game board 13 with positioning holes 622 to 625 described later (hereinafter, the positioning holes provided for the attacker protrusions are referred to as "attacker positioning holes"). To insert each. As a result, the attacker unit 5 before screwing is temporarily held on the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screw into the attacker screw insertion hole while the attacker protrusion is temporarily held in each of the attacker positioning holes 622-625, the attacker unit 5 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced. To.

As described above, the entire attacker base 5e is plated and has a plating layer (not shown). Therefore, the thickness of the plating layer is added to form the thickness of the entire attacker base 5e. That is, the thickness of the plating layer is added to the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the attacker base 5e to form the entire thickness of the attacker base 5e. Therefore, since the attacker protrusions (not shown) provided on the attacker base 5e are also plated to have a plating layer, the thickness (length) of the attacker protrusions is the thickness (length) made of ABS resin. The thickness of the plating layer is added to the length).

Specifically, the length of the attacker protrusion is 2 mm (length of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm (plating layer) = 2.05 mm. Further, the diameter (thickness) of the attacker protrusion is 2.4 mm (diameter of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm × 2 (plating layer) = 2.5 mm. Therefore, the attacker protrusion is configured to be 0.05 mm longer and 0.1 mm in diameter than the protrusions of other parts that have not been plated (for example, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). Will be done.

As described above, the attacker unit 5 has a large winning opening 5a and an opening / closing plate 5b for the attacker base 5e, a ball passage (not shown) for the attacker back (not shown), and a large winning opening. The solenoid 5c for use and the large winning opening switch 5d are mounted, and the total volume of the attacker unit 5 is also large. Therefore, the total weight of the attacker unit 5 is heavy (for example, 165 grams), and it is classified as a heavy part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

On the left side of the game area of the variable display device unit 80, a through gate 7 through which a ball can enter is arranged. Further, a similar through gate 7 is also arranged on the right side of the play area of the variable display device unit 80. Since the structure of the through gate 7 on the right side is the same as that of the through gate 7 on the left side, the description thereof will be omitted.

Here, the configuration of the through gate 7 will be described with reference to FIG. 6 (a) is a front view of the through gate 7, FIG. 6 (b) is a top view of the through gate 7 as seen from the VIb line direction of FIG. 6 (a), and FIG. 6 (c) is a top view of the through gate 7. , FIG. 6 (a) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line VIc-VIc.

The through gate 7 is configured by mounting a normal symbol switch 7a on a base 7b of the through gate 7 (hereinafter, referred to as “through base 7b”), which displays a variation of a normal symbol when a sphere passes through the base 7b. The entire through base 7b except for the normal symbol switch 7a is made of a transparent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). Polycarbonate resin has low material cost, is transparent, has excellent decorativeness, and has high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the through gate 7 which enters the line of sight of the player who plays the game and the balls frequently collide with each other.

Further, since the through base 7b is made of a transparent resin, the front side of the game board 13 located on the rear side of the through base 7b is made visible to the player. Therefore, the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a on the rear side of the through base 7b is visible to the player.

The through base 7b is formed with a three-dimensional outer gate portion 7b1 having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the through base 7b (see FIG. 6B). .. The detection unit 7a1 of the normal symbol switch 7a is fitted in the gate portion 7b1, and when the sphere passes through the gate portion 7b1, the sphere passes through the detection unit 7a1 of the normal symbol switch 7a without omission, and the normal symbol switch 7a Detects the passage of the sphere.

Wiring (not shown) extending from the main control device 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to the normal symbol switch 7a. As a result, the detection of the sphere based on the normal symbol switch 7a can be recognized by the main control device 110.

Specifically, when a ball enters (passes) through the through gate 7, the normal symbol switch 7a is turned on, and the second symbol (normal symbol) is turned on by the main control device 110 due to the turning on of the normal symbol switch 7a. The winning lottery is performed, and the variable display of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) in the second symbol display device 87b and the ordinary symbol display device 83 is started (started). Then, after the elapse of a predetermined variation time, the variation display of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) is stopped, the display corresponding to the lottery result is displayed on the second symbol display device 87b, and the ordinary symbol corresponding to the lottery result is displayed. Is normally stopped and displayed on the symbol display device 83. In addition, the through gate 7 only acquires the lottery opportunity of the second symbol (ordinary symbol), and the prize ball of the ball is not performed.

If a ball enters the through gate 7 while the fluctuation display is being performed by the normal symbol display device 83 (second symbol display device 87b), the maximum variation display of the normal symbol based on the entry is 4 Holds up to times. Then, the variation display corresponding to the reserved ball (reserved ball) is performed after the end of the variation display corresponding to the reserved ball previously reserved. As described above, the number of reserved balls (number of reserved balls) is indicated by the second symbol hold display device 87d and also by the normal symbol hold lamp 84.

Further, when viewed from the front, the through gate 7 has screw insertion holes 7c and 7d at two locations on the left and right sides of the through base 7b (hereinafter, the total entry of screws provided in the through base 7b is referred to as "through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d". ) Is provided (see FIG. 6A). Screws can be screwed into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d, respectively. With the through gate 7 mounted on the game board 13, the through gate 7 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d, respectively.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 6 (b) and 6 (c), the through gate 7 has a plurality of through gates 7 on the back surface side (the side in contact with the base plate 60) of the through base portion 7b (two in the first embodiment). The protrusions 7e and 7f (hereinafter, the protrusions provided on the through base 7b are referred to as "through protrusions 7e and 7f") are provided. The through protrusions 7e and 7f are provided in the vicinity of the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d), respectively. Further, the through protrusions 7e and 7f are formed so as to slightly protrude from the through base 7b toward the back surface (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

When the through gate 7 is attached to the game board 13, the through protrusions 7e and 7f are formed in the game board 13 and the positioning holes 626 and 627 described later (hereinafter, the positioning holes provided for the through protrusions 7e and 7f are referred to as "positioning holes". It is inserted into each of the through positioning holes 626 and 627). As a result, the through gate 7 before screwing is temporarily held by the game board 13. Then, by screwing the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d while the through protrusions 7e and 7f are temporarily held in the through positioning holes 626 and 627, the through gate 7 is inserted into the game board 13. It is fixed without shifting.

As described above, the through gate 7 has only a normal symbol switch 7a mounted on the through base 7b, and the overall volume of the through gate 7 is also small. Therefore, the overall weight of the through gate 7 is light (for example, 6 grams), and it is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

Here, a state in which the through gate 7 is attached to the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 (e) and 7 (f). 7 (e) is an enlarged front view of the through gate 7 in the game board 13, and FIG. 7 (f) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line VIIf-VIIf of FIG. 7 (e).

As shown in FIGS. 7 (e) and 7 (f), the through gate 7 is screwed to the game board 13 by screwing a screw into the through screw insertion hole 7d (7c) provided in the through base 7b. It is fixed. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when the through gate 7 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, the through protrusions 7f (7e) are passed through before the screws are screwed into the through screw insertion holes 7d (7c). It is inserted into the positioning hole 627 (626) and temporarily held so that the entire through gate 7 does not shift with respect to the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screw into the through screw insertion hole 7d (7c) in the temporarily held state, the through gate 7 is fixed to the game board 13 with a screw.

Further, as shown in FIG. 7E, since the through base 7b of the through gate 7 is made of a transparent resin, the back surface side of the through base 7b is visible. Therefore, the player can visually recognize the symbol printed on the cell sheet 60a located on the back surface side of the through gate 7 (in the first embodiment, a part of the octopus symbol). Further, the periphery of the through positioning hole 627 (626) into which the through protrusion 7f (7e) is inserted is also visible.

Further, the through positioning hole 627 (626) into which the through protrusion 7f (7e) is inserted is formed by being bored by the hybrid pin 321 described later, and the through positioning hole 627 (626) and the hybrid pin 321 are formed. Details will be described later.

The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. A board side decoration 8 is arranged on the left side of the game area of the through gate 7. Further, a similar board surface side decoration 8 is arranged on the right side of the through gate 7 on the right side. Although the shape of the right side board decoration 8 is symmetrical with that of the left side board decoration 8, the other configurations are the same, and the description thereof will be omitted.

The board surface side decoration 8 is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface thereof is plated (silver plating in the first embodiment). ABS resin has a low material cost, good adhesiveness such as plating, excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the board side decoration 8 that enters the line of sight of the player who plays the game and that the balls frequently collide with each other. Since the board surface side decoration 8 is plated as described above, the front side of the cell sheet 60a is made invisible by the board surface side decoration 8 when the board surface side decoration 8 is viewed from the front. ..

Further, the board surface side decoration 8 has a three-dimensional bulge having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the base portion 8a (hereinafter, referred to as “side base portion 8a”) of the board surface side decoration 8. There is a protrusion.

Further, the board surface side decoration 8 has screw insertion holes (hereinafter, screw insertion holes provided in the side base 8a) in a total of three places, one upper part, one lower part, and one right middle part of the side base portion 8a when viewed from the front. Is provided with a "side screw insertion hole" (see FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into the side screw insertion holes. The board side decoration 8 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the side screw insertion holes in a state where the board side decoration 8 is placed on the game board 13.

Further, the board surface side decoration 8 is provided with a plurality of (two in the first embodiment) protrusions (not shown. Hereinafter, the side base portion 8a) on the back surface side (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a) of the side base portion 8a. The protrusions are referred to as "side protrusions"). The side protrusions are provided in the vicinity of the upper side screw insertion hole and the lower side screw insertion hole (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the side screw insertion hole) in the side screw insertion holes of the board surface side decoration 8. Further, the side protrusions are formed so as to slightly protrude from the back surface side of the side base portion 8a (in the first embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is φ2.5 mm).

When the board surface side decoration 8 is attached to the game board 13, the side protrusions are formed on the game board 13 with positioning holes 628,629 (hereinafter, positioning holes provided for the side protrusions are referred to as “side positioning holes 628,” 629 ”) is inserted respectively. As a result, the board side decoration 8 before screwing is temporarily held by the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screw into the side screw insertion hole while the side protrusions are temporarily held in the side positioning holes 628 and 629, the board surface side decoration 8 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced. To.

As described above, the entire side base portion 8a is plated and has a plating layer (not shown). Therefore, the thickness of the plating layer is added to form the thickness of the entire side base portion 8a. That is, the thickness of the plating layer is added to the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the side base portion 8a to form the thickness of the entire side base portion 8a. Therefore, since the side protrusions (not shown) provided on the side base portion 8a are also plated to have a plating layer, the thickness (length) of the side protrusions is a thickness made of ABS resin. The thickness of the plating layer is added to (length).

Specifically, the length of the side protrusion is 2 mm (length of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm (plating layer) = 2.05 mm. The diameter (thickness) of the side protrusions is 2.4 mm (diameter of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm × 2 (plating layer) = 2.5 mm. Therefore, the side protrusions are made thicker by 0.05 mm in length and 0.1 mm in diameter than the protrusions of other parts that have not been plated (for example, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). Will be done.

As described above, the board surface side decoration 8 does not have other parts mounted on the side base portion 8a. Therefore, although the total volume of the board side decoration 8 is large, the total weight of the board side decoration 8 is light (for example, 50 grams), and it is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the protrusions for positioning (return protrusion, right side protrusion, upper left protrusion, main display protrusion 87j, 87k, general protrusion, center protrusion) with respect to the parts mounted on the game board 13 are obtained. , Starting protrusions 4i, 4j, attacker protrusions, through protrusions 7e, 7f and side protrusions. Hereinafter, the above protrusions may be collectively referred to as "each protrusion"), but each protrusion is provided. It is formed with common specifications except for the presence or absence of a plating layer. Specifically, the length of each protrusion is 2 mm for the resin portion excluding the plating layer of each protrusion. The diameter of each protrusion is φ2.4 mm. Even for parts to which a plating layer is applied, the length of each protrusion is 2.05 mm. The diameter of each protrusion is φ2.5 mm.

As described above, in the first embodiment, the protrusions of each component mounted on the game board 13 have some differences (0.05 mm in length and 1 mm in diameter) depending on the presence or absence of the plating layer, but they are almost the same. It is a specification. As a result, when forming the positioning holes in the game board 13, the positioning holes completely different for each part (for example, the positioning holes for the A part have a length of 3 mm and a diameter of 4 mm, and the positioning holes for the B part have a length. It is not necessary to form 5 mm, a diameter of 3 mm, etc.), and it is possible to eliminate the complexity in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 and improve the productivity of the game board 13.

An out port 6 is provided below the game board 13. The out port 6 is integrally formed with the inner rail 61, and when the inner rail 61 is attached to the game board 13, it is attached together with the inner rail 61. A ball that has not entered any of the winning openings 3a, 4a, or 5a is discharged to the back surface of the game board 13 through the out opening 6.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. The main control device 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 is composed of an 8-bit microcomputer, and is a read-only memory (Read Only Memory; hereinafter abbreviated as “ROM”) 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 201, and a read-only memory (ROM) 202 thereof. Random access memory (Random Access Memory, hereinafter abbreviated as "RAM") 203, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing a control program stored in ROM 202, and others. Various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are built-in. In order to instruct the operation of the sub control device such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113, various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit. Such a command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device in only one direction.

In the main control device 110, the jackpot lottery, the display setting in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81, the lottery of the display results in the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83, and the prize ball accompanying the winning. The main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as determination is performed. The ROM 202 stores fixed value data used for controlling these processes. For example, various tables such as a jackpot random number table, a jackpot type table, a jackpot variation pattern table, and a loss variation pattern table are stored in the ROM 202.

In the RAM 203, the main processing of the pachinko machine 10 (big hit lottery, display setting in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81, lottery of display results in the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83, etc. ) Are provided with various counters.

To set the display of the jackpot lottery and the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81, the first hit random number counter used for the jackpot lottery and the first hit type counter used for selecting the stop type of the jackpot symbol. The stop pattern selection counter used to determine the stop type at the time of deviation, the first initial value random number counter used to set the initial value of the first random number counter, and the variation type counter used to select the variation pattern are used. Be done. Further, a second hit random number counter is used for the lottery of the second symbol display device 87b and the ordinary symbol display device 83, and the second initial value random number counter is used for setting the initial value of the second hit random number counter.

When the MPU 201 detects a ball that has entered the start winning opening 4a by the starting opening switch 4d provided in the starting winning opening unit 4, the first hit random number counter, the first hit type counter, and the stop pattern selection counter at that time Each value is acquired, and a big hit lottery of the first symbol (special symbol) is performed based on each acquired value. Further, when the MPU 201 detects a sphere that has passed through the through gate 7 by the ordinary symbol switch 7a provided on the through gate 7, it acquires the value of the second random number counter at that time, and based on the acquired value, the MPU 201 acquires the value of the second random number counter. 2 A lottery will be held to win the symbols (ordinary symbols). Further, the MPU 201 refers to the fluctuation type counter and the fluctuation pattern table stored in the ROM 202 at the start of the fluctuation, and determines the fluctuation pattern to be executed in the fluctuation display. The fluctuation pattern determined here is the fluctuation time of the symbol fluctuation.

That is, the main control device 110 determines only the fluctuation time of the symbol variation and the stop type as the variation pattern. On the other hand, the specific variation mode is set by the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114. That is, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 can display fluctuations at the fluctuation time based on the fluctuation pattern (variation time) and the stop type determined by the main control device 110. The details of the variation mode of the special symbol to be displayed by the special symbol display device 81 are determined. Then, the display control device 114 causes the special symbol display device 81 to display the special symbol in a variable manner according to the determined variation mode, and the voice lamp control device 113 causes the voice output device 226 to output voice in accordance with the variation display. At the same time, the lamps of the frame LEDs 227 (illumination units 29 to 33) are turned on and blinked.

As described above, the main control device 110 determines the fluctuation time of the fluctuation display as a process related to the fluctuation display, generates a fluctuation pattern command according to the fluctuation time, and transmits the fluctuation pattern command to the voice lamp control device 113. Further, the main control device 110 determines the stop type of the fluctuation display as a process related to the fluctuation display, generates a stop type command according to the stop type, and transmits the command to the voice lamp control device 113. Then, the details of the variation mode are determined by the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 based on the variation pattern command and the stop type command. The MPU 201 of the main control unit 110 is composed of an 8-bit microcomputer and cannot perform complicated processing. However, when determining the fluctuation pattern, the main control unit 110 is configured to determine only the fluctuation time. Compared with the case where the main control device 110 determines the details of the variation mode, the process of determining the variation pattern of the main control device 110 can be easily performed.

Further, when the main control device 110 determines the details of the variation mode, the detailed information of the determined variation mode must be notified to the voice lamp control device 113 and the like, and the command required for the notification is, for example, 3. There is a risk that it will have to be composed of more than bytes, which may complicate sending and receiving commands. On the other hand, in the first embodiment, since the main control device 110 is configured to determine only the fluctuation time and the stop type, the determined fluctuation time and the stop type are determined for the voice lamp control device 113 and the like. It is only necessary to notify the information about the notification, and the configuration of the command related to the notification can be simplified. Therefore, it is possible to suppress complicated transmission / reception of commands. Further, even if only the fluctuation time and the stop type of the symbol variation are determined by the main control device 110, the fluctuation time and the stop type specified from many variation modes by the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 can be selected. Since the variable mode is determined according to the variable mode and the special symbol display device 81 is configured to perform the variable display in the determined variable mode, it is possible to give the player a variety of variable display effects. It is possible to improve the interest of the player.

As described above, the RAM 203 is provided with various counters and the like, and in the main control device 110, a jackpot lottery and display settings in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81 are set according to the values of the counters and the like. , The main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as the lottery of the display result in the second symbol display device 87b and the ordinary symbol display device 83 can be executed.

In addition to the various counters described above, the RAM 203 has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return destination address of the control program executed by the MPU 201 are stored, various flags and counters, and inputs / outputs (Input / Output /). It has a work area (work area) in which values such as Output (hereinafter, abbreviated as “I / O”) are stored. The RAM 203 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. ..

When the power supply is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer at the time of the power failure (including the time when the power failure occurs; the same applies hereinafter) and the value of each register are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including power on due to power failure elimination; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed when the power is cut off by the main process, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed in the start-up process when the power is turned on. The non-maskable interrupt (hereinafter referred to as "NMI") terminal of the MPU 201 is configured so that a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input when the power is cut off due to a power failure or the like. When the power failure signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201, the NMI interrupt process as the power failure process is immediately executed.

An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 includes a payout control device 111, a voice lamp control device 113, a first symbol display device 87a, a second symbol display device 87b, a first symbol hold display device 87c, and a first symbol display device 87c mounted on the main display unit 87. The second symbol hold display device 87d, the solenoid 4c for the electric accessory and the start port switch 4d mounted on the start winning port unit 4, the solenoid 5c for the large winning port and the large winning port switch 5d mounted on the attacker unit 5. The normal symbol switch 7a mounted on the through gate and the general winning opening switch 3b mounted on the general winning opening unit 3 are connected to each other. The MPU 201 receives input signals from the switches 3b, 4d, and 5d via the input / output port 205, controls fluctuation display, jackpot, etc. based on the input signals, and inputs / outputs based on the control results. Various commands and control signals are transmitted via the port 205, and the drive control of the solenoids 4c and 5c is performed.

For example, the main control device 110 detects whether or not a ball has won a prize in the general winning opening 3a based on the detection result of the general winning opening switch 3b. When the winning of the ball in the general winning opening 3a is detected, the main control device 110 determines the winning ball of 5 balls and issues a prize ball payout command notifying the payout of the winning ball of 5 balls to the payout control device 111. Send. Further, the main control device 110 detects whether or not a ball has won a prize at the starting winning opening 4a based on the starting opening switch 4d. When the winning of the ball in the starting winning opening 4a is detected, a big hit lottery is performed, and based on the lottery result, the effect of the variable display in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81 is started (started). Further, a prize ball payout command for determining the five prize balls and notifying that the five ball prize balls are to be paid out is transmitted to the payout control device 111. Further, the main control device 110 detects whether or not a ball has won a prize in the large winning opening 5a based on the detection result of the large winning opening switch 5d. When the winning of the ball in the large winning opening 5a is detected, the main control device 110 determines the winning ball of 15 balls and transmits a prize ball payout command notifying that the winning ball of 15 balls is to be paid out to the payout control device 111. To do.

Further, for example, the main control device 110 drives the solenoid 4c for the electric accessory to rotate the electric accessory 4b when the normal symbol (second symbol) hits, and the ball wins the lower start winning opening. It is configured so that an easy open state can be temporarily formed. As a result, the main control device 110 is configured so that the open state and the closed state of the electric accessory 4b can be alternately repeated in the hit state of the normal symbol.

Further, for example, the main control device 110 drives the solenoid 5c for the big winning opening to tilt the opening / closing plate 5b downward on the front surface at the time of a big hit of the special symbol (first symbol), and the ball is the big winning opening 5a. It is configured to be able to temporarily form an open state that makes it easy to win a prize. As a result, the main control device 110 is configured to be able to alternately repeat the open state and the closed state of the opening / closing plate 5b in the jackpot state of the special symbol.

Further, various switches including a switch group and a sensor group (not shown) and a RAM erasing switch circuit 253 to be described later provided in the power supply device 115 are connected to the input / output port 205, and the MPU 201 is a signal output from various switches. , Various processes are executed based on the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 211, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory or the like.

The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. It has a work area (work area) in which values such as, I / O, etc. are stored. The RAM 213 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Similar to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured so that the power failure signal SG1 is input from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, the NMI interrupt process as the power failure process is immediately executed.

An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the launch control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Further, a prize ball detection switch 217 for detecting the paid out prize balls is connected to the payout control device 111. The prize ball detection switch 217 is connected to the payout control device 111, but is not connected to the main control device 110.

The launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that when the main control device 110 gives an instruction to launch the ball, the launch strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. .. The ball launching unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the operation handle is detected by the touch sensor 51a that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited with respect to the amount of rotation of 51, and the ball is fired with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

The voice lamp control device 113 is mounted on the center frame 86, the output of voice in the voice output device (speaker, etc. not shown) 226, the output of lighting and extinguishing in the frame LED (illumination units 29 to 33, indicator lamp 34, etc.) 227. Based on the output of turning on and off of the center decoration LED 86a, the drive of the movable accessory 86b mounted on the center frame 86, and the fluctuation time indicated by the fluctuation pattern command received from the main controller 110, the execution is performed at the fluctuation time. Controls such as setting the variation mode of the variation display to be performed, setting the variation mode of the variation display to be executed by the stop type based on the stop type indicated by the stop type command received from the main control device 110, and the like. Is. The arithmetic unit MPU 221 has a ROM 222 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 221 and a RAM 223 that is used as a work memory or the like.

In the ROM 222, one or more detailed fluctuation patterns are stored in association with each of the various fluctuation patterns (variation times) indicated by the fluctuation pattern commands received from the main control device 110. Further, the ROM 222 stores one or more detailed stop types associated with the stop types indicated by the stop type commands received from the main control device 110.

In the MPU 221, when a fluctuation pattern command is received from the main controller 110, one detailed variation pattern is selected from one or more detailed variation patterns associated with the variation pattern (variation time) indicated by the variation pattern command. Determine the variation pattern. Further, in the MPU 221, when a stop type command is received from the main controller 110, one detailed stop type is selected from one or more detailed stop types associated with the stop type indicated by the stop type command. To determine. Then, the lighting and extinguishing of the frame LED 227 and the center decoration LED 86a are controlled according to the determined detailed fluctuation pattern and the predetermined pattern for the stop type, and the audio output from the audio output device 226 is controlled, and further. , Controls the drive of the movable accessory 86b.

Further, when the MPU 221 determines a detailed variation pattern, it generates a display variation pattern command for a special symbol that notifies the display control device 114 of the type of the determined detailed variation pattern, and the generated special symbol. The display fluctuation pattern command for is transmitted to the display control device 114. The display control device 114 executes control for displaying the variation effect on the special symbol display device 81 according to a predetermined pattern for the detailed variation pattern indicated by the display variation pattern command for the special symbol.

An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the display control device 114, the audio output device 226, the frame LED 227, the center decoration LED 86a mounted on the center frame 86, the movable accessory 86b, the frame button 22, and the like are connected to the input / output port 225, respectively. There is.

The display control device 114 is a device that controls the screen display of the special symbol display device (LCD) 81, and displays various screens such as a variable display (variable effect) and a jackpot effect of the special symbol by the voice lamp control device 113 (mainly). It is controlled according to a command transmitted from the control device 110).

The display control device 114 includes an MPU 231, a ROM (program ROM) 232, a work RAM 233, a video RAM 234, a character ROM 235, an image controller 236, an input port 237, an output port 238, and a bus line 239, 240. have. The output side of the voice lamp control device 113 is connected to the input side of the input port 237, and the MPU 231, ROM 232, work RAM 233, and image controller 236 are connected to the output side of the input port 237. A video RAM 234 and a character ROM 235 are connected to the image controller 236, and an output port 238 is connected via the bus line 240. A special symbol display device 81 is connected to the output side of the output port 238. Even if the pachinko machine 10 is another model in which the lottery probability of the jackpot and the number of prize balls to be paid out in one jackpot are different, there is a model having exactly the same symbol configuration displayed by the special symbol display device 81. Therefore, the display control device 114 is made into a common component to reduce the cost.

The MPU 231 of the display control device 114 controls the display content of the special symbol display device 81 based on the display variation pattern command for the special symbol output from the voice lamp control device 113 and various other commands. The ROM 232 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 231.

The work RAM 233 is a memory for temporarily storing work data and flags used when executing various programs by the MPU 231. The character ROM 235 is a memory that stores data (character information) for effect such as a symbol (background symbol or special symbol) displayed on the special symbol display device 81 in a compressed format. The video RAM 234 has an area (not shown) for storing a plurality of character information read from the character ROM 235 in order to generate an image to be displayed on the special symbol display device 81 in a decompressed model, and the decompressed plurality of characters. It is a memory having a frame buffer area (not shown) for temporarily storing display data for one frame generated by using at least a part of information until the display is performed.

The image controller 236 adjusts the timings of the MPU 231 and the video RAM 234, and the output port 238 to intervene in reading and writing data, and reads the display data stored in the frame buffer area of the video RAM 234 at a predetermined timing to read a special symbol. It is to be displayed on the display device 81.

The power supply device 115 is provided with a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power failure due to a power failure, and a RAM erasing switch 122 (see FIG. 2). It has an erasing switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies the required operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 volt AC supplied from the outside, and has a voltage of 12 volt for driving various switches, a solenoid, a motor, etc., a voltage of 5 volt for logic, and a RAM. A backup voltage or the like for backup is generated, and these 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage and backup voltage are supplied to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like.

The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the DC stable 24 volt voltage, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251 and determines that a power failure (power failure, power failure) has occurred when this voltage becomes less than 22 volts. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. The power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the drive voltage of the control system, for a sufficient time for executing the NMI interrupt process even after the voltage of DC stable 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process.

The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting the RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main control device 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main control device 110 clears the backup data and issues an initialization command for clearing the backup data in the payout control device 111. It is transmitted to 111.

Next, with reference to FIG. 9, the outline of the manufacturing process for manufacturing the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 9 is a schematic view showing the flow of the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10. Regarding the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10, a step of forming a plurality of subassembly units (for example, each game unit such as a game board 13 and a door frame 14) separated for each part (subassembly process, for example, FIG. 10). (See.) And an assembly process (assembly process, see, for example, FIG. 9) for assembling the subassembled gaming units. In this way, by separating the sub-assembly process for assembling each game unit and the assembly process for assembling the game unit assembled through the sub-assembly process, division of labor can be promoted and production efficiency can be improved. It is planned.

As shown in FIG. 9, in the manufacturing process (assembly process) of the pachinko machine 10, first, the main control is performed on the inner frame 12 to which the control board unit 91 and the back pack unit 94 excluding the payout control device 111 are assembled. The game board 13 on which the control board unit 90 composed of the device 110, the voice lamp control device 113, and the display control device 114 is mounted is assembled (S101).

Specifically, the left end portion of the game board 13 is inserted into the left end portion of the inner frame 12, and the game board 13 is placed on the temporary placement portion (not shown) of the inner frame 12 and the game is centered on the left end portion. By rotating the board 13, the game board 13 is arranged at a predetermined mounting completion position. After that, the inner frame 12 and the game board 13 are integrated by fixing the game board 13 to the mounting complete position using a lock lever (not shown) provided on the inner frame 12. The connector (not shown) provided on the back surface of the game board 13 is combined with the movable connector (so-called floating connector) provided on the inner frame 12 as the game board 13 moves to the mounting completion position. The game board 13 and the inner frame 12 are electrically connected by the coupling.

After that, the payout control device 111 is assembled to the control board unit 91 mounted on the inner frame 12 (S102), and then the door frame 14 is assembled to the inner frame 12 (S103). .. Specifically, the door frame 14 is engaged with the inner frame 12 by engaging the protrusion shaft (not shown) provided on the door frame 14 with the hinge 19 (see FIG. 1) provided on the inner frame 12. Are integrated in a rotatable state. Then, by closing the door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 12, the cylinder lock 20 (see FIG. 1) operates, and the opening of the door frame 14 is restricted. This completes the assembly of the pachinko machine 10.

After the assembly of the pachinko machine 10 is completed, a game machine inspection step of confirming the operation of the pachinko machine 10 and the like is performed (S104). After that, the pachinko machine 10 is subjected to a packaging process (so-called security wrapping), and a shipping process of shipping to the amusement park is performed (S105).

As described above, by subassembling the pachinko machine 10 for each part, it is possible to set a unique production line for each gaming unit. Further, by assembling each sub-assembled game unit in the final assembly process, the assembly process can be standardized, and the automation of the assembly work and the reduction of the workload of the operator can be promoted.

Here, most of the configurations (game area, main control device 110, etc.) related to the specifications of the pachinko machine 10 are integrated in the game board 13. Then, by replacing the game board 13, it is possible to change the model (minor change) of the pachinko machine 10. The game machine maker ships the game board 13 alone, and at the game hall, the model is changed by diverting the configuration other than the game board 13 (inner frame 12, door frame 14, etc.) and replacing only the game board 13. It is possible to carry out the above, and a practically preferable business model that considers both environmental and economic aspects has been established.

Next, with reference to FIG. 10, an outline of a manufacturing process for manufacturing the game board 13 mounted on the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 10 is a schematic view showing the flow of the manufacturing process of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. 10, the manufacturing process (subassembly process) of the game board 13 is roughly divided into a game board front surface manufacturing process (S200 (S201 to S217)), a game board back surface manufacturing process (S218), and a game board. It is composed of an inspection step (S219).

In the game board surface manufacturing process (S201 to S217), first, the general winning opening unit 3, the starting winning opening unit 4, the attacker unit 5, the through gate 7, the board side decoration 8, and the return ball prevention member mounted on the game board 13 The positioning holes 601 to 629 for 68, the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71, the center frame 86, and the main display unit 87 (hereinafter, may be referred to as “each component”) are provided by the positioning hole drilling machine 410 (FIG. A step of creating a positioning hole for a part to be formed by drilling (see 11) is performed (S201).

Each part mounted on the game board 13 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws by screwing screws into each screw insertion hole 4g or the like by a screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16) described later. It is configured in. Each part mounted on the game board 13 is a transfer process (first transfer process (S206 to S211)) and a second transfer step (first transfer step (S206 to S211)) from being placed on the game board 13 to being fixed with a screw by a screw driving machine 420. In S213 to S216). See FIG. 15), the game board 13 is conveyed and stopped a plurality of times. Due to the impact caused by the transport and stop, each part may be displaced from the place where it was originally placed on the game board 13. Therefore, in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), a positioning hole (for example, starting positioning hole 621) capable of temporarily holding the positioning projection (for example, starting projection 4j) provided on each component is provided in the game board 13. By forming and temporarily holding the protrusions for positioning each component by inserting them into the positioning holes, it is possible to prevent the displacement of the mounting position of each component even in the transfer process.

Here, with reference to FIG. 11, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 for forming the positioning holes 601 to 629 in the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a positioning hole drilling machine 410 for forming positioning holes 601 to 629 for each part in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, and the positioning hole drilling machine 410 is viewed from the side. It is a schematic diagram as seen. In FIG. 11, the game board 13 is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 11, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 includes a press plate 411 to which a straight pin 301, a taper pin 311 and a hybrid pin 321 for drilling and forming each positioning hole 601 to 629 are attached, and the press plate 411. Is composed of an upper press unit 412 that presses the game board 13 toward the game board 13 side, and a lower press unit 413 that presses the game board 13 against the press plate 411 side.

The press plate 411 is provided with a base portion 411a for attaching a straight pin 301, a taper pin 311 and a hybrid pin 321, a left positioning pin 411b, and a right positioning pin 411c. A plurality of press-fitting holes (not shown) are formed in the base portion 411a, and pins 301, 311, and 321 can be press-fitted and fixed to the press-fitting holes.

Specifically, the tips of the pins 301, 311, 321 (see FIGS. 12 to 14) are located on the lower press unit side (game board 13 side) corresponding to the model of the pachinko machine 10. Pins 301, 311, and 321 are press-fitted and fixed from below the base portion 411a so as to face each other. Further, each of the pins 301, 311, 321 press-fitted and fixed to the base portion 411a can change the mounting position of each pin 301, 311, 321 according to the position of the component mounted on the game board 13. Each mounting portion 302, 312, 322 of each pin 301, 311, 321 is configured to be extrudable from above the base portion 411a, and can be removed from the base portion 411a.

The left positioning pin 411b and the right positioning pin 411c are rod-shaped members protruding toward the lower press unit 413 side (game board 13 side), and the positioning holes 13a and 13b formed in the game board 13 (see FIG. 17). It is configured to be engageable with. The positioning holes 601 to 629 are formed by forming the positioning holes 601 to 629 in the game board 13 by the press plate 411 while engaging the positioning pins 411b and 411c with the positioning holes 13a and 13b of the game board 13. It is possible to prevent the position from shifting.

The upper press unit 412 is a device for pressing the press plate 411 against the game board 13 side, and the lower press unit 413 is a device for pressing the game board 13 against the press plate 411 side. Therefore, when the game board 13 is conveyed above the lower press unit 413 of the positioning hole punching machine 410, the positioning hole punching machine 410 with respect to the positioning holes 13a and 13b (see FIG. 17) of the game board 13. While engaging the positioning pins 411b and 411c, the press plate 411 and the game board 13 are pressed against each other by the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 (so-called press working). As a result, positioning holes 601 to 629 based on the shapes of the pins 301, 311, 321 of the press plate 411 are formed in the game board 13.

In addition to the positioning holes 601 to 629, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 forms a pilot hole for screws (not shown) corresponding to the screw insertion holes 4g and the like of each component in the game board 13. The pilot hole for the screw is drilled by a dedicated pin (not shown) at a position corresponding to the screw insertion hole (for example, the starting screw insertion hole 4 g) of each component. The pilot hole for the screw is formed at a depth (for example, 0.05 mm) so that the tip portion of the screw can be slightly inserted so that the screw can be easily inserted when the screw is fastened to each part. In the first screw fixing step (see S212 in FIG. 10) or the second screw fixing step (see S217 in FIG. 10), when fixing each part with screws, the screw is inserted into the screw insertion hole for the above screw. By pressing the screw against the prepared hole and then screwing the screw into the game board 13, the screw can be easily screwed into the game board 13.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14, the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 and the taper pin 301, which are attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and for drilling the positioning holes 601-629. The hybrid pin 321 will be described. 12A and 12B are views showing the configuration of the straight pin 301, FIG. 12A is a schematic front view of the straight pin 301, and FIG. 12B is a schematic side view of the straight pin 301. 12 (c) is a schematic bottom view of the straight pin 301. The straight pin 301 is attached to the press plate 411 of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and used to form the positioning holes 603 to 610 in the game board 13.

The straight pin 301 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) having a vertical dimension of 17 mm, and as shown in FIGS. 12 (a) to 12 (c), the straight mounting portion 302, the straight flange portion 303, the straight body portion 304, and the straight pin 301 are straight. It is composed of a tip portion 305, and each of the above portions 302 to 305 is continuously formed. The carbon tool steel (SK4) is a material harder than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a constituting the game board 13. Therefore, the straight pin 301 made of the material is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and pressed against the game board 13, so that the base plate 60 and the cell sheet are formed. The 60a is plastically deformed, and positioning holes 603 to 610 are formed by the straight pins 301.

The straight mounting portion 302 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm. A straight flange portion 303 is continuously formed below the straight mounting portion 302 when viewed from the front. The straight flange portion 303 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 3 mm and a shaft diameter of φ5 mm, and the straight flange portion 303 has a larger diameter than the straight mounting portion 302. By fitting the straight mounting portion 302 and the straight flange portion 303 into the mounting holes (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, the straight pin 301 is pressed into the press plate. It is fixed at 411. When the straight pin 301 is attached to the press plate 411, the straight pin 301 is attached so that the lower surface portion of the straight flange portion 303 and the lower surface portion of the press plate 411 are flush with each other.

A straight body portion 304 is continuously formed on the lower side of the straight flange portion 303 when viewed from the front. Further, a straight tip portion 305 is continuously formed below the straight body portion 304 when viewed from the front. The straight body portion 304 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm, and the shaft diameter has a shaft diameter of 0.0 mm to 5.7 mm from the straight flange portion 303 (that is, a distance from 0.0 mm from the straight tip portion 305). A shaft diameter of up to 0.8 mm is uniformly formed with a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm, and the distance from the straight flange portion 303 is from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the straight tip portion 305 is from 0.0 mm). (Up to 0.8 mm), but the shaft diameter gradually decreases from the shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm to the shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm (hereinafter, the gradual reduction of the shaft diameter is referred to as "gradual reduction". ) It is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape (inverted conical trapezoidal shape). That is, most of the outer shape of the straight body 304 is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction.

The substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) in which the distance from the straight flange portion 303 is from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the straight tip portion 305 is from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm) is The shaft diameter is gradually reduced from φ2.8 mm to φ2.7 mm in a tapered shape. This is because the straight body portion 304 is smoothly inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a from the straight tip portion 305 when the positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301.

The straight tip portion 305 has a vertical dimension of 2.5 mm, and the shaft diameter is formed into an inverted conical shape that gradually tapers downward from the shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm at the connecting portion of the straight body portion 304 toward the lower side in the front view. The tip (bottom of the front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the component positioning hole creating step (see S201 in FIG. 10), the straight pin 301 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, and the press plate is used. By pressing the 411 and the game board 13 with the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), each positioning hole 603 to 610 by the straight pin 301 is bored in the game board 13.

Since the straight body 304 of the straight pin 301 has a smaller volume than the tapered body 314 of the taper pin 311 and the hybrid body 324 of the hybrid pin 321 described later, the straight pin 301 is the most game board compared to the other pins 311, 321. It is easy to make a positioning hole with respect to 13.

On the other hand, during press working, the straight pin 301 continues to apply a load based on the elastic force of the base plate 60 to the straight body 304 while the straight body 304 is inserted into the game board 13, and the straight pin 301 is pressed. The load is applied to the straight body 304 while the player is pulled out from the game board 13, and resistance is generated. If the resistance becomes large, the game board 13 will be lifted when the straight pin 301 is pulled out. Here, for example, if only a part of the game board 13 (for example, the left side of the board surface) is lifted, the game board 13 is tilted and lifted, so that the shape of the positioning hole formed by the pins 301, 311, 321 and the like is changed. It will be different from the design value, and there is a risk that manufacturing unevenness will occur in the formation of the positioning holes.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the positioning holes are formed by the straight pins 301, the straight pins 301 are arranged so as to have a predetermined positional relationship with respect to the game board 13. Specifically, for example, the straight pins 301 are located on the upper, lower, left, and right sides of the game board 13 without biasing the positional relationship of each straight pin 301 with respect to the game board 13 to one side (for example, the left side) of the game board 13. Arrange them so that they are evenly located. By arranging the straight pin 301 with respect to the game board 13 in a predetermined positional relationship in this way, even if the game board 13 is lifted when the straight pin 301 is pulled out, it is lifted without tilting. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game board 13 from tilting during press working and prevent uneven production of positioning holes.

In addition, "each straight pin 301 has a predetermined positional relationship with respect to the game board 13" may be any position as long as the straight pins 301 are evenly arranged with respect to the game board 13, for example. Examples thereof include a positional relationship in which the straight pins 301 are arranged symmetrically to the left and right (up and down) of the game board 13, a positional relationship in which the straight pins 301 are arranged at equal intervals from the center position of the game board 13, and the like. The details of the positioning holes 603 to 610 formed by being bored by the straight pin 301 will be described later.

Next, the taper pin 311 will be described with reference to FIG. 13A and 13B are views showing the configuration of the taper pin 311. FIG. 13A is a schematic front view of the taper pin 311 and FIG. 13B is a schematic side view of the taper pin 311. (C) is a schematic bottom view of the taper pin 311. Like the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and used to form the positioning holes 611 to 623 in the game board 13. Will be done.

Like the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) having a vertical dimension of 17 mm, and as shown in FIGS. 13 (a) to 13 (c), the taper mounting portion 312, the taper collar portion 313, and the taper It is composed of a body portion 314 and a tapered tip portion 315, and each of the above portions 312 to 315 is continuously formed. As described above, the carbon tool steel (SK4) is a material harder than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a constituting the game board 13. Therefore, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a are formed by attaching the taper pin 311 made of the material to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and pressing it against the game board 13. Is plastically deformed, and positioning holes 611 to 623 are formed by the tapered pins 311.

The taper mounting portion 312 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm. A tapered collar portion 313 is continuously formed below the taper mounting portion 312 in front view. The tapered collar portion 313 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 3 mm and a shaft diameter of φ5 mm, and the tapered collar portion 313 has a larger diameter than the taper mounting portion 312. By fitting the taper mounting portion 312 and the tapered flange portion 313 into a mounting hole (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, the taper pin 311 is formed into the press plate 411. Is fixed to. When the taper pin 311 is attached to the press plate 411, it is attached so that the lower surface portion of the tapered collar portion 313 and the lower surface portion of the press plate 411 are flush with each other.

A tapered body portion 314 is continuously formed on the lower side of the tapered collar portion 313 in front view, and a tapered tip portion 315 is continuously formed on the lower side of the tapered body portion 314 in front view. The tapered body portion 314 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm, and at a portion where the distance from the tip end side of the tapered body portion 314 is 0.0 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the tapered tip portion 315 and the tapered body portion 314). The shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 is φ2.70 mm, from which the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 gradually increases (every time the distance from the boundary side with the tapered tip 315 increases by 0.2 mm, the tapered body 314 The shaft diameter is increased by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and the distance from the tip side of the tapered body 314 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary between the tapered body 314 and the tapered collar 313). The shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 is φ3.50 mm.

Therefore, the tapered body 314 has an inverted truncated cone shape in which the outer diameter gradually decreases in the insertion direction, and the outer shape of the tapered body 314 is the straight body 304 of the straight pin 301. The diameter is gradually increased from the tip side as compared with the outer shape of.

The increase in the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 is described as "0.02 mm to 0.03 mm", but the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 is "0" from the taper tip 315 side. It is configured to increase by "0.0125 mm" for every increase of "0.1 mm". In the first embodiment, for convenience of explanation, the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 is expressed every time the distance from the tapered tip portion 315 side increases by "0.2 mm". Therefore, the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 is expressed. The amount of increase in is expressed as "0.02 mm to 0.03 mm".

The tapered tip portion 315 has a vertical dimension of 2 mm, and the shaft diameter is formed in an inverted conical shape in which the diameter of the connecting portion of the tapered body portion 314 is gradually reduced downward from the shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm in the front view. The tip (bottom of the front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the component positioning hole creating step (see S201 in FIG. 18), the taper pin 311 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, and the press plate 411 is attached. And the game board 13 are pressed by the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), so that each positioning hole 611 to 623 by the taper pin 311 is bored in the game board 13. The details of the positioning holes 611 to 623 formed by being bored by the taper pin 311 will be described later.

Next, the hybrid pin 321 will be described with reference to FIG. 14A and 14B are views showing the configuration of the hybrid pin 321. FIG. 14A is a schematic front view of the hybrid pin 321 and FIG. 14B is a schematic side view of the hybrid pin 321. 14 (c) is a schematic bottom view of the hybrid pin 321. Like the straight pin 301 and the taper pin 311 the hybrid pin 321 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and used to form the positioning holes 601,602 in the game board 13. , 624 to 629 are bored and formed.

The hybrid pin 321 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) having a vertical dimension of 17 mm, like the straight pin 301 and the taper pin 311. As shown in FIGS. 14 (a) to 14 (c), the hybrid mounting portion 322 and the hybrid collar It is composed of a portion 323, a hybrid body portion 324, and a hybrid tip portion 325, and each of the above portions 322 to 325 is continuously formed. As described above, the carbon tool steel (SK4) is a material harder than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a constituting the game board 13. Therefore, the hybrid pin 321 made of the material is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and pressed against the game board 13, so that the base plate 60 and the cell sheet are formed. The 60a is plastically deformed, and positioning holes 601, 602, 624 to 627 are formed by the hybrid pins 321.

The hybrid mounting portion 322 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm. A hybrid collar portion 323 is continuously formed below the front view of the hybrid mounting portion 322. The hybrid collar portion 323 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 3 mm and a shaft diameter of φ5 mm, and the hybrid collar portion 323 has a larger diameter than the hybrid mounting portion 322. The hybrid pin 321 is fixed to the press plate 411 by fitting the hybrid mounting portion 322 and the hybrid flange portion 323 into a mounting hole (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 of the positioning hole drilling machine 410. .. When the hybrid pin 321 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11), the lower surface portion of the hybrid collar portion 323 and the lower surface portion of the press plate 411 are attached so as to be flush with each other.

A hybrid body portion 324 is continuously formed on the lower side of the hybrid collar portion 323 in front view, and a hybrid tip portion 325 is continuously formed below the front view of the hybrid body portion 324. The hybrid body portion 324 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm, and is composed of a hybrid straight portion 324a and a hybrid tapered portion 324b having different shaft diameters.

The hybrid straight portion 324a has a shaft diameter (minor diameter) in which the distance from the hybrid flange portion 323 is 0.0 mm to 5.7 mm (that is, the distance from the hybrid tip portion 325 is 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm). The distance (width) passing through the axis from one hybrid straight portion 324a to the other hybrid straight portion 324a. The same shall apply hereinafter.) The distance from the hybrid flange portion 323 is 5.7 mm. From 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the hybrid tip 325 is from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm), the diameter is gradually reduced from the shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm to the shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm. It is formed in a shape (inverted conical trapezoidal shape) (see FIG. 25). Therefore, the hybrid straight portion 324a is configured to look similar to the outer shape of the straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301 when viewed from the side thereof.

The substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) in which the distance from the hybrid flange portion 323 is from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the hybrid tip portion 325 is from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm) is The shaft diameter is gradually reduced from φ2.8 mm to φ2.7 mm in a tapered shape. This is because the hybrid body portion 324 is smoothly inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a from the hybrid tip portion 325 when the positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321.

The hybrid taper portion 324b has a shaft diameter (major diameter) of the hybrid taper portion 324b at a portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body portion 324 is 0.0 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid tip portion 325 and the hybrid body portion 324). The distance (width) passing through the axis from one hybrid taper portion 324b to the other hybrid taper portion 324b is 2.70 mm, and the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b gradually increases from there. (Every time the distance from the boundary side with the hybrid tip portion 325 increases by 0.2 mm, the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body portion 324 increases. At the 6.5 mm portion (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid body portion 324 and the hybrid flange portion 323), the shaft diameter of the hybrid tapered portion 324b is 3.50 mm. Therefore, the hybrid tapered portion 324b is configured to look similar to the outer shape of the tapered body portion 314 of the taper pin 311 when viewed from the side surface.

Therefore, the hybrid body portion 324 is formed in a tapered shape in which the outer shape thereof is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction and the outer diameter thereof gradually decreases in the insertion direction. It is composed of a hybrid taper portion 324b, and has a rounded rectangular (oval) shape (see FIG. 14C) when viewed from the bottom surface of the hybrid body portion 324.

The shape of the hybrid straight portion 324a from the hybrid flange portion 323 is from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the hybrid tip portion 325 is from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm), and the hybrid taper portion. The shape of the 324b with a distance from the hybrid flange 323 of 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, a distance from the hybrid tip 325 of 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm) is substantially the same as a cylindrical shape (conical shape). It has a trapezoidal shape). The shaft diameter of this substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) is gradually reduced from φ2.8 mm to φ2.7 mm. This is because the hybrid body portion 324 is smoothly inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a from the hybrid tip portion 325 when the positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321.

The increase in the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b is described as "0.02 mm to 0.03 mm", but the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b has a distance of "0" from the hybrid tip portion 325 side. It is configured to increase by "0.0125 mm" for every increase of ".1 mm". In the first embodiment, for convenience of explanation, the shaft diameter of the hybrid tapered portion 324b is expressed every time the distance from the hybrid tip portion 325 side increases by "0.2 mm". Therefore, the shaft diameter of the hybrid tapered portion 324b is expressed. The amount of increase in is expressed as "0.02 mm to 0.03 mm".

The hybrid tip portion 325 has a vertical dimension of 2.5 mm, and the shaft diameter is formed into an inverted conical shape that gradually tapers downward from the shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm at the connecting portion of the hybrid body portion 324 to the lower side in front view. The tip (bottom of the front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

In the first embodiment, in the component positioning hole creating step (see S201 in FIG. 10), the hybrid pin 321 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, and the press plate 411 and the game board are attached. By pressing the 13 with the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), each positioning hole 601, 602, 624 to 629 by the hybrid pin 321 is bored in the game board 13.

The hybrid body 324 of the hybrid pin 321 has a larger volume than the straight body 304 of the straight pin 301, but has a smaller volume than the tapered body 314 of the taper pin 311. Therefore, the hybrid pin 321 is easier to have a positioning hole in the game board 13 than the taper pin 311. The details of the positioning holes 601, 602, 624 to 629 formed by being bored by the hybrid pin 321 will be described later.

The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. After the component positioning hole creating step (S201), the rail positioning hole creating step (S202) for the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 is performed. By performing the step of creating the positioning hole for the rail, the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 can be easily attached to the game board 13. After that, the game nail planting step (S203) of planting the game nails on the game board 13 is performed. This game nail planting process will be described later.

After the game nail planting step (S203), next, a rail and wind turbine planting step (S204) for planting the inner rail 61, the outer rail 62, and the wind turbine (not shown) on the game board 13 is performed. After that, the game nail inspection step (S205) for inspecting the planted game nail is performed, and then the first transfer step (S206 to S211) is performed.

Here, the outline of the first transfer step (S206 to S211) will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 15 is a diagram schematically showing a first transfer step of transporting the game board 13 in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. This first transfer process is divided into an outside line on the left side (outside) of the production line 400 in the transfer direction and an inside line on the right side (inside) of the transfer direction. This is a process of placing parts on the game board 13 in parallel with each other.

In the production line 400, the rail member 402 that rotatably holds a plurality of transfer rollers 401 and the transfer unit 403 that can move the game board 13 on the rail member 402 by rotating the transfer roller 401. Used. Further, a predetermined transport unit 403 is placed on the rail member 402 for the purpose of mounting each component on the transport unit 403 that mounts the game board 13 on the transport unit 403 and moves on the rail member 402. A stopper portion 404 that stops at a position, and a plurality of component mounting tables 405 that are arranged so as to straddle the rail member 402 at each predetermined position and for the operator to mount each component to be mounted on the game board 13. , Are provided.

The game board 13 mounted on the transport unit 403 moves in the transport direction on the rail member 402 by rotating the transport roller 401, and the moving transport unit 403 collides with the stopper portion 404 to move the game board 13. It will be stopped. When the movement of the transport unit 403 is stopped, the workers waiting on both sides of the rail member 402 at the stop position place the parts mounted on the parts mounting table 405 on the game board 13. Then, after the parts are placed, the stopper portion 404 is released by the worker, and the transport unit 403 can move on the rail member 402. Then, the transfer unit 403 is repeatedly moved and stopped a plurality of times, and each time the transfer unit 403 is stopped, the worker who has been waiting on both sides (or one side) of the rail member 402 at the stop position moves the transfer unit 403 to the stop position. The corresponding parts are placed on the game board 13.

Further, in the first transfer step and the second transfer step, the game board 13 is placed on the transfer unit 403 so that the front view lower portion 13 liter of the game board 13 is on the left side (outside the line) of the production line 400 in the transfer direction. Be transported. That is, the worker on the left side (outside the line) in the transport direction can look straight at the game board 13, and the worker on the right side (inside the line) in the transport direction looks at the game board 13 from the opposite direction (upper side in front view). You will see it. In the production line 400, the number of parts to be mounted in the first transfer step is the same in the left side in the transfer direction and the right side in the transfer direction. On the other hand, in the second transport step described later, the number of parts mounted on the left side in the transport direction is three, the number of parts mounted on the right side in the transport direction is one, and the number of parts mounted on the left side in the transport direction is the transport direction. It is set more than the number of parts to be placed on the right side. Therefore, the productivity of the game board 13 can be improved by facilitating the work of placing the parts by looking straight at the game board 13 by the worker working on the left side in the transport direction.

Further, in the game board 13 transported by the production line 400, positioning by the hybrid pin 321 so that the transport direction of the game board 13 and the hole side of the positioning hole formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a are at right angles. The holes are configured to be drilled (see FIG. 24 (a)). That is, among the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pin 321, the straight portion (for example, the through straight portion 627a) formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is configured to be in the vertical direction in the front view of the game board 13. Has been done.

When the game board 13 is transported on the production line 400, in each manufacturing process such as the first transfer process in which the parts are placed, the game board 13 being conveyed is stopped, the work in each manufacturing process is completed, and then the game is played again. The transfer of the board 13 is started, and each time the game board 13 is stopped or the game board 13 is started to be conveyed, an impact based on the inertial force is applied to the parts mounted on the game board 13. .. For parts that have been impacted based on inertial force, the positioning protrusions may pop out from the positioning holes of the game board 13 due to the impact, and the positions of the parts may deviate from the mounted positions. ..

Therefore, among the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pin 321, the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is configured to be in the vertical direction in the front view of the game board 13, so that the inertial force is applied to the component. Even when an impact based on the above is applied, it is possible to prevent the protrusions of the component from being caught in the hole edge (corner portion) of the positioning hole formed by the straight portion and the protrusion of the component from popping out from the positioning hole. The details of the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 will be described later.

Returning to FIG. 10, the description of the first transfer step (S206 to S211) will be continued. Each worker outside the line in the first transfer step first performs an attacker unit mounting step (S206) in which the attacker unit 5 is mounted on the game board 13. Then, next, the main display unit mounting step (S207) of mounting the main display unit 87 on the game board 13 is performed. Then, next, the center frame mounting step (S208) of mounting the center frame 86 on the game board 13 is performed. After that, the process proceeds to the first screw fixing step (S212).

Here, among the parts to be mounted on the game board 13, the attacker unit 5 is mounted first by the attacker unit mounting step (S206). This is because the general winning opening unit 3 is arranged adjacent to the left and right sides of the attacker unit 5, and the starting winning opening unit 4 is arranged adjacent to the upper side. When the attacker units 3 and 4 are placed before the attacker unit 5, the attacker unit 5 must be placed in the space sandwiched between the parts 3 and 4, and when the attacker unit 5 is placed, the attacker unit 5 must be placed. There is a risk of contact with the above parts 3 and 4.

Specifically, for example, when the attacker unit 5 is placed after the left and right general winning opening units 3 are placed first, the attacker unit 5 is placed in the space sandwiched between the left and right general winning opening units 3. At the stage, one of the general winning opening units 3 and the attacker unit 5 may come into contact with each other, and each part may be damaged. Therefore, by placing the attacker unit 5 on the game board 13 before the adjacent parts 3 and 4, it is possible to prevent the parts 3 to 5 from being damaged.

Each worker in the line in the first transfer step first performs a return ball prevention member mounting step (S209) in which the return ball prevention member 68 is mounted on the game board 13. Then, the right corner decoration mounting step (S210) for mounting the right corner decoration 70 on the game board 13 is performed next. Then, next, the upper left corner decoration mounting step (S211) of mounting the upper left corner decoration 71 on the game board 13 is performed. After that, the process proceeds to the first screw fixing step (S212).

In the first screw fixing step (S212), among the parts mounted in the first transport step, one screw insertion hole for each of the main display unit 87, the return ball prevention member 68, the right corner decoration 70, and the upper left corner decoration 71 is performed. This is a step of screwing a screw with a screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16).

Here, with reference to FIG. 16, a screw driving machine 420 for screwing a screw into a screw insertion hole of each part of the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a screw driving machine 420 for fixing each part to the game board 13 with screws in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, and is a schematic view of the screw driving machine 420 viewed from the side. In FIG. 16, the game board 13 is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 16, in the screw driving machine 420, a screw driving unit 421 for screwing a screw into a screw insertion hole of each part and a screw being screwed into the screw insertion hole of each part by the screw driving unit 421. It is composed of a game board fixing tool 422 that fixes the game board 13 when it is inserted.

In this first screw fixing step (S211), specifically, the game board 13 is first fixed by the game board fixing tool 422, and then the main display screw on the upper left portion of the main display unit 87 is fixed by the screw driving unit 421. The insertion hole 87 g, the upper return screw insertion hole (not shown) of the return ball prevention member 68, the upper right screw insertion hole (not shown) of the right corner decoration 70, and the upper left of the upper left corner decoration 71. A total of four screws are screwed into the upper left screw insertion holes (not shown), one for each. The parts 68, 70, 71, and 87 to which the screws are screwed by the screw driving unit 421 are temporarily fixed to the game board 13 by one screw, respectively. In the second screw fixing step (S217) described later, screws are screwed into the screw insertion holes into which the screws are not screwed in the first screw fixing step (S212).

That is, after the first screw fixing step is performed, no screws are screwed in except for some screw insertion holes of the above-mentioned parts 68, 70, 71, 87, and the screws are screwed in. Since the screws are only screwed into some of the screw insertion holes for the parts 68, 70, 71, and 87 that have been made, the subsequent steps are performed while each part is temporarily fixed or temporarily held. .. Therefore, since the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 mounted on the game board 13 in the first transfer step are not screwed with screws in the first screw fixing step, the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 are second. Until the screwing step (S217) is performed, the game board 13 is conveyed only temporarily held by an attacker protrusion or the like (not shown) and an attacker positioning hole or the like (not shown).

In the first screw fixing step (S212), among the parts mounted on the game board 13 in the first transport step, the return ball prevention member 68, the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71, and the main display unit 87. Only the screw of 1 is screwed into the game board 13 to temporarily fix it, and the screw is screwed into the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 to not temporarily fix it. As described above, the left and right general winning opening units 3 and the starting winning opening unit 4 are arranged in the vicinity of the attacker unit 5, but these parts 3 and 4 are in the second transport step (S213). Since it is mounted on the game board 13 in ~ S216), it is easy to mount these parts 3 and 4 on the game board 13.

Specifically, for example, when the attacker unit 5 is temporarily fixed in the first screw fixing step, when an error of "positional deviation at the time of fixing parts" described later occurs in the attacker unit 5, the game board 13 is subjected to the error. The fixed position of the attacker unit 5 deviates from the design value. Due to the deviation, a part of the attacker unit 5 may come into contact with the general winning opening unit 3 and the starting winning opening unit 4 arranged adjacent to each other, and the parts 3 and 4 may not be attached to the game board 13. Therefore, in the first screw fixing step, the attacker unit 5 is not temporarily fixed by screws, and the parts 3 and 4 are mounted in the subsequent second transport step, and the parts are normally mounted on the game board 13. After that, by fixing all the parts to the game board 13 with screws in the second screw fixing step (S217), the parts can be smoothly placed on the game board 13 and the production of the game board 13 can be performed. The sex can be improved.

Further, since the return ball prevention member 68, the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71 and the main display unit 87 are parts commonly used among different models (hereinafter, referred to as "common parts"), the model. There is no need to change the placement position or placement order for each. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, these common parts 68, 70, 71, and 87 are first screwed and temporarily fixed for each model without changing the manufacturing order or the manufacturing line for each model. Costs can be reduced compared to changing the production line.

The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. After the first screw fixing step (S212), the second transfer step (S213 to S216) is then performed. In the second transfer steps (S213 to S216), as in the first transfer steps (S206 to S211), the outside of the line on the left side (outside) of the transfer direction of the production line and the inside of the line on the right side (inside) of the transfer direction. The parts are placed on the game board 13 in parallel by the workers who are outside the line and the workers who are inside the line.

Each worker outside the line in the second transfer step first performs a general winning opening unit mounting step (S213) in which the general winning opening unit 3 is mounted on the game board 13. Then, next, the start winning opening unit mounting step (S214) for mounting the starting winning opening unit 4 on the game board 13 is performed. Then, next, the through gate mounting step (S215) of mounting the through gate 7 on the game board 13 is performed. After that, the process proceeds to the second screw fixing step (S217).

On the other hand, each worker in the line in the second transfer step performs a board surface side decoration mounting step (S216) in which the board surface side decoration 8 is mounted on the game board 13. After that, the process proceeds to the second screw fixing step (S217). By performing these second transfer steps (S213 to S216), all the parts are placed on the game board 13.

In the second screw fixing step (S217), among the parts mounted in the first transport steps (S206 to S211) and the second transport steps (S213 to S216), the screws are screwed in the first screw fixing step (S212) described above. The screw is screwed into the screw insertion hole that was not screwed in by the screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16). By performing this second screw fixing step, all the parts temporarily fixed or temporarily held on the game board 13 are fixed by screws. That is, this second screw fixing step is mainly a step of screwing to non-common parts that are different for each model. When the second screw fixing step (S217) is completed, the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) of the manufacturing steps of the game board 13 is completed.

After the game board front surface manufacturing process (S200), the game board back surface manufacturing process (S218) is performed, and the game of the control board unit 90 composed of the main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113, and the display control device 114. Assembling to the back surface side of the board 13 is performed. After that, a game board inspection step (S219) is performed to confirm whether the entire game board 13 is manufactured without any defects, and the manufacturing process of the game board 13 is completed.

After the manufacturing process of the game board 13 is completed, when the game board 13 is mounted on the pachinko machine 10, the game board 13 is used in the assembling step (S101) of the game board 13. On the other hand, when the game board 13 is shipped, the shipping process (not shown) of the game board 13 is performed, and the game board 13 is shipped alone.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 17 to 23, the positioning holes 601 to 629 formed by drilling in the component positioning hole creating step (S201) and the component positioning hole creating step will be described. FIG. 17 is a front view of the game board 13 before the component positioning hole creating step (S201) is performed in the manufacturing process of the game board 13.

In the pre-stage of the component positioning hole creating step (S201) in the game board surface manufacturing step (S200), the game board 13 shown in FIG. 17 is delivered from the parts supplier, and the game board 13 is delivered to the delivered game board 13. Various processes are performed in the 13 manufacturing processes (see FIG. 10). As shown in FIG. 17, specifically, in the delivered game board 13, the cell sheet 60a is attached to the base plate 60, and the outer circumferences of the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a are cut to form a plurality of game boards 13. An uneven portion is formed. Further, a plurality of router holes 651 to 656 for each component are cut and formed on the game board 13. Further, a plurality of nail holes 63 for game nails and wind turbines are formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a.

Here, the nail hole 63 provided in the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 18 is a diagram showing the configuration of a nail hole 63 for a game nail, FIG. 18 (a) is an enlarged front view of XVIIIa in FIG. 17, and FIG. 18 (b) is a view of FIG. 18 (a). It is sectional drawing of line XVIIIb-XVIIIb, and FIG. 18C is a sectional view of line XVIIIc-XVIIIc of FIG. 18A.

The nail hole 63 for the game nail is formed in advance by a parts supplier so that the game nail or the wind turbine can be easily planted on the game board 13. Using the game board 13 in which a plurality of nail holes 63 are formed, a game is played in the game board 13 in the game nail planting step (S203) or the rail and wind turbine planting step (S204) in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. Nails or windmills are planted.

The game nail (not shown) is made of brass, for example, and has a body body of 24 mm and a spiral body of 11 mm with a total length of 35 mm and a body diameter of 1.7 mm. The game nail is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing the spiral body into the nail hole 63 formed in the game board 13. Therefore, the nail hole 63 for the game nail is formed in a shape (for example, hole diameter φ1.0 mm, depth 10 mm) capable of holding the spiral body portion (body diameter) of the game nail, and is also formed on the back surface side of the game board 13. Is configured so that it does not penetrate. The nail holes 63 for game nails and the router holes 651 to 656 for each part are cut by a parts supplier so that the cell sheet 60a does not peel off on the surface of the holes.

Returning to FIG. 17, the description will be continued. The router holes 651 to 656 for each part are formed by cutting in advance by a parts supplier, and in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200), each part corresponding to the router holes 651 to 656 is placed on the front side of the game board 13. It is provided for fitting from. Specifically, a router hole 651 is formed by cutting at a position corresponding to the center frame 86 in the central portion of the game board 13. Further, router holes 652 are cut and formed at positions corresponding to the board side decorations 8 on the left and right portions of the router hole 651. Further, router holes 653 are formed by cutting at positions corresponding to through gates 7 on the left and right portions of the router hole 651. Further, a router hole 655 is formed by cutting at a position corresponding to the starting winning opening unit 4 below the router hole 651. Further, router holes 654 are cut and formed at positions corresponding to the general winning opening units 3 on the left and right portions of the router hole 655. Further, a router hole 656 is cut and formed at a position corresponding to the attacker unit 5 below the router hole 655.

The router hole 652 corresponding to the board side decoration 8, the router hole 653 corresponding to the through gate 7, and the router hole 654 corresponding to the general winning opening unit 3 are formed one on each side of the game board 13. Each of these router holes 652 to 654 is different only in that the shape is symmetrical, and the other configurations are the same. Therefore, in the following description, only one (left side) router hole 652 to 654 is used. The router holes 652 to 654 on the other side (right side) will be described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

The router holes 651 to 656 are the fitting portions (for example, the starting back portion) of the parts to be fitted (center frame 86, board side decoration 8, through gate 7, general winning opening unit 3, starting winning opening unit 4 and attacker unit 5). It is formed by cutting with a size slightly larger than the outer shape of 4f, etc.), and the fitting portion of each part is configured to be fittable.

Since each component fitted into the router holes 651 to 656 is provided with a connector (not shown) for connecting to the main control device 110 or the like mounted on the back surface side of the game board 13, the game board 13 is provided with a connector (not shown). By forming the router holes 651 to 656, the connector provided on the back surface side of each component fitted from the front surface side of the game board 13 can be connected to the main control device 110 and the like. With respect to the router holes 651 to 656 provided for each component in the first transfer steps (S206 to S211) or the second transfer steps (S213 to S216) in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200 in FIG. 10) described above. , It is fitted from the front side of the game board 13 by the manual work of the worker.

As described above, each router hole 651 to 656 has a size slightly larger than the fitting portion because the outer shape of the fitting portion (not shown) of the fitting parts 3 to 5, 7, 8, 86 is inserted. It is formed. As a result, when the fitting portions of the parts 3 to 5,7,8,86 are fitted into the router holes 651 to 656, the fitting portions of the parts 3 to 5,7,8,86 and the router holes 651 to 656 are fitted. A slight gap (not shown) is generated between the and. Therefore, after the parts 3 to 5, 7, 8, 86 are fitted into the router holes 651 to 656 and placed on the game board 13, each part 3 to 5, 7, in the second screw fixing step (S217), the parts 3 to 5, 7, Until 8 and 86 are fixed to the game board 13 with screws, due to the impact when the game board 13 is moved or stopped in the first transfer step (S206 to S211) or the second transfer step (S213 to S216). Due to the above gap, the mounting positions of the parts 3 to 5, 7, 8, and 86 may deviate from the initially mounted positions. In this case, if each part 3 to 5,7,8,86 is fixed to the game board 13, the fixed position of each part 3 to 5,7,8,86 is due to the deviation from the initial mounting position. May be misaligned.

Further, for each component (return ball prevention member 68, right corner decoration 70, upper left corner decoration 71 and main display unit 87) that does not need to be provided with router holes 651 to 656, the respective parts 68, 70, 71, 87 are also provided. After mounting in a predetermined mounting position, until each part 68, 70, 71, 87 is screwed and fixed to the game board 13 in the first screw fixing step (S212) or the second screw fixing step (S217). Initially, the mounting positions of the parts 68, 70, 71, and 87 are initially mounted by the impact when the game board 13 is moved or stopped in the first transport process (S206 to S211) or the second transport process (S213 to S216). It may shift from the placed position. In this case, if the parts 68, 70, 71, 87 are fixed to the game board 13, the fixed positions of the parts 68, 70, 71, 87 will be displaced by the amount of the deviation from the initial mounting position. There is a risk that it will end up.

Therefore, after the game board 13 is delivered from the parts supplier, a positioning hole for parts creation step (S201) is performed at the beginning of the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) to fit each part into the router holes 651 to 656. Before mounting on the game board 13, positioning holes 601 to 629 for each part are bored and formed. Then, when each component is fitted into the router holes 651 to 656 or placed on the game board 13, the worker inserts a positioning protrusion provided on the back surface side of the base of each component into the positioning hole. While each component is fitted into the router holes 651 to 656 or placed on the game board 13, the protrusion is fitted into the positioning hole 620 or the like. As a result, even if an impact or the like occurs during transportation of the game board 13, each part does not deviate from the initially placed position. That is, it is possible to prevent each component from being displaced from the initially placed position. As described above, forming the positioning holes 601 to 629 of each component in the game board 13 is a very important process that affects the game performance (for example, gauge performance) of the game board 13.

Here, the game board 13 after the positioning hole creating step (S201) will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 19 is a front view of the game board 13 after the component positioning hole creating step (S201) is performed in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 (see FIG. 10).

After the component positioning hole creating step (S201) in the game board surface manufacturing step (S200) is performed, each component (center frame 86, board side decoration 8, through gate 7, general) corresponding to the router holes 651 to 656. Around the router holes 651 to 656 of the winning opening unit 3, the starting winning opening unit 4 and the attacker unit 5), a predetermined number of positioning holes 611 to each of the parts 3 to 5, 7, 8 and 86 are formed. 629 (and pilot holes for screws) are formed by drilling.

Specifically, around the router hole 651 corresponding to the center frame 86, seven center positionings corresponding to seven center protrusions (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the center base 86c (see FIG. 3) are positioned. Holes 613 to 619 are formed by drilling. Further, around the router hole 652 corresponding to the board surface side decoration 8, there are two side positioning holes 628 corresponding to two side protrusions (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the side base 8a (see FIG. 3). , 629 are formed by drilling. Further, around the router hole 653 corresponding to the through gate 7, two through positioning corresponding to the two through protrusions 7e and 7f (see FIG. 6) provided on the back surface side of the through base 7b (see FIG. 3), respectively. Holes 626,627 (see XXVIa in FIG. 19) are bored and formed. Further, around the router hole 654 corresponding to the general winning opening unit 3, there are two general positioning holes corresponding to two general protrusions (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the general base 3d (see FIG. 3). 611 and 612 are formed by drilling. Further, around the router hole 655 corresponding to the starting winning opening unit 4, the starting positioning holes 620 and 621 (corresponding to the starting protrusions 4i and 4j of 2 provided on the back surface side of the starting base 4e (see FIG. 3), respectively) (See XXIIa in FIG. 19) is formed by drilling. Further, around the router hole 656 corresponding to the attacker unit 5, there are 4 attacker positioning holes 622 to 625 corresponding to the attacker protrusions (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the attacker base 5e (see FIG. 3). It is formed by drilling.

Further, the parts 68 and 70 are around the predetermined mounting positions of the parts (return ball prevention member 68, right corner decoration 70, upper left corner decoration 71 and main display unit 87) in which the router holes 651 to 656 are not provided. , 71, 87 are formed by drilling a predetermined number of positioning holes 601-610 (and pilot holes for screws).

Specifically, at the mounting position of the return ball prevention member 68, the return positioning holes 601 and 2 corresponding to the return protrusions (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the return base portion 68a (see FIG. 3), respectively. 602 is formed by drilling. Further, at the mounting position of the right corner decoration 70, four right positioning holes 603 to 606 corresponding to the four right protrusions (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the right base 70a are formed. There is. Further, at the mounting position of the upper left corner decoration 71, two upper left positioning holes 607 and 608 corresponding to the upper left protrusions (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the upper left base 71a (see FIG. 3) are bored. It is formed. Further, at the mounting position of the main display unit 87, 2 main displays corresponding to 2 main display protrusions 87j and 87k (see FIG. 4) provided on the back surface side of the main display base portion 87f (see FIG. 3), respectively. Positioning holes 609 and 610 (see XXa in FIG. 19) are bored and formed.

Here, with reference to FIG. 20, the main display positioning hole 610 in XXa of FIG. 19 will be described. FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a configuration of a main display positioning hole 610 formed by being bored by a straight pin 301, FIG. 20 (a) is an enlarged front view of XXa in FIG. 19, and FIG. 20 (b) is an enlarged front view. 20 (a) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXb-XXb, FIG. 20 (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXc-XXc of FIG. 20 (a), and FIG. 20 (d) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXc-XXc. It is an enlarged view of XXd of FIG. 20 (b), and FIG. 20 (e) is an enlarged view of XXe of FIG. 20 (c).

The main display positioning hole 610 is formed by being formed by a straight pin 301 attached to a press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 in the component positioning hole making step (S201). In the first embodiment, in addition to the main display positioning hole 610, the positioning holes formed by the straight pin 301 include the main display positioning holes 609, the right side positioning holes 603 to 606, and the upper left positioning hole 607. , 608 are applicable, but since these positioning holes 603 to 609 have the same configuration as the main display positioning holes 610, description thereof will be omitted.

As described above, the straight pin 301 has a straight body 304 formed in a substantially cylindrical shape (a substantially straight line shape in a side view). Therefore, the inner peripheral wall of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight body 304 is also formed by forming a substantially cylindrical shape (a substantially straight line shape in a side view) along the outer shape of the straight body 304. To.

Here, with reference to FIG. 21, the hole shape of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301 will be described. FIG. 21 is a table showing the relationship between the straight pin 301 and the hole shape of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301. The main display positioning hole 610 is formed by the straight body portion 304 and the straight tip portion 305 of the straight pin 301, but in FIG. 21, the content of the portion formed by the straight tip portion 305 is omitted.

The left column of the table in FIG. 21 shows the distance (mm) of the straight pin 301 from the tip end side (boundary side with the straight tip portion 305) of the straight body portion 304. That is, the distance from the starting point is shown starting from the lowermost part of the straight body 304. Specifically, the tip side (0.0 mm) of the straight body 304 is shown in order from the upper part of the left column to the lower part of the left column. ) Is increased by 0.2 mm (0.1 mm at the bottom) (0.0 mm to 6.5 mm).

The middle row of the table of FIG. 21 shows the shaft diameter (φ: mm) of the straight body portion 304 at a position corresponding to the distance from the tip end side of the straight body portion 304 of the left column. Specifically, the shaft diameter of the straight body 304 is shown in units of 0.2 mm from the tip side of the straight body 304, and the distance from the tip side of the straight body 304 is 0.0 mm (that is, that is). At the boundary portion between the straight tip portion 305 and the straight body portion 304), the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304 is φ2.70 mm. Then, the shaft diameter of the straight body 304 gradually increases (the distance from the boundary side with the straight tip 305 increases by 0.2 mm) from there to the portion where the distance from the tip side of the straight body 304 is 0.8 mm. The shaft diameter of the straight body 304 increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm each time), and the shaft diameter of the straight body 304 is φ2.80 mm at the portion where the distance from the tip side of the straight body 304 is 0.8 mm. It is composed of. Further, the shaft diameter of the straight body 304 having a distance of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm from the tip side of the straight body 304 (that is, the boundary portion between the straight body 304 and the straight collar 303) is φ2. It is composed of 80 mm.

The right column of the table in FIG. 21 is the main display positioning formed by the straight body 304 at a position corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the straight body 304 in the left column (the shaft diameter of the straight body 304 in the middle row). The hole diameter (φ: mm) of the hole 610 is shown.

Specifically, the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is φ2.20 mm at the position corresponding to the portion where the distance from the tip side of the straight body 304 is 0.0 mm, and gradually increases (0.02 mm to ~) from there. 0.03 mm), and the straight body portion 304 is formed to have a diameter of 2.30 mm at a position corresponding to a portion having a distance of 0.8 mm from the tip end side. Further, the hole diameter of the straight body portion 304 from the tip side is 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the straight body portion 304 and the straight flange portion 303) is formed to be φ2.30 mm. ..

Regarding the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610, there is a possibility that a manufacturing error may occur due to the influence of the hardness (elastic force), thickness, etc. of the plate of the game board 13, but in the right column of the table of FIG. The theoretical value formed by the straight pin 301 without considering the error is shown.

As shown in FIG. 21, the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is formed by drilling a size that is about 0.5 mm smaller than the size of the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304. This is because the base plate 60 is formed of plywood in which a plurality of elastic woods (veneer plates) are stacked. Specifically, in the case where the straight pin 301 is inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), and then the straight pin 301 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. In addition, the wood constituting the base plate 60 is elastically deformed in the direction of reducing the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610. As a result, the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is formed to be smaller than the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304.

As described above, in the main display positioning hole 610, the hole diameter of φ2.30 mm on the surface of the hole does not change for a while in the depth direction, the entire hole diameter is formed by drilling at approximately φ2.30 mm, and the entire hole has a substantially cylindrical shape. It is formed by drilling. That is, the main display positioning hole 610 is formed by drilling slightly smaller than the diameter φ2.4 mm of the main display protrusion 87k (see FIG. 4).

As described above, since the base plate 60 is made of elastically deformable wood, when it is attempted to fit the main display protrusion 87k having a diameter larger than the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 into the main display positioning hole 610. The entire hole of the main display positioning hole 610 is elastically deformed and expanded according to the fitting of the main display protrusion 87k. As a result, the main display protrusion 87k is configured to be fitted into the main display positioning hole 610.

When the main display protrusion 87k is fitted into the main display positioning hole 610, a load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied to the main display protrusion 87k. Therefore, once the main display protrusion 87k is fitted into the main display positioning hole 610, the load due to the elastic force of the base plate 60 continues to be applied to the main display protrusion 87k. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the main display protrusion 87k to come out of the main display positioning hole 610, and the main display unit 87 can be temporarily held by the game board 13. That is, it can be said that the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 has a high function of holding the protrusion of the component once the protrusion of the component is fitted.

On the other hand, as described above, the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is formed to be slightly smaller than the diameter of the main display protrusion 87k. Therefore, in the main display unit mounting step (S207), when the worker mounts the main display unit 87 on the game board 13 and tries to fit the main display protrusion 87k into the main display positioning hole 610. Due to the influence that the diameter of the main display protrusion 87k is larger than the diameter of the main display positioning hole 610, the main display protrusion 87k may be conveyed without being firmly fitted into the main display positioning hole 610. That is, it can be said that the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 has a low function of allowing the protrusion to be inserted into the component. In other words, it can be said that a protrusion non-fitting error is likely to occur, and a component “screw failure” error is likely to occur.

In particular, a component having a plating layer obtained by plating the protrusions (for example, the side protrusions of the board surface side decoration 8) has a protrusion having a plating layer because the diameter of the entire protrusion is increased by the thickness of the plating layer. Is likely to cause the above-mentioned problems when trying to fit the plating into the positioning hole.

When the game board 13 is conveyed in a state where the protrusion non-fitting error occurs and the main display protrusion 87k is not fitted in the main display positioning hole 610, the main display protrusion 87k is not temporarily held by the main display positioning hole 610. .. For this reason, the mounting position of the main display unit 87 shifts due to an impact during transportation or the like. In this state, when an attempt is made to drive a screw into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i in the first screw fixing step (S212), the screw is not the main display screw insertion hole 87g to 87i but the main display base 87f or the game. It may be directly driven into the board 13 and the main display base 87f or the game board 13 may be damaged. If the main display base 87f or the game board 13 is damaged, the operation of the production line must be temporarily stopped and the main display unit 87 or the game board 13 must be replaced, resulting in a protrusion non-fitting error. If this happens, the productivity of the game board 13 may be significantly reduced.

Since the base plate 60 is formed of plywood in which a plurality of veneer plates are stacked, the thickness and hardness of each veneer plate differ due to uneven production of the veneer plates. As a result, the thickness and hardness of the entire base plate 60 on which the veneer plates are overlapped are different, and a manufacturing error of the base plate 60 occurs. However, the straight body portion 304 is configured to be substantially parallel to the depth direction of the main display positioning hole 610 (the insertion direction of the straight body portion 304), and is formed by the straight body portion 304. Manufacturing unevenness is unlikely to occur with respect to the hole shape of the display positioning hole 610.

Returning to FIG. 20, the description will be continued. As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, when the main display positioning hole 610 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the straight pin 301, the straight body 304 is formed on the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. While being inserted into the cell sheet 60a, a load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied to the straight body portion 304. A cell sheet 60a is attached to the base plate 60, and when the straight body portion 304 inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a is to be pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the straight body portion While the 304 is being pulled out, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 also keeps in contact with the straight body portion 304 due to the elastic deformation of the base plate 60. Due to the contact, the cell sheet 60a is peeled off from the base plate 60, and the cell sheet 60a is torn and a raised straight peeling portion 60b is formed on the entire hole edge of the main display positioning hole 610 (FIG. 20 (d)). ) And FIG. 20 (e)).

In particular, peeling of the cell sheet 60a also occurs in the cell sheet 60a composed of only the decorative sheet, but the cell is formed by adhering a metal sheet such as an aluminum sheet and a decorative sheet on which a pattern is printed so as to increase the glossiness. In the sheet, there is a possibility that a larger peeled portion may be generated due to the influence of the resistance due to the adhesion between the metal sheet and the decorative sheet.

Therefore, when the main display positioning hole 610 is bored and formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the straight pin 301, a “cell peeling” error occurs, and the straight peeling portion 60b is formed on the entire hole edge of the main display positioning hole 610. Is formed, and the straight peeling portion 60b may cause a decrease in the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 and an error in installing parts.

Specifically, for example, when the base is made transparent like the general base 3d of the general winning opening unit 3, the back surface of the general base 3d can be visually recognized. Therefore, since the straight peeling portion 60b is visible through the general base portion 3d, the appearance of the game board 13 may be deteriorated and the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 may be deteriorated.

Further, for example, in the case where the main display unit 87 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, when the main display unit 87 is placed on the game board 13, the main display unit 87 is mainly displayed by the thickness of the straight peeling portion 60b. The display base 87f floats from the surface of the game board 13. Then, if the main display unit 87 is fixed with screws in that state, the fixing position of the main display unit 87 deviates from the design value by the thickness of the straight peeling portion 60b, and the component is displaced due to the "position misalignment when fixing the component" error. Installation error will occur. If the installation error occurs, the game performance (for example, gauge performance) will be affected by the installation error, and the game performance as designed will not be obtained, or it will overlap with the installation position of other parts. Other parts may not be installed.

Therefore, the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301 has the following two merits. The first point is that once the main display protrusion 87k is once fitted into the main display positioning hole 610, the main display protrusion 87k is temporarily held by the elastic force of the base plate 60, and the mounting position of the main display unit 87 is displaced. The point is that it can be eliminated and the protrusion holding function is high. The second point is that the main display positioning hole 610 is formed by a straight body 304 perpendicular to the insertion direction (depth direction), so that it is affected by the thickness and hardness of the base plate 60. This is a point where manufacturing unevenness is unlikely to occur.

On the other hand, the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301 has the following three disadvantages. The first point is that it is difficult to fit the main display protrusion 87k into the main display positioning hole 610, so that the protrusion insertion allowable function is low and a "screw fixing failure" error is likely to occur. The second point is that the straight peeling portion 60b is formed due to the "cell peeling" error, and the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is deteriorated. The third point is that an installation error corresponding to the thickness of the straight peeling portion 60b occurs, and an error of "positional deviation when fixing parts" occurs. Therefore, the taper pin 311 was invented for the purpose of eliminating these disadvantages of the straight pin 301.

Here, with reference to FIG. 22, the starting positioning hole 621 in XXIIa of FIG. 19 will be described. 22 is a diagram showing a configuration of a starting positioning hole 621 formed by being bored by a taper pin 311; FIG. 22 (a) is an enlarged front view of XXIIa in FIG. 19, and FIG. 22 (b) is a view. 22 (a) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIIb-XXIIb, FIG. 22 (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIIc-XXIIc of FIG. 22 (a), and FIG. 22 (d) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXIIc-XXIIc. It is an enlarged view of XXIId of FIG. 22, and FIG. 22 (e) is an enlarged view of XXIIe of FIG. 22 (c).

The starting positioning hole 621 is formed by being bored by a taper pin 311 attached to a press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 in the component positioning hole making step (S201). In the first embodiment, in addition to the starting positioning hole 621, the positioning holes formed by the taper pin 311 include a starting positioning hole 620, a general positioning hole 611, 612, a center positioning hole 613 to 619, and an attacker positioning hole 622. 625 are applicable, but the positioning holes 611 to 620 and 622 to 625 have the same configuration as the starting positioning holes 621, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

As described above, the taper pin 311 is formed so that the tapered body portion 314 has an inverted truncated cone shape and the diameter of the tapered body portion 314 is gradually reduced downward in the front view. Therefore, the inner peripheral wall of the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the tapered body 314 is also formed in an inverted truncated cone shape in which the diameter is gradually reduced in a tapered shape along the outer shape of the tapered body 314. Will be done.

Here, with reference to FIG. 23, the hole shape of the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311 will be described. FIG. 23 is a table showing the relationship between the taper pin 311 and the hole shape of the start positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311. The starting positioning hole 621 is formed by the tapered body portion 314 and the tapered tip portion 315 of the taper pin 311. However, in FIG. 23, the content of the portion formed by the tapered tip portion 315 is omitted.

The left column of the table in FIG. 23 shows the distance (mm) from the tip end side (boundary side with the taper tip portion 315) of the taper body portion 314 of the taper pin 311. That is, the distance from the starting point is shown starting from the lowermost part of the tapered body portion 314. Specifically, the distance from the tip side (0.0 mm) of the tapered body 314 is increased by 0.2 mm (0.1 mm at the bottom) in order from the upper left row to the lower left row (0.0 mm). ~ 6.5 mm) is shown.

The middle row of the table of FIG. 23 shows the shaft diameter (φ: mm) of the tapered body portion 314 at a position corresponding to the distance from the tip end side of the tapered body portion 314 in the left column. Specifically, the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 is shown in units of 0.2 mm from the tip side of the tapered body 314, and the distance from the tip side of the tapered body 314 is 0.0 mm (that is,). At the boundary portion between the tapered tip portion 315 and the tapered body portion 314), the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 is φ2.70 mm. Then, the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 gradually increases from there (the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm each time the distance from the boundary side with the tapered tip 315 increases by 0.2 mm. ), And in the part where the distance from the tip side of the tapered body 314 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary part between the tapered body 314 and the tapered flange 313), the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 is φ3.50 mm. It is configured.

The right column of the table in FIG. 23 is a starting positioning hole formed by the tapered body 314 at a position corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the tapered body 314 in the left column (the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 in the middle row). The hole diameter (φ: mm) of 621 is shown.

Specifically, the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 is φ2.20 mm at the position corresponding to the portion where the distance from the tip side of the tapered body 314 is 0.0 mm, and gradually increases (0.02 mm to ~) from there. 0.03 mm), and φ3.00 mm is formed at a position corresponding to a portion where the distance from the tip end side of the tapered body portion 314 is 6.5 mm.

Regarding the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621, a manufacturing error may occur due to the influence of the hardness (elastic force), thickness, etc. of the plate of the game board 13, but in the right column of the table of FIG. 23, the manufacturing error may occur. The theoretical value formed by the taper pin 311 is shown without considering.

As shown in FIG. 23, the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 is formed to be about 0.5 mm smaller than the size of the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314. This is because the base plate 60 is formed of plywood in which a plurality of elastic woods (veneer plates) are stacked. That is, in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), when the taper pin 311 is inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a and then the taper pin 311 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the base plate 60 The wood constituting the above is elastically deformed in the direction of reducing the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621. As a result, the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 is formed to be smaller than the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314.

In this way, the starting positioning hole 621 is formed by drilling in an inverted truncated cone shape so that the hole diameter on the hole surface gradually decreases from the maximum φ3.00 mm in the depth direction, and the hole diameter φ2.20 mm at the bottom of the hole. It is formed by piercing. Therefore, the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 is formed to be larger on the hole surface and smaller than the diameter φ2.5 mm of the starting protrusion 4j (see FIG. 5) at the bottom of the hole. Therefore, the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 having a distance of 0.0 mm to 2.4 mm from the tip of the tapered body 314 to the inside of the starting positioning hole 621 (the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 is φ2.70 mm to φ3.00 mm). It is formed by drilling so as to come into contact with the starting protrusion 4j at the position formed by the above. As a result, it can be said that the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 has a high function of allowing the protrusion to be inserted into the component, and it is unlikely that a protrusion non-fitting error occurs when the component is placed by the operator.

That is, when the starting protrusion 4j is to be fitted into the starting positioning hole 621, the diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 is larger than the diameter of the starting protrusion 4j on the surface portion of the starting positioning hole 621, so that the starting protrusion 4j is positioned for starting. It is smoothly inserted into the hole 621. Then, inside the tapered starting positioning hole 621, the portion where the hole diameter of the starting positioning hole 621 and the diameter of the starting protrusion 4j match (in the first embodiment, from the tip end side of the tapered body portion 314). The inside of the starting positioning hole 621 formed in a tapered shape and the starting protrusion 4j come into contact with each other at a portion formed by a position corresponding to a distance of 2.4 mm). Then, when the starting protrusion 4j is further fitted in the depth direction of the starting positioning hole 621 from the portion where the inside of the starting positioning hole 621 is in contact with the starting protrusion 4j, the base plate 60 is made of elastically deformable wood. Since it is configured, the hole of the starting positioning hole 621 is elastically deformed and expanded according to the fitting of the starting projection 4j. As a result, the starting protrusion 4j is configured to be fitted into the starting positioning hole 621.

When the starting protrusion 4j is further fitted in the depth direction of the starting positioning hole 621 from the portion where the inside of the starting positioning hole 621 is in contact with the starting protrusion 4j, the base plate is always fitted to the starting protrusion 4j. A load based on the elastic deformation of 60 is applied. Therefore, when the starting protrusion 4j is further fitted in the depth direction of the starting positioning hole 621 from the portion where the inside of the starting positioning hole 621 is in contact with the starting protrusion 4j, the base plate 60 is inserted into the starting protrusion 4j. The load due to the elastic force continues to be applied. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the starting protrusion 4j to come out of the starting positioning hole 621, and the starting winning opening unit 4 can be temporarily held by the game board 13.

Therefore, the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 makes it easy for the operator to insert the protrusion on the component side into the positioning hole at the stage of mounting the component, so that the protrusion for the component is not fitted into the positioning hole. Can be prevented. Further, since the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 also has a function of temporarily holding the protrusion on the component side inside the hole, it is possible to eliminate the demerit of the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301.

Returning to FIG. 22, the description will be continued. As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, when the starting positioning hole 621 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the taper pin 311, the tapered body portion 314 is formed on the base plate 60 and the cell sheet. During the insertion into the 60a, a load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied to the tapered body portion 314. From that state, when the tapered body portion 314 is to be pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the tapered body portion 314 is configured to be gradually reduced in diameter with respect to the insertion direction, so that the base plate 60 is formed. Even if it is elastically deformed, contact with the tapered body 314 can be suppressed. Further, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 can also suppress contact with the tapered body portion 314 even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. Therefore, by pulling out the tapered body portion 314 from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is hardly peeled from the base plate 60, and the tapered peeling portion 60c is slightly formed. Stay (see FIGS. 22 (d) and 22 (e)).

As a result, the taper peeling portion 60c formed when the positioning hole is formed by the taper pin 311 is smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b (see FIG. 20) formed when the positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301. It is possible to make the "cell peeling" error less likely to occur. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the pachinko machine 10 from being deteriorated in decorativeness, to prevent the installation error of parts based on the "cell peeling" error, and to prevent the "positional deviation when fixing parts" error. it can.

Specifically, for example, in a transparent part that is not plated (for example, the general winning opening unit 3), the base portion (for example, the general base portion 3d) is transparent, so that the back surface of the base portion is The taper peeling portion 60c can be visually recognized through the base portion. However, since the taper peeling portion 60c is small, it does not deteriorate the appearance of the game board 13 and does not deteriorate the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10.

Further, for example, in the case where the starting winning opening unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, when the starting winning opening unit 4 is placed on the game board 13, the thickness of the taper peeling portion 60c is small. The starting base 4e of the starting winning opening unit 4 is placed in a state of being substantially in contact with the surface of the game board 13. Then, by fixing the starting winning opening unit 4 with screws in that state, the fixing position of the starting winning opening unit 4 can be installed substantially according to the design value, and it is possible to prevent the installation error of parts from occurring.

However, as described above, the base plate 60 is formed of plywood in which a plurality of veneer plates are stacked. Further, the thickness of each veneer plate is different due to uneven production of the veneer plate. Therefore, the thickness of the entire base plate 60 on which the veneer plates are overlapped is also different for each game board 13, so that a manufacturing error of the board thickness of the game board 13 itself occurs. Further, the hardness of each plywood is different due to uneven production of the plywood. Therefore, the hardness of the entire base plate 60 on which the veneer plates are overlapped also differs for each game board 13, so that a manufacturing error in the hardness of the game board 13 itself occurs.

Here, in the component positioning hole creating step (see S201 in FIG. 10), when a positioning hole drilling machine 410 (see FIG. 11) attempts to drill a positioning hole for a component, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 Is always formed by drilling a positioning hole at a constant force and a constant position, but the thickness or hardness of the base plate 60 is different. Therefore, in practice, the size and depth of the positioning hole as described below are used. Manufacturing unevenness will occur. In the case of a pin substantially parallel to the insertion direction like the straight body 304 of the straight pin 301, there is no big difference in the positioning holes formed by the holes, but the pin is inserted like the taper body 314 of the taper pin 311. If the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 changes in the direction for a while, the positioning holes formed according to the thickness or hardness of the base plate 60 will be different.

Specifically, for example, when the plate thickness of the game board 13 (base plate 60) is thick, the hole diameter of the positioning hole formed by the tapered body 314 being inserted deeper into the game board 13 than usual. Will grow. Further, when the hardness of the game board 13 (base plate 60) is soft, the tapered body portion 314 is easily inserted deeply into the game board 13, so that the hole diameter of the positioning hole formed by the hole becomes large.

As an adverse effect when the positioning hole is formed to be large, for example, the tip of the protrusion on the component side (in the first embodiment, 2.0 mm from the base of the component (in the case of a protrusion having a plating layer, 2. 05 mm)), when the hole diameter of the positioning hole is larger than the diameter of the protrusion on the component side (φ2.40 mm (φ2.50 mm in the case of a protrusion having a plating layer) in the first embodiment). That is, when the hole diameter near the depth of the positioning hole of 2.00 mm is φ2.40 mm (φ2.50 mm in the case of a protrusion having a plating layer) or more, the protrusion on the component side inside the hole of the positioning hole. Therefore, a load based on the elastic force of the base plate 60 cannot be applied. If the protrusions on the component side cannot be temporarily held by the positioning holes, the protrusions on the component side are likely to pop out from the positioning holes due to an impact or the like in the transfer process of the game board 13, and a protrusion non-fitting error occurs in the transfer stage. There is a risk of error.

In particular, the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 are not screwed in the first screw fixing step (S212) even though they are placed on the game board 13 in the first transport step (S206 to S211), and the second screw is not screwed. It is not fixed with screws until the fixing process (S217). Further, the general winning opening unit 3 and the board surface side decoration 8 are placed on the game board 13 in the initial stage of the second transfer process (S213 to S216) until they are fixed by the screws in the second screw fixing process. Since the transport distance is long, the number of times of impact in the transport process of the game board 13 is large, and the possibility that the protrusion on the component side pops out from the positioning hole increases.

Further, as an adverse effect when the positioning hole is formed by being large, the protrusion on the component side is not firmly temporarily held at one point of the positioning hole, and the position of the protrusion on the component side in the hole of the positioning hole is displaced. If the parts are fixed with screws in that state, the fixing position of the parts deviates from the design value, an installation error of the parts occurs, and it can be said that an error of "position misalignment at the time of fixing the parts" is likely to occur.

When the positioning holes formed by the taper pin 311 have uneven manufacturing and the hole diameter of the positioning holes is larger than usual, the protrusion holding function is deteriorated as described above. One reason for this is that the cross-sectional shape of the positioning hole in the depth direction is always formed to be almost a perfect circle, and there is no protrusion holding function on the hole surface (shallow part of the hole), and the protrusion is held only in the hole depth direction. This is because the function is guaranteed. Specifically, since the positioning hole is formed by the tapered body portion 314 formed of the tapered inverted truncated cone shape, the cross-sectional shape of the positioning hole in the depth direction is formed to be substantially a perfect circle. This is because in the cross-sectional portion of a perfect circle, only one of the protrusions on the component side and the non-contact can occur. That is, in the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311, the portion where the diameter of the protrusion on the component side is the same is the first contact with the protrusion on the component side, and the portion where the positioning hole is shallower than the contacted portion. Since it does not come into contact with the protrusion on the component side, when the diameter of the positioning hole is formed larger than usual, the portion that does not come into contact with the protrusion on the component side becomes large, and the protrusion holding function deteriorates.

On the other hand, for example, when the plate thickness of the game board 13 (base plate 60) is thin, the hole diameter of the positioning hole formed by the tapered body 314 being inserted into the game board 13 shallower than usual. Becomes smaller. Further, when the hardness of the game board 13 (base plate 60) is hard, the tapered body portion 314 is difficult to be inserted into the game board 13, so that the hole diameter of the positioning hole formed by drilling becomes small.

As an adverse effect when the positioning hole is formed by being small, the worker plays the part in the part mounting step (first transport step (S206 to S211) or second transport step (S213 to S216)). When the product is placed on the board 13 and the protrusion on the component side is to be fitted into the positioning hole, the protrusion on the component side is at the bottom (back side) of the positioning hole before the base of the component comes into contact with the game board 13. In some cases, the parts may be transported in a floating state with respect to the game board 13. If the parts are transported in a floating state with respect to the game board 13 and then screwed in that state, the gap between the parts and the game board 13 deviates from the design value, causing an installation error of the parts. , "Position misalignment when fixing parts" error occurs. If the installation error occurs, the game performance (for example, gauge performance) will be affected by the installation error, and the game performance as designed will not be obtained, or the installation position of other parts will be affected. There is a risk that other parts cannot be installed due to duplication.

In particular, for parts having a plating layer by plating the protrusions (for example, starting protrusion 4i, etc.), the diameter of the entire protrusion is increased by the thickness of the plating layer, so that the protrusion having the plating layer is positioned as a positioning hole. When trying to fit in, the above-mentioned problems are likely to occur.

From the above, the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311 has the following four merits. The first point is that the starting protrusion 4j can be easily inserted into the starting positioning hole 621 and the protrusion insertion allowable function is high. The second point is that after the starting protrusion 4j is inserted into the starting positioning hole 621, the starting protrusion 4j is temporarily held by the inside of the starting positioning hole 621 so that the mounting position of the starting winning opening unit 4 does not shift. Is. The third point is that the taper peeling portion 60c generated in the process of drilling the starting positioning hole 621 is reduced so as not to reduce the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10. The fourth point is that since the taper peeling portion 60c of the cell sheet 60a is small, when the starting winning opening unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, the influence of the peeling of the cell sheet 60a is reduced, and the starting winning opening unit is reduced. The point is that the fixed position of 4 can be installed according to the design value.

On the other hand, the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311 has the following one demerit. Specifically, the hole shape of the starting positioning hole 621 changes due to individual differences in the base plate 60, and the size of the hole shape becomes uneven in manufacturing. In particular, when the hole shape is large and formed by drilling, the protrusion holding function is deteriorated. Further, if the hole shape is small and the hole shape is formed, the part floats from the game board 13, the fixed position of the part deviates from the design value, and an installation error of the part occurs.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 24 and 25, an error caused by a positioning hole for a part will be described in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. FIG. 24 is a table showing the types of errors that occur in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, and the main effects, causes, correctability, and importance of the errors. Further, FIG. 25 is a front view of the through gate 7 showing an example of failure of screwing by the screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16).

As shown in FIG. 24, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the error types caused by the positioning hole into which the protrusion of the part is fitted include a "screw fixing failure" error, a "cell peeling" error, and a "part". It is classified as a "misalignment when fixed" error.

The "screw fixing failure" error is an error in which the screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16) drives a screw into the base of the component to be screwed instead of the screw insertion hole of the component. The main effect of the "screw failure" error is that the parts that fail to screw are damaged, or the game board 13 itself is damaged. When the parts or the game board 13 are damaged due to this "screw fixing failure" error, the manufacturing line itself of the game board 13 must be temporarily stopped and the parts or the game board 13 must be replaced. When replacing a part, a loss corresponding to the unit price of the part itself occurs. Further, if the production line is temporarily stopped, the productivity of the game board 13 is lowered by the stop time. Therefore, this "screw fixing failure" error has a great influence on the productivity of the game board 13.

As described above, the cause of the "screw fixing failure" error is that the protrusion is not fitted in the positioning hole, and the transfer process (first transfer process (S206 to S211)) or second transfer process (S213 to S216) occurs. This is because the parts placed in)) are displaced from the positions placed at the stage where the screw fixing step (first screw fixing step (S212) or second screw fixing step (S217)) is performed.

Here, with reference to FIG. 25, an example in which screwing to the through gate 7 fails will be described. In the step of screwing the screw into the through screw insertion hole 7c of the through gate 7 (in the first embodiment, the second screw fixing step (S217)), either or both of the through protrusions 7e and 7f of the through gate 7 are through-positioned. If the holes 626 and 627 are not firmly fitted, the placement position of the through gate 7 will be displaced due to the impact in the transport process of the game board 13.

The screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16) is set to drive the screw to the designed position without confirming whether or not the mounting position of the through gate 7 is displaced. Therefore, when an attempt is made to screw a screw into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d by the screw driving machine 420 in a state where the mounting position is deviated, a predetermined position (first) of the through base 7b different from the through screw insertion hole 7c. In the embodiment, the screw is driven into the through screw insertion hole 7c (lower side of the front view). When an attempt is made to screw a screw into the through base 7b, the through base 7b cannot withstand the impact and cracks to form a crack 7z. Since the through gate 7 in which the cracked 7z has been formed must be replaced in this way, the production line of the game board 13 must be stopped during the replacement work.

The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. 24. Therefore, this "screw failure" error causes the parts or the game board 13 to be damaged, and the damaged parts or the game board 13 cannot be corrected. Further, if the production line is stopped, the productivity of the game board 13 is lowered. Therefore, this "screw failure" error is classified as the most important error (large) among the errors caused by the positioning hole.

Next, the "cell peeling" error is an error in which the cell sheet 60a is peeled from the base plate 60 when the positioning hole is formed. The main effect of the "cell peeling" error is that when the base of the part in contact with the game board 13 is transparent, the cell peeling part can be visually recognized from the base of the transparent part by the player, and the appearance is poor. It reduces the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10.

As described above, the cause of the "cell peeling" error is that when the straight pin 301 is inserted into the game board 13 and then pulled out in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), the straight pin 301 is pulled out. This is because the cell sheet 60a is peeled off from the game board 13.

In this "cell peeling" error, the straight peeling portion 60b (see FIG. 20) is formed on the entire hole edge of the positioning hole (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) formed by the straight pin 301, and the straight peeling is once performed. If the portion 60b is formed, it cannot be corrected. However, the parts and the game board 13 are not damaged, and a large loss does not occur only by peeling off the cell sheet 60a. Therefore, the "cell peeling" error is classified as a relatively important error (middle) among the errors caused by the positioning hole.

Next, the "positional deviation when fixing parts" error is an error in which the parts are fixed at a position deviated from the design value. The main effect of the "position misalignment when fixing parts" error is that the fixing position of the parts is different from the design value, and the different fixing positions affect the flow direction of the ball flowing down the game area. , Gauge performance (game performance) will be different from the design value.

As described above, the cause of the "positional deviation when fixing parts" error is that the cell sheet 60a is peeled off in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), and the thickness of the peeled cell sheet 60a is increased. It is caused by the error. Further, the "positional deviation when fixing parts" error occurs due to uneven manufacturing of the positioning holes due to individual differences (plate thickness or hardness) of the game board 13 when the positioning holes are formed in the game board 13 by the taper pin 311. It may occur.

This "misalignment when fixing parts" error is caused by screwing once in the first screw fixing step (S212) or the second screw fixing step (S217), and then inspecting the "position misalignment when fixing parts" error in the inspection process, etc. If it can be found in, it can be solved (corrected) by removing the screwed screw, fixing the part to the normal position, and then screwing it again. Therefore, this "misalignment when fixing parts" error is classified into an error (small) of low importance among the errors due to the positioning hole. If the component is damaged due to this "position misalignment when fixing the component" error (for example, another component that is fixed later due to the misalignment of the fixing position of the previously fixed component). If the part overlaps with the fixed position of, and the part is damaged, etc.), it may lead to an error that cannot be corrected.

Therefore, when the positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301, a "screw fixing failure" error or a "cell peeling" error is likely to occur, and when the positioning hole is formed by the taper pin 311, the "screw fixing" error is likely to occur. "Failure" error or "misalignment when fixing parts" error is likely to occur. Therefore, the hybrid pin 321 was invented in order to prevent the occurrence of these errors.

Here, with reference to FIG. 26, the through positioning hole 627 in XXVIa of FIG. 19 will be described. FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a configuration of a through positioning hole 627 formed by drilling with a hybrid pin 321. FIG. 26A is an enlarged front view of XXVIa in FIG. 19, and FIG. 26B is an enlarged front view. 26 (a) is a sectional view taken along line XXVIb-XXVIb, FIG. 26 (c) is a sectional view taken along line XXVIc-XXVIc of FIG. 26 (a), and FIG. 26 (d) is a sectional view taken along line XXVIc-XXVIc. It is an enlarged view of XXVId of FIG. 26 (e), and FIG. 26 (e) is an enlarged view of XXVIe of FIG. 26 (c).

The through positioning hole 627 is formed by being bored by a hybrid pin 321 attached to a press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 in the component positioning hole making step (S201). In the first embodiment, the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pin 321 correspond to the through positioning holes 626, the return positioning holes 601, 602, and the side positioning holes 628, 629, in addition to the through positioning holes 627. However, since these positioning holes 601, 602, 626, 628, 629 have the same configuration as the through positioning holes 627, the description thereof will be omitted.

As described above, the hybrid pin 321 has a hybrid straight portion 324a (see FIG. 14) whose outer shape is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction in the hybrid body portion 324 and its outer shape in the insertion direction. It is formed from a hybrid tapered portion 324b (see FIG. 14) formed in a tapered shape in which the shaft diameter gradually decreases toward. Therefore, the inner peripheral wall of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid body 324 also has a hole shape that combines a substantially box shape and a substantially inverted truncated cone shape along the outer shape of the hybrid body 324. It is formed by drilling in a rectangular (oval) shape with a rounded front view.

Specifically, of the through positioning holes 627, the through straight portion 627a corresponding to the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid body portion 324 is formed by being bored substantially parallel to the depth direction. On the other hand, the through-tapered portion 627b corresponding to the hybrid tapered portion 324b of the hybrid body portion 324 is formed by drilling so as to gradually reduce the diameter in a tapered shape in the depth direction.

Further, in the through straight portion 627a formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a, a through positioning hole 627 is formed so as to be in the vertical direction in the front view of the game board 13. This is because, as described above, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the through protrusion 7f is prevented from being caught by the hole edge (corner portion) of the through straight portion 627a and the through protrusion 7f is prevented from popping out from the through positioning hole 627. is there.

Here, with reference to FIG. 27, the hole shape of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321 will be described. FIG. 27 is a table showing the relationship between the hybrid pin 321 and the hole shape of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321. The through positioning hole 627 is formed by the hybrid body portion 324 and the hybrid tip portion 325 of the hybrid pin 321. However, in FIG. 27, the content of the portion formed by the hybrid tip portion 325 is omitted.

The leftmost column (hereinafter referred to as “leftmost column”) in the table of FIG. 27 shows the distance (mm) from the tip side (boundary side with the hybrid tip 325) of the hybrid body 324 of the hybrid pin 321. Shown. That is, the distance from the starting point is shown starting from the lowermost part of the hybrid body part 324. Specifically, the tip side (0) of the hybrid body part 324 is shown in order from the uppermost part of the leftmost row to the lower part of the leftmost row. The value (0.0 mm to 6.5 mm) in which the distance from (0.0 mm) is increased by 0.2 mm (0.1 mm at the bottom) is shown.

The second row from the left in the table of FIG. 27 (hereinafter referred to as “left two rows”) is a hybrid of the hybrid body 324s at positions corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body 324 in the leftmost row. The shaft diameter (minor diameter: mm) of the straight portion 324a is shown. Specifically, in the portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body portion 324 is 0.0 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid tip portion 325 and the hybrid body portion 324), the shaft diameter (minor diameter) of the hybrid straight portion 324a ) Is 2.70 mm. Then, from there to the portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body 324 is 0.8 mm, the shaft diameter of the hybrid straight portion 324a gradually increases (the distance from the boundary side with the hybrid tip 325 increases by 0.2 mm). The shaft diameter of the hybrid straight portion 324a increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm each time), and the shaft diameter (minor diameter) of the hybrid straight portion 324a in the portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body portion 324 is 0.8 mm. Is composed of 2.80 mm. Further, the shaft diameter (minor diameter) of the hybrid straight portion having a distance from the tip end side of the hybrid body portion 324 of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid body portion 324 and the hybrid collar portion 323) is set. All are composed of 2.80 mm.

The third row from the left in the table of FIG. 27 (hereinafter referred to as “middle row”) is the hybrid taper of the hybrid body 324 at the position corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body 324 in the leftmost row. The shaft diameter (major axis: mm) of the portion 324b is shown. Specifically, in the portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body portion 324 is 0.0 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid tip portion 325 and the hybrid body portion 324), the shaft diameter (major diameter) is 2.70 mm. is there. Then, the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b gradually increases from there (the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm each time the distance from the boundary side with the hybrid tip portion 325 increases by 0.2 mm. ), And in the portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body portion 324 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid body portion 324 and the hybrid collar portion 323), the shaft diameter (major diameter) of the hybrid taper portion 324b is 3. It is composed of .50 mm.

The fourth row from the left in FIG. 27 (hereinafter referred to as “right two rows”) is the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body portion 324 in the leftmost row (the shaft diameter (minor diameter) of the hybrid straight portion 324a in the left two rows). )) Of the hole diameters of the through positioning holes 627 formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a at the positions corresponding to)), the minor diameter (mm) of the through straight portion 627a is shown.

Specifically, among the hole diameters of the through positioning holes 627, the minor axis of the through straight portion 627a formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a corresponds to the portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body portion 324 is 0.0 mm. At the position, it is 2.20 mm, gradually increasing (0.02 mm to 0.03 mm) from there, and formed at 2.30 mm at the position corresponding to the portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body 324 is 0.8 mm. Has been done. Further, the minor axis of the through straight portion 627a having a distance from the tip end side of the hybrid body portion 324 of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid body portion 324 and the hybrid collar portion 323) is all 2. It is formed at 30 mm.

Regarding the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627, a manufacturing error may occur due to the influence of the hardness (elastic force), thickness, etc. of the plate of the game board 13, but in the right two columns of the table of FIG. 27, the manufacturing The theoretical value formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid pin 321 without considering the error is shown.

The fifth row from the left in FIG. 27 (that is, the rightmost row; hereinafter referred to as the “rightmost row”) is the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body portion 324 in the leftmost row (hybrid tapered portion 324b in the middle row). Of the hole diameters of the through positioning holes 627 formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b at the position corresponding to the shaft diameter), the major axis (mm) of the through taper portion 627b is shown.

Specifically, among the hole diameters of the through positioning holes 627, the major axis of the through taper portion 627b formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b is a position corresponding to a portion of the hybrid body portion 324 having a distance of 0.0 mm from the tip end side. It is 2.20 mm, gradually increasing (0.02 mm to 0.03 mm) from there, and formed at 3.00 mm at the position corresponding to the portion where the distance from the tip side of the hybrid body 324 is 6.5 mm. There is.

Regarding the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627, a manufacturing error may occur due to the influence of the hardness (elastic force), thickness, etc. of the plate of the game board 13, but in the rightmost column of the table of FIG. 27, the manufacturing The theoretical value formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b of the hybrid pin 321 without considering the error is shown.

As shown in FIG. 27, the hole diameter (minor diameter and major diameter) of the through positioning hole 627 is formed to be about 0.5 mm smaller than the size of the shaft diameter of the hybrid body portion 324. This is because, as described above, the base plate 60 is formed of plywood in which a plurality of elastic woods (veneer plates) are stacked. Specifically, in the case where the hybrid pin 321 is inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), and then the hybrid pin 321 is removed from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. In addition, the wood constituting the base plate 60 is elastically deformed in the direction of reducing the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627. As a result, the hole diameter (minor diameter and major diameter) of the through positioning hole 627 is formed to be smaller than the shaft diameter of the hybrid body portion 324.

As described above, among the hole diameters of the through positioning holes 627, the minor axis due to the through straight portion 627a does not change for a while from the minor axis of the hole surface of 2.30 mm in the depth direction, and is approximately 2.30 mm (at the bottom). 2.20 mm). The major axis of the through-tapered portion 627b is formed so that the major axis of the hole surface gradually decreases from a maximum of 3.00 mm in the depth direction, and the major axis is 2.20 mm at the bottom of the hole. That is, among the through positioning holes 627, the short diameter due to the through straight portion 627a is formed to be slightly smaller than the diameter φ2.4 mm of the through protrusion 7f, while the major diameter due to the through taper portion 627b is formed to have a diameter φ2.4 mm of the through protrusion 7f. Therefore, it is formed large on the surface of the hole and small on the bottom of the hole.

When the through protrusion 7f is to be fitted into the through positioning hole 627, the short diameter due to the through straight portion 627a is smaller than the diameter of the through protrusion 7f, but as described above, the base plate 60 is made of elastically deformable wood. Therefore, the through straight portion 627a is elastically deformed and expanded in response to the fitting of the through protrusion 7f, so that the through protrusion 7f is fitted into the through positioning hole 627. When the through protrusion 7f is fitted into the through positioning hole 627, a load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is always applied from the through straight portion 627a to the through protrusion 7f. Therefore, once the through protrusion 7f is fitted into the through positioning hole 627, the load due to the elastic force of the base plate 60 continues to be applied to the portion of the through protrusion 7f that comes into contact with the through straight portion 627a. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the through protrusion 7f to come out of the through positioning hole 627, and the through gate 7 can be temporarily held by the game board 13.

In particular, the through straight portions 627a are formed at two positions in the through positioning holes 627, and the through straight portions 627a are formed so as to face each other. With this configuration, the through protrusion 7f inserted into the through positioning hole 627 can be held so as to be sandwiched by the through straight portion 627a, so that the holding force of the through protrusion 7f is doubled and the through protrusion 7f becomes It is possible to prevent the through positioning hole 627 from popping out. Therefore, the through protrusion 7f inserted into the through positioning hole 627 is continuously held, the through gate 7 is prevented from coming off from the game board 13, and the convenience when attaching the parts to the game board 13 is improved. Can be planned.

Further, in the hole surface portion having a major axis due to the through taper portion 627b, the major axis due to the through taper portion 627b is larger than the diameter (φ2.4 mm) of the through projection 7f. Therefore, the through protrusion 7f is smoothly inserted into the through positioning hole 627 as compared with the positioning hole in which the entire hole is smaller than the diameter of the through protrusion 7f (for example, the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301). Then, in the through-tapered portion 627b of the through-positioning hole 627 formed in a tapered shape, a portion where the major axis of the through-tapered portion 627b and the diameter of the through projection 7f match (in the first embodiment, from the tip end side of the hybrid body portion 324). At a position corresponding to a distance of 1.6 mm. The shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion is 2.90 mm), the through taper portion 627b of the through positioning hole 627 formed in a tapered shape and the tip portion of the through protrusion 7f come into contact with each other. Then, when the through protrusion 7f is further fitted in the depth direction of the through positioning hole 627 from the portion where the through taper portion 627b and the through protrusion 7f are in contact with each other, the through taper portion 627b is elastically deformed according to the fitting of the through protrusion 7f. And is expanded. As a result, the through protrusion 7f is configured to be fitted into the through taper portion 627b.

When the through protrusion 7f is further fitted in the depth direction of the through positioning hole 627 from the portion where the through taper portion 627b and the through protrusion 7f are in contact with each other, the through taper portion 7f is always fitted with the base plate from the through taper portion 627b. A load based on the elastic deformation of 60 is applied. Therefore, when the through protrusion 7f is further fitted in the depth direction of the through positioning hole 627 from the portion where the through taper portion 627b and the through protrusion 7f are in contact with each other, a load due to the elastic force of the base plate 60 is applied to the through protrusion 7f. Continues to join. Therefore, the load of the through taper portion 627b is additionally applied in addition to the load of the through straight portion 627a described above, the through protrusion 7f becomes difficult to come out from the through positioning hole 627, and the through gate 7 is temporarily held by the game board 13. be able to.

In particular, the through taper portions 627b are formed at two positions in the through positioning holes 627, and the through taper portions 627b are formed so as to face (oppose) each other. With this configuration, on the hole surface of the through positioning hole 627, the hole diameter of the through positioning hole formed by the facing (opposing) through taper portion 627b is larger than the diameter of the through projection 7f, so that the through positioning hole 627 is passed through. The protrusion 7f can be easily inserted.

Further, in the through positioning hole 627, two through straight portions 627a and two through taper portions 627b are alternately formed. Therefore, the through taper portion 627b formed so as to face (oppose) facilitates the insertion of the through protrusion 7f into the through positioning hole 627, and the through straight portion 627a formed so as to face (face) the through protrusion 7f. It can be held so as to be sandwiched. Therefore, it is easy to insert the through protrusion 7f into the through positioning hole 627, and the through protrusion 7f inserted into the through positioning hole 627 is continuously held to prevent the through gate 7 from coming off from the game board 13. The performance of the game board 13 can be improved.

In this way, the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321 can temporarily hold the through protrusion 7f fitted into the through positioning hole 627 by the through straight portion 627a. Further, the through taper portion 627b makes it easy to insert the through protrusion 7f into the through positioning hole 627.

Conventionally, the positioning hole (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) formed by the straight pin 301 is formed to be slightly smaller than the diameter of the protrusion (for example, the main display protrusion 87k) on the component side. In the first transfer step (S206 to S211) or the second transfer step (S213 to S216) in the step (see S200 in FIG. 10), the worker places the part on the game board 13 and puts the protrusion on the part side. When trying to fit into the positioning hole, the protrusion may be conveyed without being firmly fitted into the positioning hole due to the influence that the diameter of the protrusion is larger than the hole diameter of the positioning hole. In particular, a component having a plating layer obtained by plating the protrusions (for example, the side protrusions of the board surface side decoration 8) has a protrusion having a plating layer because the diameter of the entire protrusion is increased by the thickness of the plating layer. Is likely to cause the above-mentioned problems when trying to fit the plating into the positioning hole.

Further, in the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 (for example, the starting positioning hole 621), the hole diameter of the positioning hole changes (large or small) due to the influence of individual differences (plate thickness and hardness) of the base plate 60. Manufacturing unevenness may occur in the size of the hole shape. In particular, when the hole shape is formed to be large, it becomes easier to insert the protrusion on the component side into the positioning hole (the protrusion insertion allowable function is improved), but the elastic force of the base plate 60 causes the protrusion on the component side to be inserted. The force for temporarily holding (protrusion holding function) is reduced, and there is a possibility that the protrusion on the component side may pop out from the positioning hole in the transport process of the game board 13. Further, when the hole shape is formed to be small, when the protrusion on the component side is to be fitted into the positioning hole, the protrusion of the component is the most of the positioning hole before the base of the component comes into contact with the game board 13. It may reach the bottom (back side). If the parts are transported in a floating state with respect to the game board 13 and then screwed in that state, the gap between the parts and the game board 13 will deviate from the design value, resulting in a mounting error of the parts. It may occur.

On the other hand, according to the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 (for example, through positioning hole 627), the tapered portion (for example, through taper portion 627b) formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b causes the component side. The straight portion (for example, the through straight portion 627a) formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a makes it easy to insert the protrusion of the above into the hole of the positioning hole (maintains the function of allowing the protrusion to be inserted). It is possible to temporarily hold the protrusion on the component side fitted in the (maintain the protrusion holding function). That is, as described above, the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is less likely to cause manufacturing unevenness, and therefore can always have a certain degree of protrusion holding function. Further, as described above, the tapered portion formed by the hybrid tapered portion 324b may have manufacturing unevenness, and a diameter larger than the diameter of the protrusion on the component side may be formed, so that the tapered portion always has a constant protrusion insertion allowable function. be able to.

Therefore, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 eliminates the demerit of the positioning hole by the straight pin 301 and the demerit of the positioning hole by the taper pin 311, respectively, and the merit of the positioning hole by the straight pin 301 and the taper pin 311. By combining the merits of the positioning hole, the shape has both the "projection holding function" and the "projection insertion allowable function" of the protrusion on the component side.

Returning to FIG. 26, the description will be continued. As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, when the through positioning hole 627 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the hybrid pin 321, the hybrid body portion 324 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell. While the hybrid body portion 324 is being inserted into the sheet 60a, a load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied to the hybrid body portion 324. A cell sheet 60a is attached to the base plate 60, and the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is also attached to the base plate 60 while the hybrid body 324 inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a is being pulled out. As the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, it continues to come into contact with the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid body portion 324. Due to the contact, the cell sheet 60a is peeled off from the base plate 60, and the cell sheet 60a of the portion corresponding to the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hole edge of the through positioning hole 627 is peeled off, and the raised hybrid straight peeling portion is formed. It forms 60d (see FIGS. 26 (d) and 26 (e)).

Since the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d is formed only in the portion of the hybrid body portion 324 that comes into contact with the hybrid straight portion 324a, the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d is formed while contacting the entire straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301. It is formed smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b.

On the other hand, when the hybrid body portion 324 is to be pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the hybrid taper portion 324b of the hybrid body portion 324 is configured to be gradually reduced in diameter with respect to the insertion direction. The base plate 60 can suppress contact with the hybrid tapered portion 324b even if it is elastically deformed. Further, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 can also suppress contact with the hybrid tapered portion 324b even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. Therefore, by pulling out the hybrid body portion 324 from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is hardly peeled from the base plate 60, and the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e is slightly formed. (See FIGS. 26 (d) and 26 (e)).

As described above, the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e suppresses the formation of the peeling portion by suppressing the contact between the hybrid taper portion 324b and the cell sheet 60a, but is connected to the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d. Since it is formed, it is affected by the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d. Therefore, the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e is formed under the influence of the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d, and is therefore larger than the taper peeling portion 60c formed by the taper pin 311 (see FIGS. 22D and 22E). Is formed smaller than the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d.

Therefore, the peeling portions 60b to 60e formed by the pins 301, 311, 321 respectively peel the cell sheet 60a in the order of taper peeling portion 60c <hybrid taper peeling portion 60e <hybrid straight peeling portion 60d <straight peeling portion 60b. Becomes larger.

Therefore, when the through positioning hole 627 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the hybrid pin 321, the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d is formed at a position corresponding to the hybrid straight portion 324a at the hole edge of the through positioning hole 627. Along with the formation, the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e is formed at a position corresponding to the hybrid taper portion 324b. However, since these peeling portions 60d and 60e are smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b formed by the straight pin 301, they are straight. The decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is not lower than that of the peeled portion 60b.

Similarly, in the case where the through gate 7 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, when the through gate 7 is placed on the game board 13, the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d and the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e are straight peeling portions. It is smaller than 60b. Therefore, the through base 7b of the through gate 7 can be placed in a state of being substantially in contact with the surface of the game board 13. Therefore, by fixing the through gate 7 to the game board 13 with screws in that state, the installation error of the fixed position of the through gate 7 can be reduced and the yield can be increased.

Therefore, the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321 can eliminate the demerits of each of the pins 301 and 311 while maintaining the merits of the straight pin 301 and the taper pin 311.

Specifically, in the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 (for example, the main display positioning hole 610), the shape of the hole (excluding the portion formed by the straight tip portion 305) is deep from the hole surface. It is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape having a uniform diameter in the direction. Therefore, while the protrusion holding function is high as the whole hole, the protrusion insertion allowable function is low as the whole hole.

Further, in the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 (for example, the starting positioning hole 620), the shape of the hole (excluding the portion formed by the tapered tip portion 315) has a diameter in the depth direction from the hole surface. Is formed in an inverted truncated cone shape with a gradually decreasing diameter. Therefore, while the protrusion insertion allowable function is high as a whole hole, the protrusion holding function does not function at a certain depth inside the hole.

On the other hand, the positioning hole (for example, through positioning hole 627) formed by the hybrid pin 321 has a hole shape (excluding the portion formed by the hybrid tip portion 325) with respect to the depth direction from the hole surface. Only the diameter of the tapered portion (for example, the through tapered portion 627b) is formed in an inverted truncated cone shape in which the diameter is gradually reduced. Therefore, the straight portion of the hole (for example, the through straight portion 627a) has a high protrusion holding function, and the tapered portion of the hole has a high protrusion insertion allowable function.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 28 to 30, the outline of the game board 13 after each step in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 has been performed will be described. FIG. 28 shows the game board 13 after the game nail planting step (S203) and the rail and wind turbine planting step (S204) are performed in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. It is a front view of. FIG. 29 is a front view of the game board 13 after the first transfer steps (S206 to S211) are performed in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. FIG. 30 shows the game board 13 after the first screw fixing step (S212) and the second transfer step (S213 to S216) are performed in the game board surface manufacturing step (S200) in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. It is a front view of.

As shown in FIG. 28, the nails previously formed in the game board 13 after the game nail planting step (S203) and the rail and windmill planting steps (S204) have been performed. A game nail and a windmill are planted in the hole 63 (see FIG. 18), and a pilot hole (not shown) for the rail formed in the rail positioning hole creating step (S202 in FIG. 10) is provided. The inner rail 61 (out port 6) and the outer rail 62 are planted.

Then, as shown in FIG. 29, after the first transfer steps (S206 to S211) are performed, the game board 13 has an attacker unit on the left side (outside the line) of the production line 400 (see FIG. 15) in the transfer direction. The attacker unit 5 is fitted into the router hole 656 by the mounting step (S206). Further, the main display unit 87 is placed on the lower left portion of the game board 13 by the main display unit mounting step (S207). Further, the center frame 86 is fitted into the router hole 651 by the center frame mounting step (S208).

Further, on the right side (inside the line) of the production line 400 (see FIG. 15) in the transport direction, the return ball prevention member 68 is mounted on the tip side of the inner rail 61 by the return ball prevention member mounting step (S209). Become. Further, the right corner decoration 70 is placed on the right side of the game board 13 by the right corner decoration placement step (S210). Further, the upper left corner decoration 71 is placed on the upper left portion of the game board 13 by the upper left corner decoration placing step (S211).

After the first transfer steps (S206 to S211) are performed, the protrusions of the above-mentioned parts 5, 68, 70, 71, 86, and 87 are fitted into the corresponding positioning holes on the game board 13. None of the parts are fixed with screws.

Then, as shown in FIG. 30, first, the first screw fixing step (S212) is performed. In the first screw fixing step (S212), the screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16) is used to insert the main display screw insertion hole 87 g (see FIG. 4) in the upper left portion of the main display unit 87 and the upper side of the return ball prevention member 68. A total of four screws are screwed into the return screw insertion hole, the upper right screw insertion hole at the uppermost part of the right corner decoration 70, and the upper left screw insertion hole at the upper left of the upper left corner decoration 71. The above-mentioned parts (main display unit 87, return ball prevention member 68, right corner decoration 70, and upper left corner decoration 71) to which screws have been driven by the screw driving machine 420 are temporarily fixed to the game board 13 by one screw, respectively. After that, the second transfer step (S213 to S216) is performed.

Then, after the first screw fixing step (S212), the second transport step (S213 to S216) is performed. On the game board 13 after the second transfer step is performed, on the left side (outside the line) of the production line 400 (see FIG. 15) in the transfer direction, the router hole 654 is subjected to the general winning opening unit mounting step (S213). Then, the general winning opening unit 3 is fitted. Further, the start winning opening unit 4 is fitted into the router hole 655 by the starting winning opening unit mounting step (S214). Further, the through gate 7 is fitted into the router hole 653 by the through gate mounting step (S215).

Further, on the right side (inside the line) of the production line 400 (see FIG. 15) in the transport direction, the board side decorations 8 are fitted into the router holes 652 by the board side decoration mounting step (S216). After the second transfer step (S213 to S216) is performed, the second screw fixing step (S217) is performed, and all the parts placed on the game board 13 and temporarily held or temporarily fixed are the game. It is fixed to the board 13 with screws.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 31 to 34, the appropriateness of each component mounted on the game board 13 and the positioning hole will be described. FIG. 31 is a table for determining the pin suitability of each component mounted on the game board 13, and FIG. 31 (a) shows the evaluation items in the case of evaluating the pin suitability and the contents and points assigned to each item. 31 (b) is a table showing pin types based on the total points of evaluation points for pin suitability.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the attributes of each component are subdivided into elements, and the subdivided elements are used as evaluation items for pin suitability to determine the content. Then, points are distributed according to the importance based on the relationship between the content of the evaluation item and each error caused by the positioning hole, and the total points obtained by accumulating the points according to the determination result are used to determine which pin 301. 311, 321 determines whether the positioning hole should be bored.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, points are assigned based on the importance of whether or not the taper pin 311 is appropriate for each item, and the higher the total score of the evaluation points, the higher the appropriateness of the taper pin 311. to decide. On the other hand, when the total score is low, it is judged that the taper pin 311 is inappropriate, and when the total score is remarkably low, it is determined that the straight pin 301 is appropriate. Further, when the appropriateness of the taper pin 311 is not high and the appropriateness of the straight pin 301 is not high, it is determined that the appropriateness of the hybrid pin 321 is high.

Here, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the likelihood of a "screw fixing failure" error is determined by the balance between the "protrusion holding function" and the "protrusion insertion allowance function" in the positioning hole, but the "protrusion holding function" is , Since the protrusion functions after being fitted into the positioning hole by the "protrusion insertion allowance function", the "protrusion insertion allowance function" is more important than the "projection holding function". Therefore, also in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it is first evaluated whether or not the "protrusion insertion allowable function" is suitable for the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high function.

Further, a part that is easily affected by the "cell peeling" error, that is, a part whose "base is transparent" is more suitable for the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 than the positioning hole by the straight pin 301, and therefore, the taper pin 311 is used. If it is suitable for the positioning hole, points are added and the appropriateness is judged according to the total points.

As shown in FIG. 31 (a), in the first embodiment, as the evaluation items (elements) of each component mounted on the game board 13, the evaluation item having high importance is the "weight" indicating the weight of the entire component. "Sa", "number of protrusions" indicating the number of protrusions for positioning the part, "presence or absence of plating" indicating whether or not the part (projection) is plated, and whether the back side of the part can be visually recognized. "Transparency of the base" indicating whether or not is listed.

As described above, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the "screw fixing failure" error and the "cell peeling" error cannot be corrected after they occur, and are therefore classified as highly important errors. One of the highly important errors, the "screw failure" error, occurs when the protrusion of the component is not fitted or protrudes from the positioning hole. Therefore, for a part having an evaluation item highly related to the "screw fixing failure" error, the protrusion of the part is fitted into the positioning hole by the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high "protrusion insertion allowance function", and the "screw fixing failure". It is necessary to prevent the occurrence of "errors".

Further, the "cell peeling" error, which is one of the errors of high importance, is affected when the surface of the positioning hole is visible to the player. Therefore, for a part having an evaluation item highly related to the "cell peeling" error, a positioning hole is formed by a taper pin 311 which is difficult to form a peeling portion of the cell sheet 60a, and the "cell peeling" error does not occur. Must be prevented.

Therefore, in the evaluation items of parts, the evaluation items that can be the cause of these high-importance errors are evaluated as having high appropriateness of the positioning hole by the taper pin 311. If it does not cause an error of high importance, it is evaluated as "point" or "0 point", and it is determined whether or not the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is highly appropriate. In addition, the evaluation items that can be a preventive factor for errors with high importance are evaluated as having high appropriateness of the positioning hole by the taper pin 311. If it is a preventive factor for errors with high importance, "2 points" is high. If it does not prevent an error, it is evaluated at "0 point", and it is determined whether or not the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is highly appropriate.

First, regarding the "weight" of the entire part, when the "weight" of the entire part is "heavy", the force of the part pressing against the game board 13 side is strong due to the load of the part itself. Therefore, even if an impact or the like is generated in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions of the parts are unlikely to pop out from the positioning holes.

On the other hand, when the "weight" of the entire component is "light", the force for pressing the component against the game board 13 due to the load of the component itself is weak. Therefore, when an impact or the like is generated in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions of the parts are likely to pop out from the positioning holes.

Therefore, the probability of occurrence of the highly important "screw failure" error differs depending on whether the "weight" of the part is "heavy" or "light". Therefore, the evaluation item of "weight" is classified into the evaluation item of high importance because it is highly related to the error of high importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the "weight" of the entire part, if the "weight" of the entire part is 100 grams or more, it is evaluated as "heavy", and the "weight" of the entire part is less than 100 grams. If so, evaluate it as "light". As a result, "heavy" parts can be a preventive factor for errors of high importance, so "2 points" are assigned as evaluation points, while "light" parts cannot be a preventive factor for errors of high importance. Therefore, "0 points" are assigned as evaluation points (see FIG. 31 (a)).

Next, regarding the number of "protrusions" of the part, when the "number of protrusions" of the part is "large", each protrusion is fitted into each positioning hole, and each protrusion is temporarily held by each positioning hole. , The temporary holding force for the entire part is strong. Therefore, even if an impact or the like is generated in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions of the parts are unlikely to pop out from the positioning holes.

On the other hand, when the "number of protrusions" of the part is "small", the number of positioning holes for temporarily holding the protrusions is also small, so that the temporary holding force for the entire part is weak. Therefore, when an impact or the like is generated in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions of the parts are likely to pop out from the positioning holes.

Therefore, the probability of occurrence of the highly important "screw failure" error differs depending on whether the "number of protrusions" of the component is "large" or "small". Therefore, the evaluation item of "number of protrusions" is classified into the evaluation item of high importance because it is highly related to the error of high importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the "number of protrusions" of the part, if the number of protrusions of the part is "4" or more, the "number of protrusions" is evaluated as "large", and the number of protrusions of the part is less than "3". If so, the "number of protrusions" is evaluated as "small". As a result, "2 points" are assigned as evaluation points to parts with "large number of protrusions", while "0 points" are assigned as evaluation points to parts with "small number of protrusions" (FIG. 31). (A).

Next, regarding the "presence / absence of plating" of the part, when the "presence / absence of plating" of the part is "presence", the protrusion of the part is plated, and the thickness of the protrusion is increased by the thickness of the plating layer. It is difficult to fit the protrusion into the positioning hole. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions tend to be unfitted into the positioning holes.

On the other hand, when the "presence / absence of plating" of the part is "none", the protrusions of the part are not plated and the thickness of the protrusions is not increased, so that the protrusions can be easily fitted into the positioning holes. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, it is difficult for the protrusions to be unfitted into the positioning holes.

Therefore, the probability of occurrence of the highly important "screw failure" error differs depending on whether the "plating process" of the part is "presence" or "absence". Therefore, the evaluation item of "plating treatment" is classified into the evaluation item of high importance because it is highly related to the error of high importance.

In the first embodiment, if the protrusions of the part are plated, the "presence or absence of plating" is evaluated as "yes", and if the protrusions of the part are not plated, the "presence or absence of plating" is "presence or absence". None "is evaluated. As a result, "2 points" are assigned as evaluation points to the parts with "yes" plating treatment, while "0 points" are given as evaluation points to the parts with "no plating treatment" (FIG. 31 (a)). )reference).

Next, regarding the "transparency of the base" of the part, when the "transparency of the base" of the part is "transparent" or "semi-transparent", the back surface side of the base of the part can be visually recognized by the player, and the hole of the positioning hole. When the cell sheet 60a on the surface is peeled off, the peeling is visible. Therefore, when the cell sheet 60a is peeled off, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is deteriorated.

On the other hand, when the "transparency of the base" of the part is "non-transparent", the back surface side of the base of the part is invisible to the player, and even if the cell sheet 60a on the hole surface of the positioning hole is peeled off, the peeling is performed. I can't see. Therefore, even if the cell sheet 60a is peeled off, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 does not deteriorate.

Therefore, the degree of influence of the highly important "cell peeling" error differs depending on whether the "transparency of the base" of the component is "transparent", "translucent", or "non-transparent". Therefore, the evaluation item of "transparency of the base" is classified into the evaluation item of high importance because it is highly related to the error of high importance.

In the first embodiment, if the base of the part is "transparent" and the cell sheet 60a on the back surface of the base is clearly visible, the "transparency of the base" is evaluated as "transparent", and the base of the part is "semi-transparent". If the cell sheet 60a on the back surface of the base is visible, the "transparency of the base" is evaluated as "semi-transparent", and the base of the part is "non-transparent (black resin or plated resin)". If the cell sheet 60a on the back surface of the base cannot be visually recognized, the “transparency of the base” is evaluated as “non-transparent”. As a result, "2 points" are assigned as evaluation points for parts whose "transparency of the base" is "transparent", and "1 point" is given as an evaluation point for parts whose "transparency of the base" is "semi-transparent". On the other hand, "0 points" are assigned as evaluation points to the parts whose "transparency of the base" is "non-transparent" (see FIG. 31 (a)).

Next, as evaluation items (elements) of each component mounted on the game board 13, evaluation items having low importance will be described. In the first embodiment, the evaluation items of low importance are "inside and outside the game area" indicating whether the place where the part is installed is outside or inside the game area, and whether or not the part affects the game result such as a big hit. "Game influence degree" indicating the amount of ball passing and the amount of contact (hereinafter, the amount of ball passing and the amount of contact are abbreviated as "ball passing amount"), and the parts. "Parts unit price" indicating the unit price of, "common parts" indicating whether or not one model is used in common with other models, and the parts are mounted on the game board 13 in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. The "transportation distance" indicating the distance (number of steps) from the placement to the fixing (including temporary fixing) with screws is listed.

As described above, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, even if the "positional misalignment when fixing parts" error occurs, it can be corrected by re-screwing. Therefore, it is classified as a less important error. The low-importance error is not as important as the high-importance error, but the occurrence of the low-importance error must be prevented by the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having the high "protrusion insertion allowance function". Therefore, the evaluation item that has a strong relationship with the error of low importance is evaluated as having the appropriateness of the positioning hole by the taper pin 311. If the error is not strongly related to the error, it is evaluated as "0 point", and it is determined whether or not the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate.

Further, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, after the protrusions of the parts are inserted into the positioning holes, the protrusions may pop out from the positioning holes due to an impact or the like in the transporting process, and a “screw fixing failure” error may occur. In such a case, even if a "screw failure" error occurs, there are evaluation items for parts that are less affected. For a part having such an element, the protrusion of the part is fitted into the positioning hole by a positioning hole by a taper pin 311 having a low "protrusion holding function", and even if the protrusion protrudes from the positioning hole, the game board 13 is manufactured. Does not have a big impact on. Therefore, in the evaluation items of parts, even if a "screw failure" error occurs, the evaluation item that has little effect is evaluated as having the appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311 and even if a "screw failure" error occurs. When the influence is small, it is evaluated by "1 point", and when the influence is large when the "screw fixing failure" error occurs, it is evaluated by "0 point", and it is judged whether or not the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate.

First, regarding "inside and outside the game area" indicating whether the place where the parts are installed is outside or inside the game area, the parts installed "inside" the game area come into contact with the ball and affect the game result. For this reason, if a "positional deviation when fixing parts" error occurs, the flow condition of the ball may differ from the design value, and a game result unintended by the developer may occur.

On the other hand, the parts installed "outside" the game area do not come into contact with the ball. Therefore, even if a "positional deviation when fixing parts" error occurs, it does not affect the flow direction of the sphere.

Therefore, depending on whether the installation position of the component is "inside" or "outside" of the game area, the degree of influence due to the less important "positional deviation when fixing the component" error differs. Therefore, the evaluation items whose component installation positions are "inside and outside the game area" are classified into the evaluation items of low importance because they are highly related to the errors of low importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of "inside and outside the game area" which is the arrangement position of the parts, if the arrangement position of the parts is inside the game area, it is evaluated as "inside" of "inside and outside the game area" and the parts are arranged. If the position is outside the game area, it is evaluated as "outside" of "inside and outside the game area". As a result, "1 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to the "inside" part of the game area, while "0 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to the "outside" part of the game area (FIG. 31 (a)). )reference).

Next, regarding the "game influence" of the parts, in the case of the parts having a "large" influence on the game, the game result is significantly affected. For this reason, if a "positional misalignment when fixing parts" error occurs, the flow condition of the ball differs from the design value, which directly affects the game result, and the game is not intended by the developer. It can produce results.

On the other hand, in the case of a part having a degree of influence on the game of "small" or "none", the game result is not significantly affected. Therefore, an error of "positional deviation when fixing parts" occurs, and even if the flow condition of the ball is different from the design value, it does not directly affect the game result.

Therefore, depending on whether the "game influence degree" of the part is "large", "small", or "none", the influence of the less important "positional deviation when fixing the part" error differs. Therefore, the evaluation item of the "game influence degree" of the part is classified into the evaluation item of low importance because it is highly related to the error of low importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the "game influence degree" of the part, if the part affects the big hit of the special symbol or the hit of the normal symbol, the "game influence degree" is evaluated as "large", and the special symbol is evaluated. If the part has little influence on the big hit or the hit of the normal symbol, the "game influence degree" is evaluated as "small", and if the part is arranged outside the game area and does not affect the game result, " The degree of game influence is evaluated as "none". As a result, "1 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to the part whose "game influence degree" is "large", while "0 point" is given as an evaluation point to the part whose "game influence degree" is "small". (See FIG. 31 (a)). In addition, "0 points" are assigned as evaluation points equivalent to "small" for parts whose "game influence degree" is "none" (see FIG. 31 (a)).

Next, regarding the "ball passing amount" of the part, in the case of a part having a "large" "ball passing amount" that the ball frequently passes or contacts, the contact with the ball affects the game result. For this reason, if a "positional deviation when fixing parts" error occurs, the flow condition of the ball may differ from the design value, and a game result unintended by the developer may occur.

On the other hand, in the case of a part in which the "ball passing amount" that the ball does not pass or touches so much is "small" or "absent", the ball does not contact or hardly touches, so that the game result is not significantly affected. Therefore, an error of "positional deviation when fixing parts" occurs, and even if the flow condition of the ball is different from the design value, it does not directly affect the game result.

Therefore, the effect of the less important "positional deviation when fixing parts" error differs depending on whether the "ball passage amount" is "large", "small", or "absent". Therefore, the evaluation item of the "ball passage amount" of the part is classified into the evaluation item of low importance because it is highly related to the error of low importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the "ball passing amount" of the part, if the part is a part through which the sphere frequently passes or contacts, the "ball passing amount" is evaluated as "large", and the sphere frequently passes or contacts. If the part does not pass, the "ball passing amount" is evaluated as "small", and if the part is arranged outside the game area and the ball does not pass or touch, the "ball passing amount" is evaluated as "none". As a result, "1 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to the part having "large ball passing amount", while "0 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to the part having "small ball passing amount". Further, "0 points" are assigned as evaluation points equivalent to "small" for the parts whose "ball passing amount" is "none" (see FIG. 31 (a)).

Next, regarding the "part unit price" of a part, the "part unit price" related to the manufacture of the part itself is not a cause of the "screw failure" error, but has a direct effect on the "screw failure" error. Do not give. However, when a "screw failure" error occurs and a part is damaged and replaced, the amount of loss for parts replacement differs depending on whether the "part unit price" is high or low. Therefore, it can be said that the high and low of the "part unit price" is an evaluation item that has an indirect effect, although it is not directly related to the "screw failure" error.

Regarding the "part unit price" of a part, if the "part unit price" is "cheap", the unit price of the part itself is low even if the part itself must be replaced based on the occurrence of a "screw failure" error. If so, the loss is small. Therefore, even if a "screw failure" error occurs, the effect is small.

On the other hand, if the "part unit price" is "expensive" and the part itself must be replaced based on the occurrence of a "screw failure" error, the unit price of the part itself is high, resulting in a large loss. .. Therefore, when a "screw failure" error occurs, the effect is large.

Therefore, the indirect effect of the "screw failure" error differs depending on whether the "part unit price" is "cheap" or "expensive". Therefore, the evaluation item of the "part unit price" of the part is indirectly affected by the "screw failure" error, and is therefore classified into the evaluation item of low importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of "part unit price", if the unit price related to the manufacture of the part itself is low, the "part unit price" is evaluated as "cheap", and the unit price related to the manufacture of the part itself is If the parts are expensive, the "part unit price" is evaluated as "expensive". As a result, "1 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to parts whose "part unit price" is "cheap", while "0 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to parts whose "part unit price" is "expensive" ( See FIG. 31 (a)).

Next, regarding "common parts" that are commonly used between one model and other models, in the case of "non-common" parts that are unique to one model and not "common parts", the game In the manufacturing process of the board 13, the parts are not accustomed to being placed by the workers of the manufacturing line and have a low skill level. Therefore, it can be said that the parts are prone to work mistakes when the parts are placed. Therefore, it can be said that the "non-common" parts have an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high "protrusion insertion allowable function".

On the other hand, in the case of "common" parts that are commonly used between one model and another model, the work difference is accustomed to the handling of the parts, and the skill level of the operator is high. Therefore, it can be said that the protrusions of the "common" parts are easily fitted into the positioning holes regardless of the positioning holes.

However, depending on whether this "common part" is "common" or "non-common", the protrusion of the part may not fit into the positioning hole, which may cause a "screw failure" error. Since the evaluations are divided according to factors that are difficult to judge objectively, if a significant difference is made due to the difference in the evaluations of these evaluation items, there is a possibility that a large adverse effect will occur. Therefore, the evaluation items of "common parts" are classified into evaluation items that are highly related to errors of high importance but have low importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of "common parts", if the parts are unique to one model, they are evaluated as "non-common", and even if the parts are commonly used by one model and another model. If it is evaluated as "common". As a result, "1 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to the "non-common" parts, while "0 points" is assigned as an evaluation point to the "common" parts (see FIG. 31 (a)).

Next, regarding the "transport distance" of the parts, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when the "transport distance" from the time the parts are placed on the game board 13 to the fixing with screws is "short", the parts are Since the number of times of impact due to the transportation of the game board 13 is small, the possibility that the protrusions of the parts pop out from the positioning holes is low, and the possibility that the mounting positions of the parts are displaced is low. Therefore, for parts with a "short transport distance", even if the positioning hole is a taper pin 311 with a low "protrusion holding function", it is unlikely to cause a "screw fixing failure" error. I can say.

On the other hand, in the case of a part having a "long" transport distance from when the part is placed on the game board 13 to when it is fixed by screwing, the protrusion of the part is generated because the impact caused by the transport of the game board 13 is large. It may pop out of the positioning hole. Therefore, a part having a "long transport distance" may cause a "screw fixing failure" error when the positioning hole is made by the taper pin 311 having a low "protrusion holding function". It can be said that there is no such thing.

However, depending on whether this "transport distance" is "short" or "long", the protrusions of the parts may not fit into the positioning holes, which may cause a "screw fixing failure" error. The direct cause of popping out is the magnitude of the impact during transportation, not the number of times. However, since it is difficult to compare the impact during transportation, in the present embodiment, the impact during transportation is evaluated by replacing it with the length of the “transport distance”. Therefore, if a remarkable difference is provided due to the difference in the evaluation of the evaluation items of the "transport distance", there is a possibility that a large adverse effect will occur. Therefore, the evaluation item of "transportation distance" is classified into an evaluation item having a high relevance to an error having a high importance but a low importance.

In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of "transport distance", the transfer of the game board 13 is stopped from the time when the parts are placed on the game board 13 until the parts are fixed by the screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16). If the number of times the game is performed is less than 3, the "transport distance" is evaluated as "short", and if the number of times the game board 13 is stopped is 3 times or more, the "transport distance" is evaluated as long. As a result, "1 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to the part having "short transport distance", while "0 point" is assigned as an evaluation point to the part having "long" (see FIG. 31 (a)). ..

Based on the "evaluation items" listed in FIG. 31 (a), each part mounted on the game board 13 is evaluated, the pin type is determined based on FIG. 31 (b), and the total score is used. The optimum pins 301, 311, 321 are selected. Specifically, when the total score of the evaluation points is "0 to 4 points", a positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301, and the total score of the evaluation points is "5 to 8 points". In this case, a positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321 and a positioning hole is formed by the taper pin 311 when the total evaluation points are “9 points or more”.

In this way, the elements (characteristics) of each component are evaluated, and based on the evaluation result, the optimum pins 301, 311, 321 are selected from the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 or the hybrid pin 321 of the component. By drilling the positioning holes for the protrusions, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of errors in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 and improve the convenience when attaching the parts to the game board 13.

Here, with reference to FIG. 32, a component in which the positioning hole by the straight pin 301 is appropriate will be described. FIG. 32 is a list of parts for forming a positioning hole by using a straight pin 301. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the upper left corner decoration 71, the right corner decoration 70, and the main display unit 87 are selected as the parts for which the positioning hole by the straight pin 301 is appropriate.

The upper left corner decoration 71 is "0 point" because it is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", and is "0 point" because it is "small (2)" in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions". The evaluation item of "" is "none", so it is "0 points", the evaluation item of "transparency of the base" is "non-transparent", so it is "0 points", and the evaluation item of "inside and outside the game area" is "outside". It is "0 points", and it is "0 points" because it is "none" in the evaluation item of "game influence degree", and it is "0 points" because it is "none" in the evaluation item of "ball passage amount", and it is "part unit price". The evaluation item of "is cheap" is "1 point", the evaluation item of "common parts" is "common", so it is "0 point", and the evaluation item of "transportation distance" is "short", so it is "1 point". ". Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the upper left corner decoration 71 are "2 points", it can be said that the upper left corner decoration 71 has an appropriate positioning hole by the straight pin 301.

The right corner decoration 70 is "0 points" because it is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", and is "2 points" because it is "many (4)" in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions", and "presence or absence of plating". The evaluation item of "" is "none", so it is "0 points", the evaluation item of "transparency of the base" is "non-transparent", so it is "0 points", and the evaluation item of "inside and outside the game area" is "outside". It is "0 points", and it is "0 points" because it is "none" in the evaluation item of "game influence degree", and it is "0 points" because it is "none" in the evaluation item of "ball passage amount", and it is "part unit price". The evaluation item of "is cheap" is "1 point", the evaluation item of "common parts" is "common", so it is "0 point", and the evaluation item of "transportation distance" is "short", so it is "1 point". ". Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the right corner decoration 70 are "4 points", it can be said that the right corner decoration 70 has an appropriate positioning hole by the straight pin 301.

The main display unit 87 is "0 point" because it is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", and is "0 point" because it is "small (2)" in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions". The evaluation item of "" is "none", so it is "0 points", the evaluation item of "transparency of the base" is "non-transparent", so it is "0 points", and the evaluation item of "inside and outside the game area" is "outside". It is "0 points", and it is "0 points" because it is "none" in the evaluation item of "game influence degree", and it is "0 points" because it is "none" in the evaluation item of "ball passage amount", and it is "part unit price". The evaluation item of "is cheap" is "1 point", the evaluation item of "common parts" is "common", so it is "0 point", and the evaluation item of "transportation distance" is "short", so it is "1 point". ". Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the main display unit 87 are "2 points", it can be said that the main display unit 87 has an appropriate positioning hole by the straight pin 301.

Next, with reference to FIG. 33, a component in which the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate will be described. FIG. 33 is a list of parts for forming a positioning hole by using the taper pin 311. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the center frame 86, the general winning opening unit 3, the starting winning opening unit 4, and the attacker unit 5 are selected as parts for which the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate. ..

The center frame 86 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points", and the evaluation item of "number of protrusions" is "many (7)", so it is "2 points", and "presence or absence of plating". The evaluation item of "Yes" is "2 points", the evaluation item of "Transparency of the base" is "Non-transparent", so it is "0 points", and the evaluation item of "Inside and outside the game area" is "Inside", so " It is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "game influence degree" is "large", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "ball passage amount" is "many", so it is "1 point", and "part unit price". In the evaluation item of "expensive", it is "0 points", in the evaluation item of "common parts", it is "non-common", so it is "1 point", and in the evaluation item of "transportation distance", it is "long", so it is "0 points". ". Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the center frame 86 are "10 points", it can be said that the center frame 86 has an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311.

The general winning opening unit 3 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points", and the evaluation item of "number of protrusions" is "many (4)", so it is "2 points", and "plating". The evaluation item of "presence / absence" is "none", so it is "0 points", the evaluation item of "transparency of the base" is "transparent", so it is "2 points", and the evaluation item of "inside / outside the game area" is "inside". It is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "game influence degree" is "small", so it is "0 point", and the evaluation item of "ball passage amount" is "small", so it is "0 point", and "part unit price". The evaluation item of "is" is "cheap", so it is "1 point", the evaluation item of "common parts" is "non-common", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "transportation distance" is "long", so it is "0". It is a point. Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the general winning opening unit 3 is "9 points", it can be said that the general winning opening unit 3 has an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311.

The starting winning opening unit 4 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points", and in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions", it is "small (2)", so it is "0 points", and it is "plated". The evaluation item of "presence / absence" is "yes", so it is "2 points", the evaluation item of "transparency of the base" is "non-transparent", so it is "0 points", and the evaluation item of "inside / outside the game area" is "inside". Therefore, it is "1 point", the evaluation item of "game influence degree" is "large", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "ball passage amount" is "many", so it is "1 point", and "parts". The evaluation item of "unit price" is "expensive", so it is "0 points", the evaluation item of "common parts" is "non-common", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "transport distance" is "short", so it is "short". 1 point ". Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the starting winning opening unit 4 are "9 points", it can be said that the starting winning opening unit 4 has an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311.

The attacker unit 5 is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", so it is "2 points", and the evaluation item of "number of protrusions" is "many (4)", so it is "2 points", and "presence or absence of plating". The evaluation item of "Yes" is "2 points", the evaluation item of "Transparency of the base" is "Non-transparent", so it is "0 points", and the evaluation item of "Inside and outside the game area" is "Inside", so " It is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "game influence degree" is "large", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "ball passage amount" is "many", so it is "1 point", and "part unit price". In the evaluation item of "expensive", it is "0 points", in the evaluation item of "common parts", it is "non-common", so it is "1 point", and in the evaluation item of "transport distance", it is "long", so it is "0 points". ". Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the attacker unit 5 are "10 points", it can be said that the attacker unit 5 has an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311.

Further, the attacker unit 5 is configured to mount the attacker unit 5 first in the attacker unit mounting step (S206) among the parts to be mounted on the game board 13. This is because the general winning opening unit 3 is arranged adjacent to the left and right sides of the attacker unit 5, and the starting winning opening unit 4 is arranged adjacent to the upper side. When the attacker units 3 and 4 are placed before the attacker unit 5, the attacker unit 5 must be placed in the space sandwiched between the parts 3 and 4, and when the attacker unit 5 is placed, the attacker unit 5 must be placed. There is a risk of contact with the above parts 3 and 4. Specifically, for example, when the attacker unit 5 is placed after the left and right general winning opening units 3 are placed first, the attacker unit 5 is placed in the space sandwiched between the left and right general winning opening units 3. At the stage, one of the general winning opening units 3 and the attacker unit 5 may come into contact with each other, and each part may be damaged.

Here, since the general winning opening unit 3 is arranged adjacent to the attacker unit 5, if the attacker unit 5 is not securely inserted into the attacker positioning holes 622-625, it is subsequently placed on the game board 13. The winning opening unit 3 may not be properly placed on the game board 13. Therefore, the attacker unit 5 is placed on the game board 13 before the adjacent parts 3 and 4, and the attacker positioning holes 622-625 are bored and formed by the taper pin 311 to ensure the attacker protrusion (not shown). By inserting it into the attacker positioning holes 622-625, it is possible to prevent parts 3 to 5 from being damaged, and to ensure that the general winning opening unit 3, the starting winning opening unit 4, and the attacker unit 5 are securely inserted. It can be placed on the game board 13.

Next, with reference to FIG. 34, a component in which the positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321 is appropriate will be described. FIG. 34 is a list of parts for forming a positioning hole by using the hybrid pin 321. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the board surface side decoration 8, the through gate 7, and the return ball prevention member 68 are selected as the parts in which the positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321 is appropriate.

The board side decoration 8 is "0 points" because it is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", and is "0 points" because it is "small (2)" in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions". The evaluation item of "" is "Yes", so it is "2 points", the evaluation item of "Transparency of the base" is "Non-transparent", so it is "0 points", and the evaluation item of "Inside and outside the game area" is "Inside". It is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "game influence degree" is "small", so it is "0 point", and the evaluation item of "ball passage amount" is "small", so it is "0 point", and "part unit price". The evaluation item of "is" is "cheap", so it is "1 point", the evaluation item of "common parts" is "non-common", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "transportation distance" is "long", so it is "0". It is a point. Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the board surface side decoration 8 are "5 points", it can be said that the board surface side decoration 8 has an appropriate positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321.

The through gate 7 is "0 point" because it is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", and is "0 point" because it is "small (2)" in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions", and "presence or absence of plating". The evaluation item of is "none", so it is "0 points", the evaluation item of "transparency of the base" is "transparent", so it is "2 points", and the evaluation item of "inside and outside the game area" is "inside", so it is "1". It is "point", and the evaluation item of "game influence degree" is "large", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "ball passage amount" is "many", so it is "1 point", and it is "part unit price". The evaluation item is "cheap", so it is "1 point", the evaluation item of "common parts" is "non-common", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "transport distance" is "short", so it is "1 point". Is. Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the through gate 7 are "8 points", it can be said that the through gate 7 has an appropriate positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321.

The return ball prevention member 68 is "0 point" because it is "light" in the evaluation item of "weight", and is "0 point" because it is "small (2)" in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions", and is "plated". The evaluation item of "presence / absence" is "none", so it is "0 points", the evaluation item of "transparency of the base" is "transparent", so it is "2 points", and the evaluation item of "inside / outside the game area" is "inside". It is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "game influence degree" is "small", so it is "0 point", and the evaluation item of "ball passage amount" is "large", so it is "1 point", and "part unit price". The evaluation item of "is cheap" is "1 point", the evaluation item of "common parts" is "common", so it is "0 point", and the evaluation item of "transportation distance" is "short", so it is "1 point". ". Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the return ball prevention member 68 are "6 points", it can be said that the return ball prevention member 68 has an appropriate positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the tapered portion (for example, the tapered portion) formed by the hybrid tapered portion 324b by the positioning hole (for example, through positioning hole 627) formed by the hybrid pin 321. , Through taper portion 627b) facilitates insertion of protrusions on the component side into the holes of the positioning holes (maintains the protrusion insertion allowable function), while the straight portion (for example, through straight portion) formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a. According to 627a), the protrusion on the component side fitted in the positioning hole can be temporarily held (the protrusion holding function is maintained).

Conventionally, the positioning hole (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) formed by the straight pin 301 is formed to be slightly smaller than the diameter of the protrusion (for example, the main display protrusion 87k) on the component side. In the first transfer step (S206 to S211) or the second transfer step (S213 to S216) in the step (see S200 in FIG. 10), the worker places the part on the game board 13 and puts the protrusion on the part side. When trying to fit into the positioning hole, the protrusion may be conveyed without being firmly fitted into the positioning hole due to the influence that the diameter of the protrusion is larger than the hole diameter of the positioning hole. In particular, a component having a plating layer obtained by plating the protrusions (for example, the side protrusions of the board surface side decoration 8) has a protrusion having a plating layer because the diameter of the entire protrusion is increased by the thickness of the plating layer. Is likely to cause the above-mentioned problems when trying to fit the plating into the positioning hole.

Further, in the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 (for example, the starting positioning hole 621), the hole diameter of the positioning hole changes (large or small) due to the influence of individual differences (plate thickness and hardness) of the base plate 60. Manufacturing unevenness may occur in the size of the hole shape. In particular, when the hole shape is formed to be large, it becomes easier to insert the protrusion on the component side into the positioning hole (the protrusion insertion allowable function is improved), but the elastic force of the base plate 60 causes the protrusion on the component side to be inserted. The force for temporarily holding (protrusion holding function) is reduced, and there is a possibility that the protrusion on the component side may pop out from the positioning hole in the transport process of the game board 13.

On the other hand, the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is less likely to cause manufacturing unevenness as described above, and therefore can always have a certain degree of protrusion holding function. Further, as described above, the tapered portion formed by the hybrid tapered portion 324b may have manufacturing unevenness, and a diameter larger than the diameter of the protrusion on the component side may be formed, so that the tapered portion always has a constant protrusion insertion allowable function. be able to. Therefore, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 eliminates the disadvantage of the positioning hole by the straight pin 301 and the disadvantage of the positioning hole by the taper pin 311, respectively, and eliminates the "projection holding function" and the "projection insertion" of the protrusion on the component side. It has a shape that also has an "acceptable function".

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the through positioning hole 627 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the hybrid pin 321, the hybrid straight portion 324a is formed on the hole edge of the through positioning hole 627. A hybrid straight peeling portion 60d is formed at a corresponding position, and a hybrid taper peeling portion 60e is formed at a position corresponding to a hybrid tapered portion 324b. These peeling portions 60d and 60e are formed by straight pins 301. It is smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b. Therefore, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is not deteriorated as compared with the straight peeling portion 60b.

Further, since the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d and the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e are smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b, when the parts are fixed to the game board 13 with screws, when the parts are placed on the game board 13, the parts are said to be. The base of the component is placed in a state of being substantially in contact with the surface of the game board 13. Then, by fixing the parts with screws in that state, the fixing position of the parts can be installed almost as designed, and it is possible to prevent the installation error of the parts from occurring.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the elements (characteristics) of each part are evaluated, and based on the evaluation result, the optimum pins 301, 311, among the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321 are evaluated. By selecting 321 and drilling a positioning hole for the protrusion of the part, it is possible to prevent an error from occurring in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 and to attach the part to the game board 13. The sex can be improved.

In particular, the elements for each part are identified as elements that are likely to cause serious (uncorrectable) errors and elements that are likely to cause longitude (correctable) errors, and each of these elements is lightly evaluated. It is possible to make it easier to judge a positioning hole with a higher appropriateness by making a judgment with.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the game board 13 transported by the production line 400, the transport direction of the game board 13 and the hole side of the positioning hole formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a are at right angles to each other. The positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321 is formed so as to be formed (see FIG. 24 (a)). That is, among the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pin 321 the straight portion (for example, the through straight portion 627a) formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is perpendicular to the transport direction of the game board 13 (for example, the game board). When the 13 is conveyed to the front on the left side in the front view, the through straight portion 627a is configured to be parallel to the vertical direction in the front view of the game board 13.

When the game board 13 is transported on the production line 400, in each manufacturing process such as the first transfer process in which the parts are placed, the game board 13 being conveyed is stopped, the work in each manufacturing process is completed, and then the game is played again. An inertial force is applied to the parts mounted on the game board 13 each time the transfer of the board 13 is started and the game board 13 is stopped or the game board 13 is started to be conveyed. Due to the impact of the impact of the parts to which the inertial force is applied, the positioning protrusions may pop out from the positioning holes of the game board 13, and the positions of the parts may deviate from the placed positions.

Therefore, among the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pin 321 the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is perpendicular to the conveying direction of the game board 13 (for example, the game board 13 is conveyed with the left side in the front view at the front). In this case, the through straight portion 627a is configured to be parallel to the vertical direction of the front view of the game board 13), so that the protrusion of the component is formed by the straight portion even when an inertial force is applied to the component. It is possible to prevent the protrusions of the component from popping out of the positioning hole by being caught in the hole edge (corner portion) of the positioning hole.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the first transfer step and the second transfer step, the transfer unit is set so that the lower part 13l of the front view of the game board 13 is on the left side (outside the line) of the production line 400 in the transfer direction. It is carried on the 403. That is, the worker on the left side (outside the line) in the transport direction can look straight at the game board 13, and the worker on the right side (inside the line) in the transport direction looks at the game board 13 from the opposite direction (upper side in front view). You will see it. In the production line 400, the number of parts to be mounted in the first transport process is the same in the left side in the transport direction and the right side in the transport direction, but in the second transport process described later, the number of parts to be mounted in the left side in the transport direction is 3. The number of parts to be mounted on the right side in the transport direction is one, and the number of parts to be mounted on the side where the game board 13 can be viewed from the front is set to be larger than the number of parts to be mounted on the right side in the transport direction. Therefore, by making it easier for the operator who works on the left side in the transport direction, that is, on the side where the game board 13 can be viewed from the front, the parts can be placed on the game board 13 by looking straight at the game board 13. Convenience when installing can be improved.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the first screw fixing step (S212), the screw is screwed into the attacker unit 5 and is not temporarily fixed. As described above, the left and right general winning opening units 3 and the starting winning opening unit 4 are arranged in the vicinity of the attacker unit 5, but these parts 3 and 4 are in the second transport step (S213). Since it is mounted on the game board 13 in ~ S216), it is easy to mount these parts 3 and 4 on the game board 13. Specifically, for example, when the attacker unit 5 is temporarily fixed in the first screw fixing step, and the attacker unit 5 has an error of "positional deviation when fixing parts", which will be described later, the game board 13 is subjected to the error. The fixed position of the attacker unit 5 deviates from the design value, and due to the deviation, a part of the attacker unit 5 comes into contact with the general winning opening unit 3 and the starting winning opening unit 4 arranged adjacent to each other, and the component 3 , 4 may not be attached to the game board 13. Therefore, in the first screw fixing step, the attacker unit 5 is not temporarily fixed by screws, and the parts 3 and 4 are mounted in the subsequent second transport step, and the parts are normally mounted on the game board 13. After that, by fixing all the parts to the game board 13 with screws in the second screw fixing step (S217), the parts can be smoothly placed on the game board 13 with respect to the game board 13. It is possible to improve the convenience when mounting parts.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the return ball prevention member 68, the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71, and the main display unit 87 are common parts, so that the mounting position and the mounting order are different for each model. Does not need to change. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the common parts 68, 70, 71, and 87 are first screwed and temporarily fixed without changing the manufacturing order or the manufacturing line for each model. Since it is possible to prevent the mounting position of the machine from shifting, it is possible to improve the convenience when mounting the parts on the game board 13.

<Second Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 and 36. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the plurality of protrusions (for example, starting protrusions 4i and 4j) of one part (for example, the starting winning opening unit 4) are configured to have the same shape, for example, the entire part. When the plating treatment is applied to the slingshot, the same plating treatment is applied to the plurality of protrusions, and the plurality of protrusions have the same configuration. Therefore, the positioning holes (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) corresponding to those protrusions are also formed by the same pins (for example, taper pins 311).

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the starting winning opening unit 4 is plated on one side (right side of the front view) of the starting winning opening unit 4, while the other of the starting winning opening unit 4 is plated. By not performing the plating treatment on the side (left side in the front view), the thicknesses of the starting protrusions 4i1 and 4j are different depending on the presence or absence of the plating layer 4e3. Further, in the starting base portion 4e, it is configured so that whether or not the back surface side of the starting base portion 4e is visible differs between the plated portion and the non-plated portion. Therefore, the positioning holes 620a and 621 corresponding to the protrusions 4i1 and 4j are also configured to be bored and formed by pins 311, 321 which are appropriate according to the characteristics of the protrusions 4i1 and 4j. With this configuration, even if there are protrusions with different characteristics in one component, positioning holes are formed by drilling pins that are appropriate according to the characteristics of the protrusions, and the game board 13 is manufactured. In the process, each protrusion is less likely to pop out from the positioning hole, and convenience when attaching parts to the game board 13 can be improved.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 35 describes the configuration of the starting winning opening unit 4 of the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment. FIG. 35 (a) is a front view of the start winning opening unit 4 of the second embodiment, and FIG. 35 (b) is a starting winning opening of the second embodiment as viewed from the Vb line direction of FIG. 35 (a). It is a top view of the unit 4, FIG. 35 (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXXVc-XXXVc of FIG. 35 (a), and FIG. 35 (d) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of FIG. 35 (c). 35 (e) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXXV-XXXV of FIG. 35 (a), and FIG. 35 (f) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of FIG. 35 (e).

The difference between the starting winning opening unit 4 in the second embodiment and the first embodiment is that the starting winning opening unit 4 is plated on the right side of the front view, and the starting winning opening unit 4 is plated on the left side of the front view. The point is that it has not been processed. Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

In the starting winning opening unit 4 of the second embodiment, the entire starting base portion 4e is made of translucent ABS resin, and the left side of the starting base portion 4e seen from the front is plated (silver in the second embodiment). It has a plated layer 4e3 (see FIG. 35 (d)) that has been plated). Therefore, the back surface side (cell sheet 60a) of the starting base portion 4e is invisible in the portion on the right side of the front view.

On the other hand, the left side of the starting base 4e when viewed from the front is not plated and does not have a plating layer (see FIG. 35 (e)). Therefore, the back surface side (cell sheet 60a) of the starting base portion 4e is visible on the left side portion of the front view.

Further, as shown in FIG. 35B, the starting winning opening unit 4 has a plurality of (two in the second embodiment) starting protrusions 4i1 on the back surface side (the side in contact with the base plate 60) of the starting base portion 4e. , 4j are provided. In the starting protrusions 4i1 and 4j, the starting protrusion 4i1 on the left side is in the vicinity of the lower part of the front view of the starting screw insertion hole 4g (for example, a distance of 5 mm below the starting screw insertion hole 4g), and the starting protrusion 4j on the right side is inserted with the starting screw. It is provided in the vicinity of the hole 4h above the front view (for example, a distance 5 mm above the starting screw insertion hole 4h).

Further, the starting protrusion 4i1 on the left side is formed from the starting base portion 4e to the back surface side with a length of 2.00 mm and a diameter of φ2.4 mm. On the other hand, the starting protrusion 4j on the right side has a different amount of protrusion from the starting protrusion 4i1 on the left side by the thickness of the plating layer 4e3, and is formed from the starting base portion 4e on the back side with a length of 2.05 mm and a diameter of φ2.5 mm. ing.

When the starting winning opening unit 4 is screwed to the game board 13, the starting protrusions 4i1, 4j have a starting positioning hole 620a (not shown) and starting positioning formed in the game board 13 with the starting protrusions 4i1, 4j. The purpose is to insert each into the holes 621 to temporarily hold the starting winning opening unit 4 before screwing to the game board 13. By inserting the starting protrusions 4i1 and 4j into the starting positioning holes 620a and 621, respectively, the starting winning opening unit 4 before screwing is temporarily held so as not to be displaced from the game board 13.

As described above, since the right side of the starting base 4e is plated and has the plating layer 4e3, the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is added to form the thickness of the right side of the starting base 4e. .. That is, the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is added to the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the starting base portion 4e to form the thickness on the right side of the starting base portion 4e. Therefore, the starting protrusion 4j provided on the right starting base portion 4e is also plated to have the plating layer 4e3. Therefore, the length of the starting protrusion 4j is 2 mm (length of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm (plating layer 4e3 minutes) by adding the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 to the length composed of ABS resin. = 2.05 mm. The diameter of the starting protrusion 4j is 2.4 mm (diameter of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm × 2 (plating layer 4e3 minutes) = 2.5 mm.

On the other hand, since the left side of the starting base portion 4e is not plated and does not have the plating layer 4e3, the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is not sufficient, and the thickness of the left side of the starting base portion 4e is formed. That is, the thickness on the left side of the starting base portion 4e is configured with the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the starting base portion 4e. Therefore, the length of the starting protrusion 4i1 is only the thickness (length) made of ABS resin, and is made up of 2 mm (length of ABS resin). The diameter of the starting protrusion 4i1 is 2.4 mm (diameter of ABS resin). Therefore, the starting protrusion 4j is thicker than the unplated starting protrusion 4i1 by about 0.05 mm in length and 0.1 mm in diameter.

Here, referring to FIG. 36, what shape the appropriate positioning holes 620a and 621 are in the starting protrusion 4j and the starting protrusion 4i1, respectively, in order to form the positioning holes 620a and 621 by drilling them. Whether or not the pins 301, 311, and 321 of the above are appropriate is evaluated individually on the left side and the right side of the starting winning opening unit 4. FIG. 36 is a table showing pin suitability of the starting winning opening unit in the second embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 36, the right side of the starting winning opening unit 4 has the same configuration as the starting winning opening unit 4 of the first embodiment, and therefore the evaluation item of "weight" is "heavy", so "2 points". In the evaluation item of "number of protrusions", it is "small (1)", so it is "0 points", and in the evaluation item of "presence or absence of plating", it is "yes", so it is "2 points", and it is "transparency of the base". The evaluation item is "non-transparent", so it is "0 points", the evaluation item of "inside and outside the game area" is "inside", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "game influence degree" is "large", so it is "1". It is "point", and the evaluation item of "ball passage amount" is "many", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "part unit price" is "expensive", so it is "0 point", and the evaluation of "common parts". The item is "non-common", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "transportation distance" is "short", so it is "1 point". Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points on the right side of the starting winning opening unit 4 is "9 points", it can be said that the right side of the starting winning opening unit 4 has an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311.

On the other hand, the left side of the starting winning opening unit 4 is "2 points" because it is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", and "0 points" because it is "small (1)" in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions". Yes, the evaluation item of "presence or absence of plating" is "none", so it is "0 points", and the evaluation item of "transparency of the base" is "semi-transparent", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "inside and outside the game area" Then, since it is "inside", it is "1 point", in the evaluation item of "game influence degree", it is "large", so it is "1 point", and in the evaluation item of "ball passage amount", it is "many", so it is "1 point". Yes, the evaluation item of "part unit price" is "expensive", so it is "0 points", the evaluation item of "common parts" is "non-common", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "transport distance" is "1 point". Since it is "short", it is "1 point". Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points on the left side of the starting winning opening unit 4 is "8 points", it can be said that the left side of the starting winning opening unit 4 has an appropriate positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321.

Therefore, in the starting winning opening unit 4 of the second embodiment, when the starting positioning hole 621 corresponding to the starting protrusion 4j plated on the right side of the front view is formed, the starting positioning hole 621 is formed by the taper pin 311. 621 is formed by piercing. On the other hand, when the starting positioning hole 620a corresponding to the unplated starting protrusion 4i1 on the left side of the front view is formed by drilling, the starting positioning hole 620a is formed by the hybrid pin 321.

That is, for the protrusion having the plating layer, the protrusion having the plating layer is inserted and temporarily held by the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high "protrusion insertion allowable function" due to the increase in the thickness of the plating layer. Configure to. On the other hand, for protrusions that do not have a plating layer, protrusions that do not have a plating layer are inserted and temporarily held by positioning holes by hybrid pins 321 that have both a "projection holding function" and a "projection insertion permitting function". Configure to do.

With this configuration, even if the starting winning opening unit 4 of 1 has a starting protrusion 4i1 and a starting protrusion 4j having different characteristics (presence or absence of plating treatment), the starting protrusion 4i1 and the starting protrusion 4j Starting positioning holes 620a and 621 are bored and formed by pins 311, 321 which are appropriate according to the characteristics (presence or absence of plating treatment), and in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, each starting protrusion 4i1 and 4j are respectively starting positioning holes. It is difficult to pop out from the 620a and 621, and the convenience when attaching the parts to the game board 13 can be improved.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, even if there are protrusions having different characteristics in one component, positioning holes are drilled with pins that are appropriate according to the characteristics of the protrusions. In the manufacturing process of the gaming board 13, each protrusion is less likely to pop out from the positioning hole, and the convenience when attaching parts to the gaming board 13 can be improved.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment has the same configuration as the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, and has the same effect as the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment.

<Third Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a plurality of protrusions (for example, center protrusions (not shown)) of one component (for example, center frame 86) are configured to have the same shape. For example, when the entire part is plated, the same plating treatment is applied to the plurality of protrusions, and the plurality of protrusions have the same configuration. Therefore, even if the characteristics of the part (for example, the amount of ball passing) are different for each part, only the evaluation of the entire part is performed, and based on the evaluation, the positioning hole corresponding to the protrusion (for example, the center positioning hole 613) is evaluated. ~ 619) are also formed by the same pin (for example, taper pin 311).

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the characteristics are determined for each part of the second center frame 88 having a shape different from that of the center frame 86 of the first embodiment. Specifically, one side of the second center frame 88 (left side in front view) is determined to be a portion having a "large amount of ball passing", while the other side of the second center frame 88 (right side in front view) is determined. It is judged that the "ball passing amount" is "small". Then, a pin that is appropriate is selected based on the judgment result, and a positioning hole (not shown) corresponding to a protrusion (not shown) corresponding to those parts is bored and formed by the pin. .. With this configuration, even if there are parts with different characteristics in one part, the positioning holes are provided by pins that are appropriate for the protrusions provided in the parts according to the characteristics of the parts. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, each protrusion is less likely to pop out from the positioning hole, and productivity when parts are attached to the game board 13 can be improved.

The pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment and the second embodiment. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first embodiment and the second embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 37 is a front view of the second center frame 88 of the third embodiment. Like the center frame 86 of the first embodiment, the second center frame 88 of the third embodiment is arranged so as to surround the outer periphery of the special symbol display device 81. Further, the second center frame 88 is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface thereof is plated (silver plating in the third embodiment). Since the second center frame 88 is plated as described above, the back surface side (cell sheet 60a) of the second center frame 88 is invisible when viewed from the front.

Further, the second center frame 88 is provided with a three-dimensional second outer shape portion 88b having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere in front of the second center base portion 88a. In the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the second center frame 88 is arranged substantially in the center of the game area, and the top of the second center frame 88 (upper front view; near the center screw insertion hole 88c (for example, center) A distance of 10 mm from the screw insertion hole 88c).) Is provided.

The game area where the ball flows down from the top is divided. For example, the ball in contact with the left side of the second center frame 88 flows down the game area on the left side of the second center frame 88, while the second center from the top. The ball in contact with the right side of the frame 88 is configured to flow down the game area on the right side of the second center frame 88. In the case of the third embodiment, the top of the second center frame 88 is provided at a position slightly shifted to the right from the center of the second center frame 88.

That is, when the ball launched into the game area by the ball launching unit 112a collides with the left side of the top of the second center frame 88, it flows down the game area on the left side of the second center frame 88 (so-called). , Left-handed). When the player reaches the right side of the second center frame 88 beyond the top of the second center frame 88, the game area on the right side of the second center frame 88 flows down (so-called right-handed).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, in the normal gaming state, the player launches the ball by the ball launching unit 112a so that the ball flows down the left side of the top of the second center frame 88, and the player is in the normal gaming state. In a gaming state such as a jackpot different from the above (for example, a jackpot state, a probability fluctuation state, or a time shortening state), the ball is launched by the ball launching unit 112a so that the ball flows down on the right side of the top of the second center frame 88.

This is because, in the normal gaming state of the pachinko machine 10, a ball that has flowed down the left side of the second center frame 88 easily enters the first starting winning opening (not shown), and a ball that has flowed down the right side of the second center frame 88. Is configured so that it is difficult to enter the first starting winning opening and the second starting winning opening (not shown). Further, in the jackpot state of the pachinko machine 10, the ball that has flowed down on the right side of the second center frame 88 can easily enter the large winning opening 5a or the second starting winning opening, and the ball that has flowed down on the left side of the second center frame 88 is a big winning point. This is because it is configured so that it is difficult to enter the opening 5a or the second starting winning opening.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, since the time in the normal gaming state is generally longer than that in the special gaming state such as a jackpot, the amount of balls passing through the left side of the second center frame 88 is large. It can be said that the amount of balls passing on the right side of the second center frame 88 is small.

The second center frame 88 is provided with center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j at eight locations around the second center base portion 88a when viewed from the front (see FIG. 37). Screws can be screwed into the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j, respectively, and the second center frame 88 is placed on the game board 13 with respect to the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j. The second center frame 88 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing each screw.

Further, the second center frame 88 is provided with a plurality of (eight in the third embodiment) center protrusions (not shown) on the back surface side (the side in contact with the base plate 60) of the second center base portion 88a. There is. The center protrusions are provided in the vicinity of the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j), and slightly protrude from the back side of the second center base 88a (third). In the embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is φ2.5 mm).

When the second center frame 88 is screwed to the game board 13, the center protrusion is screwed by inserting the center protrusion into a center positioning hole (not shown) formed in the game board 13, which will be described later. This is for temporarily holding the front second center frame 88 on the game board 13. By inserting the center protrusions into the center positioning holes, the second center frame 88 before screwing is temporarily held so as not to be displaced from the game board 13.

As described above, since the entire second center base 88a is plated and has a plating layer (not shown), the thickness of the plating layer is added to increase the thickness of the entire second center base 88a. It is configured. That is, the thickness of the plating layer is added to the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the second center base 88a to form the entire thickness of the second center base 88a. Therefore, the center protrusion (not shown) provided on the second center base 88a is also plated to have a plating layer. Therefore, the length of the center protrusion is 2 mm (length of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm (plating layer) by adding the thickness of the plating layer to the thickness (length) composed of ABS resin. = 2.05 mm. The diameter of the center protrusion is 2.4 mm (diameter of ABS resin) + 0.05 mm × 2 (plating layer) = 2.5 mm.

Here, with reference to FIG. 38, in the second center frame 88, proper positioning is provided for the portion on the left side where the “ball passage amount” is “large” and the portion on the right side where the “ball passage amount” is “small”. It is evaluated individually on the left side and the right side of the second center frame 88 whether or not the holes have a shape and which pins 301, 311, 321 are appropriate for forming the positioning holes. .. FIG. 38 is a table showing pin suitability of the second center frame 88 in the third embodiment. In the second center frame 88, as the left side portion, a portion provided with five screw insertion holes of center screw insertion holes 88c to 88 g having a “large amount of ball passing” is targeted, and as the right portion, the portion is provided. The target is a portion provided with three screw insertion holes of center screw insertion holes 88h to 88j having a “small ball passage amount”.

As shown in FIG. 38, the portion on the left side of the second center frame 88 is “2 points” because it is “heavy” in the evaluation item of “weight”, and “many (5)” in the evaluation item of “number of protrusions”. Because it is "2 points", the evaluation item of "presence or absence of plating" is "yes", so it is "2 points", and the evaluation item of "transparency of the base" is "non-transparent", so it is "0 points". The evaluation item of "inside and outside the game area" is "inside", so it is "1 point", the evaluation item of "game influence degree" is "large", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "ball passage amount" is "many". Because it is "1 point", the evaluation item of "part unit price" is "expensive", so it is "0 point", and the evaluation item of "common parts" is "non-common", so it is "1 point", and "transportation". Since the evaluation item of "distance" is "long", it is "0 points". Therefore, since the total evaluation points of the left side portion of the second center frame 88 is "10 points", it can be said that the left portion of the second center frame 88 has an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311. ..

On the other hand, the part on the right side of the second center frame 88 is "2 points" because it is "heavy" in the evaluation item of "weight", and "0 points" because it is "small (3)" in the evaluation item of "number of protrusions". In the evaluation item of "presence or absence of plating", it is "yes", so it is "2 points", and in the evaluation item of "transparency of the base", it is "non-transparent", so it is "0 points", and it is "inside and outside the game area". The evaluation item is "inside", so it is "1 point", the evaluation item of "game influence" is "large", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "ball passage amount" is "small", so it is "0 point". , And the evaluation item of "part unit price" is "expensive", so it is "0 points", and the evaluation item of "common parts" is "non-common", so it is "1 point", and the evaluation item of "transport distance". Then, since it is "long", it is "0 points". Therefore, the total evaluation points of the parts on the right side of the second center frame 88 are "7 points", and it is said that the parts on the right side of the second center frame 88 have appropriate positioning holes by the hybrid pin 321. I can say.

Therefore, in the second center frame 88 of the third embodiment, when a center positioning hole (not shown) corresponding to the five center protrusions on the left side, which is a portion where the “ball passage amount” is “large”, is formed. When the center positioning hole is bored and formed by the taper pin 311 and the center positioning hole corresponding to the three center protrusions on the right side, which is the portion where the "ball passage amount" is "small", is bored and formed, the hybrid pin 321 is used. The center positioning hole is formed by drilling.

That is, for protrusions in a portion where the "ball passage amount" is "large", in consideration of the large amount of "ball passage amount", the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high "protrusion insertion allowable function" allows "ball passage". It is configured to insert and temporarily hold the protrusions in the "large amount" part. On the other hand, for protrusions in areas where the "ball passage amount" is "small", a hybrid pin that has both a "projection holding function" and a "projection insertion allowable function" in consideration of the small "ball passage amount". The positioning hole by 321 is configured to insert and temporarily hold the protrusion at the portion where the "ball passage amount" is "small".

With this configuration, even if there are parts with different characteristics (“ball passage amount”) in the second center frame 88 of 1, the center is centered by the pins 311, 321 that are appropriate according to the characteristics. The positioning holes are formed by drilling, and in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, each center protrusion is less likely to pop out from the center positioning hole, and the productivity when parts are attached to the game board 13 can be improved.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, even if there are parts having different characteristics in one part, the protrusions provided on the parts are formed according to the characteristics of the parts. On the other hand, positioning holes are formed by drilling appropriate pins to make it difficult for each protrusion to pop out from the positioning holes in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, and productivity is improved when parts are attached to the game board 13. be able to.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment has the same configuration as the pachinko machine 10 in either the first embodiment or the second embodiment, and has the same effect as the pachinko machine 10 in the corresponding embodiment. Play.

<Fourth Embodiment>
Next, a fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 39. The fourth embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the first embodiment. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

In the first embodiment, when the positioning holes 601 to 629 are bored and formed, the positioning holes 601 to 629 selected for each component are bored in the game board 13 by using the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311, and the hybrid pin 321. Is forming. When the positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321, the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e and the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d are formed smaller than those in the case where the positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301. The hybrid taper peeling portion 60e and the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d are formed to have a smaller peeling portion than the straight peeling portion 60b by the straight pin 301, but a larger peeling portion than the taper peeling portion 60c by the taper pin 311. Will be done. The hybrid taper peeling portion 60e and the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d may reduce the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 or cause an installation error of parts due to the thickness of the peeled portion, though not as much as the straight peeling portion 60b. is there.

On the other hand, in the fourth embodiment, the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c is formed in the modified hybrid straight portion 334a of the modified hybrid pin 331, and a positioning hole is formed by the modified hybrid pin 331 to form a cell sheet. It is possible to suppress the peeling of the 60a, prevent the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 from being deteriorated, and make it difficult for a component installation error to occur due to the thickness of the peeled portion.

Hereinafter, the fourth embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the first to third embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to third embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 39 is a diagram showing a configuration of a modified hybrid pin 331 for forming a positioning hole in the base of the game board according to the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 39 (a) is a front view of the modified hybrid pin 331. 39 (b) is a side view of the modified hybrid pin 331, and FIG. 39 (c) is a bottom view of the modified hybrid pin 331. In the configuration of the modified hybrid pin 331 in the fourth embodiment, the difference from the hybrid pin 321 of the first to third embodiments is that the modified hybrid second taper on the modified hybrid collar portion 333 side of the modified hybrid straight portion 334a. The point is that the portion 334c is provided.

Like the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321 the modified hybrid pin 331 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and used to be attached to the game board 13. A positioning hole (not shown) is formed by drilling.

The modified hybrid pin 331 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) having a vertical dimension of 17 mm, like the straight pin 301, the tapered pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321. As shown in FIGS. 39 (a) to 39 (c), the modified hybrid is a modified hybrid. It is composed of a mounting portion 332, a modified hybrid flange portion 333, a modified hybrid body portion 334, and a modified hybrid tip portion 335, and each of the above portions 332 to 335 is continuously formed. As described above, the carbon tool steel (SK4) is a material harder than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a constituting the game board 13. Therefore, the modified hybrid pin 331 made of the material is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and pressed against the game board 13 to press the base plate 60 and the cell. The sheet 60a is plastically deformed to form a positioning hole formed by the modified hybrid pin 331.

The modified hybrid mounting portion 332 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm. A modified hybrid collar portion 333 is continuously formed below the modified hybrid mounting portion 332 in a front view. The modified hybrid collar portion 333 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 3 mm and a shaft diameter of φ5 mm, and the modified hybrid collar portion 333 has a larger diameter than the modified hybrid mounting portion 332. By fitting the modified hybrid mounting portion 332 and the modified hybrid flange portion 333 into the mounting holes (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, the modified hybrid pin 331 Is fixed to the press plate 411. When the modified hybrid pin 331 is attached to the press plate 411, the modified hybrid pin 331 is attached so that the lower surface portion of the modified hybrid flange portion 333 and the lower surface portion of the press plate 411 are flush with each other.

A modified hybrid body 334 is continuously formed on the lower side of the modified hybrid collar 333 when viewed from the front, and a modified hybrid tip 335 is continuously formed below the modified hybrid body 334 when viewed from the front. Has been done. The modified hybrid body portion 334 is composed of a modified hybrid straight portion 334a having a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm and a different shaft diameter length, a modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b, and a modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c. Has been done.

The modified hybrid straight portion 334a has a shaft diameter of φ2.7 mm formed at a distance of 0.0 mm from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 (that is, the boundary portion between the modified hybrid tip portion 335 and the modified hybrid body portion 334). The modified hybrid collar is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) in which the diameter is gradually increased in a tapered shape so as to have a shaft diameter of φ2.8 mm at a portion of 0.8 mm in the 333 direction. Further, in the modified hybrid straight portion 334a, the distance from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 is a shaft diameter (minor diameter. One modified hybrid straight portion 334a to the other modified hybrid straight portion 334a). The distance (width) passing through the shaft; the same applies hereinafter) is formed to be 2.8 mm. Therefore, the modified hybrid straight portion 334a is configured to look similar to the outer shape of the straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301 or the hybrid body portion 324 of the hybrid pin 321 in the side view thereof. A modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c is formed on the modified hybrid body portion 334 of the modified hybrid straight portion 334a at the upper part of the front view (on the modified hybrid collar portion 333 side).

The modified hybrid second taper portion 334c has a distance of 3.8 mm to 6.5 mm from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 of the modified hybrid body portion 334 (that is, the boundary portion between the modified hybrid body portion 334 and the modified hybrid collar portion 333). ) Is formed. The shaft diameter of the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c is formed at a portion where the distance from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 is 3.8 mm and the shaft diameter is 2.80 mm. From there, the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c gradually increases (the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c increases every time the distance from the modified hybrid tip 335 is increased by 0.2 mm from the portion of 3.8 mm. Is increased by 0.05 mm), and it is formed in a substantially inverted conical trapezoidal shape that gradually increases in diameter so that the shaft diameter becomes 3.50 mm at the part where the distance from the modified hybrid tip 335 is 6.5 mm. There is.

The modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b is the modified hybrid first taper portion 334b at a portion where the distance from the tip side of the modified hybrid body portion 334 is 0.0 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the modified hybrid tip portion 335 and the modified hybrid body portion 334). The shaft diameter (major diameter. The distance (width) passing through the shaft from one modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b to the other modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b. The same shall apply hereinafter) of 1 tapered portion 334b is 2.70 mm. Is. From there, the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b gradually increases (every time the distance from the boundary side with the modified hybrid tip portion 335 increases by 0.2 mm, the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b increases by 0.02 mm. In the part where the distance from the tip side of the modified hybrid body 334 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary between the modified hybrid body 334 and the modified hybrid collar 333), the modified hybrid first The shaft diameter of the tapered portion 334b is 3.50 mm. Therefore, the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b is configured to look similar to the outer shape of the tapered body portion 314 of the taper pin 311 in the side view thereof.

Therefore, the modified hybrid body portion 334 is formed in a tapered shape in which the outer shape thereof is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction and the outer diameter thereof gradually decreases in the insertion direction. The modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b and the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c formed in a tapered shape whose outer shape gradually decreases in the insertion direction on the upper side of the front view of the modified hybrid straight portion 334a. It is composed of (see FIG. 39 (c)).

The shape of the modified hybrid straight portion 334a from the modified hybrid flange portion 333 is from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 is from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm). What is the shape of the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b with a distance from the modified hybrid flange portion 333 from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, a distance from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm)? , It has the same substantially cylindrical shape (truncated cone shape). This is because when the positioning hole is formed by the modified hybrid pin 331, the modified hybrid body portion 334 is smoothly inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a from the modified hybrid tip portion 335.

The modified hybrid tip portion 335 has a vertical dimension of 2.5 mm, and the shaft diameter is an inverted conical shape that gradually tapers downward from the shaft diameter φ2.7 mm of the connecting portion of the modified hybrid body portion 334 to the lower side in the front view. The tip (bottom of the front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

In the fourth embodiment, in the component positioning hole creating step (see S201 in FIG. 10), the modified hybrid pin 331 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, and the press plate 411 and the game By pressing the board 13 with the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), each positioning hole by the modified hybrid pin 331 is bored in the game board 13.

The modified hybrid body 334 of the modified hybrid pin 331 has a larger volume than the straight body 304 of the straight pin 301 and the hybrid pin 321 but smaller than the tapered body 314 of the taper pin 311. Therefore, the modified hybrid pin 331 is easier to have a positioning hole in the game board 13 than the taper pin 311.

Here, the shape of the positioning hole formed by the modified hybrid pin 331 will be described. As described above, the modified hybrid pin 331 has a modified hybrid straight portion 334a (see FIG. 39) in which the outer shape thereof is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction among the modified hybrid body portion 334, and the outer shape thereof is A modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b (see FIG. 39) formed in a tapered shape in which the diameter gradually decreases in the piercing direction, and a tapered shape in which the outer diameter gradually decreases in the piercing direction. It is formed from the formed modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c. Therefore, the inner peripheral wall of the positioning hole (not shown) formed by the modified hybrid body 334 also has a substantially box shape and a substantially inverted truncated cone shape along the outer shape of the modified hybrid body 334. It is formed by drilling in a combined hole shape.

Specifically, among the positioning holes formed by the modified hybrid body portion 334, the modified straight portion (not shown) corresponding to the modified hybrid straight portion 334a is formed by drilling substantially parallel to the depth direction. The modified first tapered portion (not shown) corresponding to the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b is bored and formed so as to gradually decrease in diameter in the depth direction, and the modified hybrid second taper portion is formed. The modified second tapered portion (not shown) corresponding to the portion 334c is formed on the upper side of the hole of the modified straight portion, and is formed by piercing so as to taper in the depth direction to gradually reduce the diameter.

As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, when the modified hybrid pin 331 is used to form a positioning hole in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the modified hybrid body portion 334 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell. While being inserted into the sheet 60a, a load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is constantly applied to the modified hybrid body portion 334. However, since the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c is configured to gradually decrease in diameter in the insertion direction, contact with the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c can be suppressed even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. .. Further, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 can also suppress contact with the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c or the modified hybrid straight portion 334a even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. Therefore, by pulling out the modified hybrid body portion 334 from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is hardly peeled from the base plate 60, and the peeled portion (not shown) is slightly peeled off. It only forms.

Further, when the modified hybrid body portion 334 is to be pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b of the modified hybrid body portion 334 is configured to be gradually reduced in diameter in the insertion direction. Has been done. Therefore, even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, contact with the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b can be suppressed. Further, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 can also suppress contact with the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. Therefore, by pulling out the modified hybrid body portion 334 from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is hardly peeled from the base plate 60, and the peeled portion (not shown) is slightly peeled off. It only forms.

As a result, by forming a positioning hole in the game board 13 by the modified hybrid pin 331, the cell sheet 60a is peeled off smaller than the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid pin 321. It's enough. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the peeled portion on the surface of the hole while maintaining the protrusion holding function and the protrusion insertion permitting function equivalent to the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 from being deteriorated, and it is difficult to cause an installation error of parts based on the "cell peeling" error, and the "misalignment when fixing parts" error is prevented. can do.

As described above, according to the fourth embodiment, by forming a positioning hole in the game board 13 by the modified hybrid pin 331, peeling of the cell sheet 60a is suppressed, and the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is lowered. It is possible to prevent this from happening and to prevent the installation error of parts due to the thickness of the peeled portion.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment has the same configuration as the pachinko machine 10 in any of the first to third embodiments, and has the same effect as the pachinko machine 10 in the corresponding embodiment.

The first to fourth embodiments may be combined with each other. For example, it may be a configuration having the configuration described in the first embodiment and the configuration described in the fourth embodiment, or it may be a configuration having the configuration described in the third embodiment and the configuration described in the fourth embodiment. Good.

Although the present invention has been described above based on the above-described embodiment, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and it is easy to make various modifications and improvements within a range that does not deviate from the gist of the present invention. It can be inferred. For example, each embodiment is provided by adding a part or a plurality of parts of the configuration of another embodiment to the embodiment or exchanging a part or a plurality of parts of the structure of the embodiment with each other. The embodiment may be modified to form the configuration. Further, the numerical values given in each of the above embodiments are examples, and it is naturally possible to adopt other numerical values.

<Modification example 1>
In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of elements (characteristics) of each component attached to the game board 13 are evaluated, and based on the total points, the optimum pin 301 corresponding to the protrusion for the positioning hole provided in each component, 311,321 (331) was selected. On the other hand, only one element (characteristic) of each part is evaluated, and based on the evaluation result, the optimum pins 301, 311, 321 (331) corresponding to the protrusions for the positioning holes provided in each part are evaluated. May be selected. By judging the pin suitability based only on the judgment result of the evaluation item of 1, it is possible to form a positioning hole that more directly addresses the cause of the error and more reliably eliminate the error to be eliminated. ..

For example, it may be configured to determine whether or not the "weight" of the entire component is heavy, and to select the pins 301, 311, 321 for piercing the positioning hole only based on the determination result. In this case, in the evaluation item of "weight", instead of judging by the content of two values of "heavy" or "light" for the whole part, for example, the pin suitability is judged by the judgment of three values. It may be configured. Specifically, for example, 200 grams or more is determined to be "heavy", 100 grams or more and less than 200 grams is determined to be "normal", and less than 100 grams is determined to be "light". Then, the component determined to be "heavy" is considered to be difficult for the protrusion to pop out from the positioning hole due to the load of the component itself, and the positioning hole is formed by the taper pin 311. The component determined to be "normal" is the component itself. It is considered that there is no high possibility that the protrusions will pop out from the positioning holes due to the load of the above, and the positioning holes are formed by piercing with the hybrid pin 321. For the parts judged to be "light", the protrusions pop out from the positioning holes because the parts are light. A positioning hole is formed by piercing with a straight pin 301, considering that there is a high possibility.

Further, for example, it may be configured so that it is determined whether the "number of protrusions" of the component is "large" or "small", and the pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning hole are selected only based on the determination result. Good. In this case, in the evaluation item of "the number of protrusions", the pin suitability is determined by, for example, the judgment of three values, instead of judging by the contents of two values of "the number of protrusions" of the part is "more" or "less". It may be configured to determine. Specifically, for example, a number of protrusions of 6 or more is determined to be "large", a value of 4 or more and less than 6 is determined to be "normal", and a value of less than 3 is determined to be "small". Then, for the parts determined to be "many", the protrusions are temporarily held in each positioning hole due to the large number of protrusions, so that the protrusions are considered to be difficult to pop out from the positioning holes, and the positioning holes are formed by the taper pin 311. To do. In addition, the parts judged to be "normal" are considered to be less likely to pop out from the positioning holes because the protrusions are temporarily held in each positioning hole due to the fixed number of protrusions, and the hybrid pin. A positioning hole is formed by 321. Further, for the parts judged to be "small", there is a possibility that the protrusions cannot be temporarily held in each positioning hole due to the small number of protrusions, and the straight pin 301 is considered to have a high possibility of the protrusions protruding from the positioning holes. A positioning hole is formed by drilling.

Further, for example, the "presence / absence of plating" of whether or not the component is plated is determined, and the pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning hole are selected only based on the determination result. It may be configured. Specifically, if it is plated, it is determined to be "yes", and if it is not plated, it is determined to be "absent". Then, since the thickness of the protrusion is increased by the plating layer of the part determined to be "yes", the positioning hole is formed by drilling the positioning hole with the taper pin 311 or the hybrid pin 321 in order to facilitate the fitting of the protrusion into the positioning hole. To do. Further, since the thickness of the protrusions of the parts determined to be "absent" has not been increased by plating, a positioning hole is formed by forming a positioning hole with a straight pin 301.

Further, for example, it is configured to discriminate whether the "transparency of the base" of the component is "transparent" or "non-transparent", and select the pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning hole only based on the discriminant result. You may. In this case, in the evaluation item of "transparency of the base", the pin suitability is not judged by the content of two values of "transparency of the base" of "transparent" or "non-transparent", for example, by the judgment of three values. May be configured to determine. Specifically, for example, if the base of the part is transparent, it is determined to be "transparent", if the base of the part is translucent, it is determined to be "semi-transparent", and if the base of the part is non-transparent, it is determined to be "non-transparent". Judged as "transparent". Then, in the part determined to be "transparent", since the back surface side of the base portion can be clearly seen, the peeled portion of the positioning hole can be clearly seen, so that the positioning hole is formed by piercing with the taper pin 311. Further, in the part determined to be "semi-transparent", since the back surface side of the base portion can be seen to some extent, the peeled portion of the positioning hole can be seen, so that the positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321. Further, in the component determined to be "non-transparent", since the back surface side of the base portion cannot be seen, the peeled portion of the positioning hole cannot be seen, so that the positioning hole is formed by piercing with the straight pin 301.

Further, for example, it is determined whether the arrangement position of the component is "inside" or "outside" of the "game area", and the pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning hole are selected only based on the determination result. It may be configured. In this case, in the evaluation item of the "game area", the part determined to be "inside" of the "game area" comes into contact with the game ball driven into the game area, so that the game is played when it is not firmly fixed. The effect on the flow direction of the ball is large, and the game result fluctuates greatly. Therefore, the component arranged "inside" the "game area" is first prioritized to be inserted into the positioning hole, and the taper pin 311 or the hybrid pin forming the positioning hole in which the protrusion of the component is easily inserted into the positioning hole. A positioning hole is formed using 321. On the other hand, the parts determined to be "outside" of the "game area" do not come into contact with the game ball even if they are not fixed, so that there is no effect on the game result. Therefore, the component disposed "outside" of the "game area" forms the positioning hole by using the straight pin 301 that forms the positioning hole that easily holds the protrusion of the component.

Further, for example, it is determined whether the "ball passage amount" to the component is "large" or "small (not)", and the pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning hole are selected only based on the determination result. It may be configured as. In this case, in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount", the parts judged to have "large ball passing amount" come into contact with a lot of the driven game balls, and when they are not firmly fixed, the game balls The influence on the flow direction is large, and the game result fluctuates greatly. Therefore, for a component having a "large amount of ball passing", first, priority is given to inserting the component into the positioning hole, and a taper pin 311 or a hybrid pin 321 that forms a positioning hole in which the protrusion of the component is easily inserted into the positioning hole is used. Form a positioning hole. On the other hand, the parts judged to have "small (no)" "ball passage amount" have little (no) contact with the driven game ball, and even if they are not fixed, they are given in the flow direction of the game ball. Since the effect is small, the effect on the game result is small (no). Therefore, for a component having a "small amount of ball passing", a positioning hole is formed by using a straight pin 301 that forms a positioning hole that easily holds the protrusion of the component.

Further, for example, it is determined whether the degree of influence on the game result of the part is large or small, that is, whether the "game influence degree" is "large" or "small", and the positioning hole is used only based on the determination result. Pins 301, 311, 321 may be configured to be selected. Specifically, if the part is a factor that causes a big hit of a special symbol, the "game influence degree" is judged to be "large", and if the part does not give the player a game value, it is judged to be "small". .. Then, if the protrusion is not firmly inserted into the positioning hole of the part determined to be "large", a game result different from the design value may be derived, and the game result fluctuates greatly. Therefore, for a part having a "game influence degree" of "large", first priority is given to inserting it into the positioning hole, and a taper pin 311 or a hybrid pin is formed by forming a positioning hole in which the protrusion of the part is easily inserted into the positioning hole. A positioning hole is formed in the game board 13 by using 321. On the other hand, the parts judged to be "small" have little influence (no) on the game result even if the protrusions are not inserted into the positioning holes. Therefore, for a component having a "game influence degree" of "small", a positioning hole is formed by using a straight pin 301 that forms a positioning hole that easily holds the protrusion when the protrusion of the positioning hole is inserted. Form.

Further, for example, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, it is determined whether the length of the "transport distance" from the placement of the game parts on the game board 13 to the fixing with screws is "long" or "short". , The pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning hole may be selected based only on the determination result. Specifically, parts having a "long transport distance" from mounting the game parts on the game board 13 to being fixed with screws are easily affected by impacts generated during transport, and are initially mounted. There is a possibility that it will shift from the position. Therefore, for a component having a "long transport distance", a positioning hole is formed by using a straight pin 301 or a hybrid pin 321 so that the protrusion is firmly held by the positioning hole. On the other hand, a part having a "short transport distance" is less likely to be affected by an impact or the like generated during transport, and is less likely to deviate from the initial mounting position. Therefore, for a component having a "short transport distance", the positioning hole is formed by using the taper pin 311 with priority given to inserting the protrusion into the positioning hole rather than holding the protrusion by the positioning hole.

Further, for example, it may be configured to discriminate whether the "part unit price" of the part is "expensive" or "cheap" and select the pins 301, 311 and 321 for the positioning hole only based on the discriminating result. Good. Specifically, if the "part unit price" is "expensive" and the part is damaged and must be replaced, the unit price of the part itself is high, so that the loss becomes large. Therefore, for parts whose "part unit price" is "expensive", a straight pin 301 or a hybrid pin 321 is used to hold the protrusion in the positioning hole so that a "screw fixing failure" error or the like does not occur. Is formed by piercing. On the other hand, a part having a "part unit price" of "cheap" does not have a large loss because the unit price of the part itself is low when the part is damaged and must be replaced. Therefore, for a part having a "part unit price" of "cheap", a positioning hole is formed by using a taper pin 311 in order to surely insert a protrusion into the positioning hole.

Further, for example, it is determined whether it is a "common" part or a "non-common" part that is commonly used between one model and another model, and the pins 301 and 311 for the positioning hole are determined only based on the determination result. , 321 may be selected. Specifically, if the parts are "common", since the workers in the production line are accustomed to handling the parts, the skill level of the workers is high and mounting mistakes are unlikely to occur. Therefore, for parts that are "commonly" used among a plurality of models, positioning holes are formed by using straight pins 301. On the other hand, if the parts are "non-common", the workers on the manufacturing line are not accustomed to the handling, and work mistakes are likely to occur. Therefore, for parts that are "non-common" among a plurality of models, positioning holes are formed by using taper pins 311 or hybrid pins 321 in order to facilitate insertion of protrusions into the positioning holes.

The pins 301, 311, 321 for the positioning hole may be selected based on the characteristics other than the characteristics of the above-mentioned parts.

<Modification 2>
In each of the above embodiments, for each component to be attached to the game board 13, the element (characteristic) of the component that can cause a serious error when obtaining an evaluation point for determining a pin used for forming a positioning hole. The pin suitability was determined by increasing the score, setting the difference from the component elements that could cause minor errors, and then totaling the evaluation points. On the other hand, the pin suitability may be determined based on the total score of the evaluation points by allocating the same score for each element without providing a difference for each element of the component.

<Modification example 3>
In the second embodiment or the third embodiment, when different pins of the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321 are used to form a positioning hole for each protrusion on a plurality of protrusions formed in one component. Was illustrated. On the other hand, positioning holes for protrusions may be formed by drilling three types of pins, a straight pin 301, a taper pin 311 and a hybrid pin 321 for one component.

<Modification example 4>
In the second embodiment or the third embodiment, positioning holes for protrusions are formed by drilling the taper pins 311 and the hybrid pins 321 which are closely related to one component. On the other hand, a positioning hole for a protrusion may be formed by drilling a straight pin 301 and a taper pin 311 which are opposite to one component. Further, a positioning hole for a protrusion may be formed by drilling a straight pin 301 and a hybrid pin 321 for one component.

<Modification 5>
In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of evaluation items (“weight”, “number of protrusions”, “presence / absence of plating”, “transparency of base”, “inside / outside of game area”, “game influence degree”, “ball” Evaluate "passage amount", "part unit price", "common parts" and "transport distance"), select the optimum pins 301, 311, 321 (331), and drill positioning holes for protrusions of each part. It was forming. On the other hand, elements other than the above evaluation items may be determined to form positioning holes for protrusions of each component. For example, positioning holes for protrusions of each component may be formed by drilling depending on whether or not the components are arranged in the router holes 651 to 656.

Further, the positioning holes may be formed by drilling according to the positional relationship of the positioning holes of one component. Specifically, for example, when three positioning holes are formed by drilling a part having three protrusions, when the positions of the three protrusions are divided into left, middle, and right, the left and right protrusions are supported. The positioning hole to be formed may be formed by piercing with a taper pin 311 and the positioning hole corresponding to the protrusion inside may be formed by piercing with a hybrid pin 321 or a straight pin 301. When there are two or more protrusions inside, the positioning hole corresponding to the protrusion inside 1 is formed by a straight pin 301 or a hybrid pin 321 and the positioning hole for the other protrusion is a taper pin 311 or a hybrid pin. It may be configured to be formed by piercing with 321. Further, the positioning holes corresponding to the left and right protrusions may be formed by being formed by the straight pin 301 or the hybrid pin 321.

Further, points may be assigned to elements other than the above evaluation items, and positioning holes for protrusions of each component may be formed based on the total points. For example, it may be configured to allocate points regarding whether or not the components are arranged in the router holes 651 to 656. Specifically, the parts arranged in the router holes 651 to 656 are arranged in the router holes 651 to 656 because the fitting portion (not shown) of the parts is temporarily held by the router holes 651 to 656 to some extent. The mounting position of the parts to be installed is unlikely to shift in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. Therefore, the parts arranged in the router holes 651 to 656 are arranged in the router holes 651 to 656 because the protrusions are difficult to pop out from the positioning holes even if they are positioning holes by the tapered pin 311 having a weak "projection holding function". It can be said that the protrusions of the parts to be formed are highly appropriate for the positioning holes by the taper pin 311. Therefore, it is evaluated whether or not the parts are arranged in the router holes 651 to 656, and if the parts are arranged in the router holes 651, "2 points" are assigned as evaluation points, while the router holes 651. If the component is not arranged at ~ 656, a “0 point” is assigned as an evaluation point.

Further, the points may be arranged according to the positional relationship of the positioning holes of one component, and the pins for forming the positioning holes may be selected based on the total points thereof. For example, when three positioning holes are formed by drilling a part having three protrusions, when the positions of the three protrusions are divided into left, middle, and right, even the middle protrusion has a "protrusion holding function". If the left and right protrusions are firmly temporarily held by the positioning holes by the high straight pin 301, the left and right protrusions are the positioning holes by the taper pin 311 having a low "protrusion holding function", and the protrusions are difficult to pop out from the positioning holes. It can be said that the appropriateness of the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is high. Therefore, the positions of the protrusions on the part are evaluated, and if the protrusions are located on the left and right sides of the part, "2 points" are assigned as evaluation points, while if the protrusions are located inside the part, the evaluation points are "0". "Points" are assigned.

<Modification 6>
In each of the above embodiments, no positioning protrusion is provided in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion hole 87h of the main display unit 87 (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the main display screw insertion hole 87h), and the main display unit The number of main display protrusions 87j and 87k (2) is one less than the number (three) of the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i of 87. This is because the main display positioning holes 609 and 610 corresponding to the main display unit 87 are formed by the straight pins 301, so that the protrusion holding function is sufficiently secured by the two main display protrusions 87j and 87k. .. On the other hand, a positioning protrusion may be provided in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion hole 87h (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the main display screw insertion hole 87h). With this configuration, the number of main display screw insertion holes 87g to i and the number of protrusions are made equal, and by temporarily holding each place where the screw is inserted, the entire main display unit 87 can be more reliably held. Can be temporarily held by the game board 13.

<Modification 7>
In each of the above embodiments, when the positioning hole is formed by the pins 301, 311, 321, the front view of the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 or the taper pin 311 is a perfect circle, and the positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321. The front view of the formed positioning hole was formed in a rectangular (oval) shape with rounded corners. On the other hand, the positioning hole to be bored may be formed so that the front view is, for example, a figure such as an ellipse, a square, a rectangle, a triangle, or a pentagon. In this case, on the surface of the positioning hole formed by drilling, a shape in which both the protrusion holding function and the protrusion insertion permitting function function is preferable. Therefore, in order to realize both functions, an ellipse, a rectangle, or the like is preferable. A figure that is symmetrical (vertical symmetry) and has different lengths on each side (each diameter) is preferable.

<Modification 8>
In each of the above embodiments, the shape of the protrusion for each part is standardized (length 2.00 mm and diameter φ2.4 mm (without plating layer), or length 2.05 mm and diameter φ2.5 mm (with plating layer)). Was configured. On the other hand, the shape of the protrusion may be different for each part. Specifically, for example, the shape of the center protrusion of the center frame 86 has a length of 3.00 mm and a diameter of φ3.00 mm, while the shape of the start protrusion of the start winning opening unit 4 has a length of 1.00 mm. It may be configured to have a diameter of φ1.00 mm and the size of the protrusion may be changed according to the size of the component. However, when the shape of the protrusion is different for each part, a positioning hole corresponding to the shape of the protrusion must be formed by drilling, so that many types of pins for drilling the positioning hole must be prepared.

<Modification example 9>
In each of the above embodiments, the shape of the protrusion for each part is a predetermined cylindrical shape (length 2.00 mm and diameter φ2.4 mm (without plating layer), or length 2.05 mm and diameter φ2.5 mm (plating layer). Yes)). On the other hand, the shape of the protrusion for each part may be formed by other shapes such as a prism shape, a pyramid shape, and a conical shape. However, if the shape of the protrusion is different for each part, a positioning hole corresponding to the shape of the protrusion must be formed by drilling, so that many types of pins for drilling the positioning hole must be prepared.

<Modification example 10>
In the first embodiment, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 has two straight portions and two tapered portions (for example, the through straight portion 627a and the through taper portion of the through positioning hole 627). 627b). On the other hand, the positioning hole may be configured to form only one straight portion. Further, it may be configured so that only one tapered portion is formed in the positioning hole. By making the straight portion or the tapered portion into one, the structure of the pin for drilling the positioning hole can be simplified, and the formation of the pin becomes easy. Further, the positioning hole may be configured to form three or more tapered portions. Further, the positioning hole may be configured to form three or more straight portions.

<Modification 11>
In the first embodiment, the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pins 321 are formed so that two straight portions and two tapered portions are alternately arranged (for example, through positioning holes 627). Through straight portion 627a and through taper portion 627b). On the other hand, the positioning hole may be configured so that two straight portions are continuous. Specifically, for example, two straight portions are continuously bored and formed, and the straight portions are bored and formed so as to form a V-shape in front view of the hole. Then, tapered portions may be formed from both ends of the V-shape so that the front view of the positioning hole becomes fan-shaped.

<Modification example 12>
In the first embodiment, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the game board 13 is conveyed to the left side of the game board 13 in the front view, and the hybrid straight portion of the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pin 321. The through straight portion 627a is configured to be parallel to the front view vertical direction of the game board 13 so that the straight portion formed by the 324a is perpendicular to the transport direction of the game board 13. On the other hand, the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a need only be positioned at a right angle to the transport direction of the game board 13, so that, for example, the game board 13 is headed toward the upper side of the front view of the game board 13. The through straight portion 627a may be configured to be parallel to the front view lateral direction of the game board.

<Modification example 13>
In the fourth embodiment, a case where a positioning hole is formed in the game board 13 by using a modified hybrid pin 331 as an improved version of the hybrid pin 321 has been illustrated. On the other hand, as an improved version of the straight pin 301, the cell sheet 60a is peeled off by forming a modified straight taper portion on the modified straight body portion of the modified straight pin and forming a positioning hole by the modified straight pin. It may be configured to suppress. Specifically, the modified straight taper portion has a distance from the modified straight tip portion of 3.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary between the modified straight body portion and the modified straight collar portion) of the modified straight body portion. It is formed. The shaft diameter of the modified straight taper portion is formed at a distance of 3.8 mm from the modified straight tip portion and a shaft diameter of 2.80 mm, from which the shaft diameter of the modified straight taper portion gradually increases (modified straight tip). The shaft diameter of the modified straight taper part increases by 0.05 mm for every 0.2 mm increase in distance from the part where the distance from the part is 3.8 mm), and the shaft at the part where the distance from the tip of the modified straight is 6.5 mm. It is formed in a substantially inverted conical trapezoidal shape in which the diameter is gradually increased in a tapered shape so that the diameter becomes 3.50 mm.

<Modification 14>
In each of the above embodiments, when the component is plated, the plating layer is uniformly applied to the base of the component, and positioning holes are drilled on the premise that the thickness of the plating layer is uniform. I had selected a pin for installation. On the other hand, the pin for piercing the positioning hole may be selected on the premise that the thickness of the plating layer on the component may not be uniformly applied due to manufacturing unevenness. Specifically, if manufacturing unevenness is likely to occur in the thickness of the plating layer due to the characteristics of each part (for example, the size of the entire part), a hybrid pin 321 or a taper pin 311 can be used to provide a positioning hole that can handle the manufacturing unevenness. It is formed by piercing. With such a configuration, it is possible to easily insert the protrusion into the positioning hole even if the plating layer is unevenly manufactured.

<Modification 15>
In each of the above embodiments, for the resin portion excluding the plating layer of each protrusion, the length of each protrusion is 2 mm and the diameter of each protrusion is φ2.4 mm, which are almost the same specifications. The pin for drilling the positioning hole was selected on the premise of. On the other hand, the pin for piercing the positioning hole may be selected on the premise that an error may occur in the shape of the protrusion due to manufacturing unevenness in the resin portion of the protrusion. Specifically, if manufacturing unevenness is likely to occur in the shape of the protrusion due to the characteristics of each part (for example, the difference in the resin components that make up the part), positioning that can deal with manufacturing unevenness by using the hybrid pin 321 or taper pin 311. A hole is formed by drilling. With such a configuration, it is possible to easily insert the protrusion into the positioning hole even if the shape of the protrusion is unevenly manufactured.

<Modification 16>
In each of the above embodiments, the game board 13 is formed by the wooden base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, and each positioning hole is formed in the game board 13. On the other hand, a game board (hereinafter referred to as "transparent resin plate") is formed of a transparent synthetic resin material, and each positioning hole is formed in the transparent resin plate by a straight pin 301, a taper pin 311 or a hybrid pin 321. It may be configured to be formed. The transparent resin plate is made of a synthetic resin material (for example, Fiber-Reinforced Plastics (FRP)) whose back surface side is visibly transparent. In the transparent resin plate, the base plate 60 is a member that can be elastically deformed, but since it has higher strength and hardness than the base plate 60, it is less likely to be elastically deformed than the base plate 60. , It is a transparent resin plate that is elastically deformed so that the protrusions of each part can be inserted.

<Modification example 17>
In each of the above embodiments, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the characteristics of the parts are evaluated according to the transport distance from being placed on the game board 13 to being fixed with screws, and the holes are formed based on the characteristics. The positioning hole to be used was selected. On the other hand, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the characteristics of the parts are evaluated according to the positions of the protrusions of the parts with respect to the transport direction of the game board 13, and the positioning holes to be formed are selected based on the characteristics. It may be configured as. Specifically, for example, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, with respect to one part, the protrusion on the tip side in the transport direction and the protrusion on the rear side in the transport direction give an impact when the transport of the game board 13 is stopped. Is different. Specifically, when the transport of the game board 13 is stopped, the protrusion on the rear side in the transport direction may rotate upward on the game board 13 with the protrusion on the tip side in the transport direction as an axis. Therefore, the positioning hole for the protrusion on the tip side in the transport direction is bored and formed by the taper pin 311, and the positioning hole for the protrusion on the rear side in the transport direction is bored and formed by the straight pin 301 or the hybrid pin 321. With this configuration, even when the transfer of the game board 13 is stopped, the protrusions on the rear side in the transport direction are firmly held in the positioning holes, so that the protrusions do not easily pop out from the positioning holes, and the game board. It is possible to make it difficult for the parts to shift with respect to 13.

In each of the above embodiments, the case where one start winning opening 4a for starting the big hit lottery when the ball enters is arranged on the game board 13, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. , A plurality of (for example, two) starting winning openings may be arranged on the game board 13 in which a winning ball is detected independently and a lottery for a big hit is started. Specifically, for example, a left-side starting winning opening for entering a ball in the normal gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is provided in the center of the game area of the game board 13, and the pachinko machine 10 is provided on the right side of the game area of the game board 13. A right-side starting winning opening is provided to allow the ball to enter in an advantageous state (for example, a probability fluctuation state, a time reduction state, or a jackpot state). In this case, since the right-side starting winning opening has a configuration in which the ball hardly passes or touches in the normal gaming state of the pachinko machine 10, it is evaluated as "small" in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount". Based on the evaluation, a pin for drilling a positioning hole for the protrusion of the right starting winning opening is selected. On the other hand, since the left-side starting winning opening has a configuration in which balls frequently pass or come into contact with each other in the normal gaming state of the pachinko machine 10, it is evaluated as "large" in the evaluation item of "ball passing amount". Based on the evaluation, a pin for drilling a positioning hole for the protrusion of the left starting winning opening is selected.

In each of the above embodiments, the winning of the starting winning opening 4a and the passage of the through gate 7 are each suspended up to 4 times, but the maximum number of reserved balls is not limited to 4. It may be set to 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). Further, the number of reserved balls of the variable display based on the winning of the starting winning opening 4a is different in a part of the special symbol display device 81 by a number or by the number of reserved balls in the area divided into four (a mode). For example, it may be displayed in a color or lighting pattern), and a light emitting member such as a lamp is provided separately from the first symbol display device 87a, and the light emitting member is configured to notify the number of reserved balls. You may.

Further, the present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine or the like of a type different from each of the above embodiments. For example, once a jackpot is hit, a pachinko machine (commonly known as a two-time right item, a three-time right item) that raises the expected value of the jackpot until multiple times (for example, two or three times) a big hit state occurs including that. It may be carried out as). Further, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. Further, it may be carried out on a pachinko machine that has a winning device having a special area such as a V zone and is in a special gaming state on the condition that a ball is won in the special area. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, it may be implemented as various game machines such as a pachinko machine, a sparrow ball, a slot machine, a so-called pachinko machine and a slot machine.

Hereinafter, in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention, the concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments will be shown.

<Group A>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played by a game medium on the front surface side, and a component fixed to the front surface side of the plate body (for example, a through gate 7). In a game machine provided with a game board (for example, a game board 13) configured by
The parts are
A base portion in contact with the plate body (for example, a through base portion 7b) and
A protrusion (for example, through protrusions 7e, 7f) provided on the side of the base portion in contact with the plate body is provided.
The plate body
A hole (for example, through positioning hole 626, 627) formed so that the protrusion of the component can be inserted is provided.
The hole is
An insertion receiving portion (for example, a through taper portion 627b) that accepts the insertion of the protrusion into the hole, and
A holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) for holding the protrusion inserted into the hole, and
A game machine A0 characterized by being equipped with.

According to the game machine A0, a game area in which the game medium is played is formed on the front side of the plate body, the parts are fixed to the front side of the plate body, and the game board is composed of the plate body and the parts. Is provided with a protrusion on the side of the base in contact with the plate body, and a hole is formed in the plate body into which the protrusion portion of the component can be inserted. Is received, and the holding portion holds the protrusion inserted into the hole. As a result, the protrusion of the component can be held by the holding portion of the hole while the protrusion of the component is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion of the hole. Therefore, it is possible to keep the protrusion while being surely inserted into the hole, prevent the part from coming off the plate body, and improve the mounting performance of the part on the game board. There is. The "performance of attaching parts to the game board" means the ease of attaching parts to the game board, the ease of mounting work, the difficulty of removing the parts once attached to the game board, and the like.

In the game machine A0
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
A game machine A1 characterized in that the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, respectively.

According to the game machine A1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A0, the following effects are played. That is, the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and an insertion receiving portion and a holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, respectively. As a result, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and is inserted into the hole by the holding portion also formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The protrusion can be immediately held.

Conventionally, as a hole into which a protrusion of a component can be inserted, there is a (first) hole capable of holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. This (first) hole has only an elastically deformable holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the protrusion of the component inserted into the (first) hole is the (first). ) It is configured so that it can be held by the holding part of the hole. However, when the protrusion is to be inserted into the (first) hole, the protrusion is firmly inserted into the (first) hole because only the holding portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. There was a situation where the parts were not securely fixed to the plate.

Further, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a (second) hole on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole that easily accepts the insertion of the protrusion. This (second) hole has only an insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted, and inside the (second) hole. , Has an insertion and holding part. In this (second) hole, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole allows the protrusion of the component to be easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole. The insertion and holding portion provided inside the (second) hole is configured to be able to hold the protrusion inserted into the (second) hole. However, the plate body has individual differences (differences in plate thickness or hardness) due to manufacturing unevenness during manufacturing, and the function of the insertion receiving part or the insertion holding part of the (second) hole deteriorates due to the influence of the individual differences. It may end up.

Specifically, for example, when the (second) hole is formed large due to the influence of individual differences in the plate body, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed large. The insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole is also formed large, and the protrusion of the part inserted inside the (second) hole is not firmly held, and the part is securely fixed to the plate body. There was a situation that was not. Further, for example, when the (second) hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences in the plate body, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed small, and the protrusion There was a situation where the part was not firmly inserted into the (second) hole and the part was not securely fixed to the plate body.

Therefore, an insertion receiving portion and a holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. As a result, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and is inserted into the hole by the holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The protrusion can be held immediately. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be reliably inserted into the hole and kept held.

In the game machine A1
The plate body is configured to be elastically deformable.
The holding portion is a constant load means (for example, through straight) that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to the predetermined depth. The gaming machine A2 comprising a portion 627a (inner diameter).

According to the game machine A2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A1, the following effects are played. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the plate body is constantly applied to the protrusions from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth by the constant load means provided in the holding portion. The elastic force of is given. As a result, the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusions by the constant load means to hold the protrusions. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted into the hole can be continuously held.

In the game machine A2
The game machine A3, wherein the constant load means forms the size of the holding portion smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion.

According to the game machine A3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A2, the following effects are played. That is, in the constant load means, the size of the holding portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion. As a result, the plate body is elastically deformed so that the protrusion can be inserted into the holding portion, and the elastic force of the plate body can be continuously applied to the protrusion inserted into the holding portion. .. Therefore, it is possible to improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board by continuously holding the protrusions inserted into the holes by the constant load means of the holding parts and preventing the parts from coming off the plate body. , Has the effect.

In any of the game machines A1 to A3
The insertion receiving portion extends from a predetermined portion of the hole less than the predetermined depth (for example, a portion where the major axis of the through taper portion 627b and the diameter of the through protrusion 7f match) to the predetermined depth. The gaming machine A4 is characterized by including an insertion holding portion for holding the portion (for example, a portion in the through tapered portion 627b where the through protrusion 7f and the outer diameter come into contact with each other).

According to the game machine A4, in addition to the effects of the game machines A1 to A3, the following effects are played. That is, on the surface of the hole, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion, and is inserted into the hole by the insertion holding portion provided from a predetermined portion less than a predetermined depth of the hole to a predetermined depth. The raised protrusion is retained. As a result, the insertion receiving portion provided on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the hole, and the insertion holding portion provided from the predetermined portion of the hole to the predetermined depth provides the insertion holding portion. It is possible to hold the protrusion inserted into the hole. Therefore, the protrusion can be held by the holding portion, and the protrusion can be additionally held by the insertion holding portion, the holding force of the protrusion inserted into the hole is increased, and the component comes off from the plate body. This has the effect of improving the mounting performance of parts on the game board.

In the game machine A4
The insertion receiving part is
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion.
At a predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion.
The gaming machine A5 is characterized in that the insertion holding portion forms the size of the insertion receiving portion smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion portion from the predetermined portion of the hole to the predetermined depth.

According to the game machine A5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A4, the following effects are played. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and at a predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. Then, the insertion holding portion forms the size of the insertion receiving portion smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion portion from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth.

Conventionally, as a hole into which a protrusion of a component can be inserted, there is a (first) hole capable of holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. This (first) hole has only an elastically deformable holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. The protrusion of the component inserted into the (first) hole is configured to be receivable by the holding portion of the (first) hole. However, when the protrusion is to be inserted into the (first) hole, the size of the holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion is not firmly inserted into the (first) hole and the component is a plate. There was a situation where it was not securely fixed to the body.

Further, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a (second) hole on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole that easily accepts the insertion of the protrusion. This (second) hole has only an insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted, and inside the (second) hole. , Has an insertion and holding part. In this (second) hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is configured to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole. Is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted on the surface of the (second) hole, and the insertion holding portion provided inside the (second) hole (second). ) It is configured to be able to hold the protrusion inserted in the hole. However, the plate body has individual differences (differences in plate thickness or hardness) due to manufacturing unevenness during manufacturing, and the function of the insertion receiving part or the insertion holding part of the (second) hole deteriorates due to the influence of the individual differences. It may end up.

Specifically, for example, when the (second) hole is formed large due to the influence of individual differences in the plate body, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed large. The insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole is also formed large, and the protrusion of the part inserted inside the (second) hole is not firmly held, and the part is securely fixed to the plate body. There was a situation that was not. Further, for example, when the (second) hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences in the plate body, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed small, and the protrusion There was a situation where the part was not firmly inserted into the (second) hole and the part was not securely fixed to the plate body.

Therefore, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole and at the insertion receiving portion, and the hole has a predetermined depth. In, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the size of the insertion receiving portion is increased from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth by the insertion holding portion provided in the insertion receiving portion. It is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. Further, the elastic force of the plate body is constantly applied to the protrusions from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth by the constant load means of the holding portion. With this configuration, the size of the insertion receiving portion on the surface of the hole is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole, and the protrusion extends from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. Since the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held. Further, the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusions by the constant load means of the holding portion to hold the protrusions. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be continuously held.

In the game machine A5
The gaming machine A6 is characterized in that the size of the insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole toward the depth direction.

According to the game machine A6, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A5, the following effects are played. That is, the size of the insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole toward the depth direction. As a result, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to the predetermined portion, the protrusion is held from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, and further, gradually from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. It is possible to increase the elastic force of the plate body loaded on the protrusions. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be continuously held.

In any of the game machines A0 to A6
At least two or more holding portions are provided.
The gaming machine A7 is characterized in that at least two holding portions are formed to face each other in the hole.

According to the game machine A7, in addition to the effects of the game machines A0 to A6, the following effects are played. That is, at least two holding portions are provided, and at least two holding portions are formed so as to face each other in the hole. As a result, the protrusions of the parts can be held so as to be sandwiched by the holding portions of the holes, so that the force for holding the protrusions is increased and the protrusions can be prevented from popping out from the holes. There is.

In any of the game machines A0 to A7
At least two or more insertion receiving portions are provided.
The gaming machine A8, characterized in that at least two of the insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other in the hole.

In the game machine A8, in addition to the effects of the game machines A0 to A7, the following effects are played. That is, at least two or more insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two insertion receiving portions are formed so as to face each other in the hole. As a result, the protrusion of the component can be inserted into the space formed by the insertion receiving portion of one hole and the other insertion receiving portion, so that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole. There is.

In the game machine A8
In the hole
The holding portion of 1 and the other holding portion are formed so as to face each other, and at the same time.
The gaming machine A9, characterized in that the insertion receiving portion of 1 and the other insertion receiving portion are formed so as to face each other.

According to the game machine A9, in addition to the effect of the game machine A8, the following effects are played. That is, in the hole, the holding portion of 1 and the other holding portion are formed facing each other (opposing each other), and the insertion receiving portion of 1 and the other insertion receiving portion are formed facing each other (facing each other). As a result, the insertion receiving portion formed so as to face (oppose) facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the hole, and the holding portion formed so as to face (face) sandwiches the protrusion. Can be done. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be continuously held.

<Group B>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area on which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front surface side, and a plurality of parts (for example, a start winning opening unit) fixed to the front surface side of the plate body. 4. In a game machine provided with a game board (for example, a game board 13) composed of a through gate 7 and a main display unit 87).
The plurality of parts
A base portion in contact with the plate body (for example, a starting base portion 4e, a through base portion 7b, and a main display base portion 87f) and
A protrusion (for example, starting protrusions 4i, 4j, through protrusions 7e, 7f, or main display protrusions 87j, 87k) provided on the side of the base portion in contact with the plate body is provided.
The plate body has a plurality of types of holes having different shapes (for example, main display positioning holes 609,610, starting positioning holes 620,621, or through positioning holes 626,627) formed so that the protrusions of the parts can be inserted. With
A game machine B0, wherein a plurality of types of the holes are arranged by selecting one type with respect to the component.

According to the game machine B0, a game area in which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front side of the plate body, a plurality of parts are fixed to the front side of the plate body, and the game board is composed of the plate body and the plurality of parts. The plurality of parts are provided with protrusions on the side of the base in contact with the plate body, and the plate body is formed with a plurality of types of holes having different shapes into which the protrusions of the parts can be inserted. One type of hole is selected and arranged. As a result, holes having different shapes can be provided for each part, and the parts can be arranged on the plate body using the holes corresponding to each part. Therefore, the protrusions of each part can be continuously held while being inserted into the holes formed in the plate body, preventing the parts from coming off the plate body, and the mounting performance of the parts on the game board. It has the effect of being able to improve.

In the game machine B0
The parts are
The first component configured based on the first characteristic and
A second component configured based on a second characteristic different from the first characteristic is provided.
A game machine B1 characterized in that a plurality of types of the holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic.

According to the game machine B1, in addition to the effect of the game machine B0, the following effects are played. That is, among the parts, the first component is configured based on the first characteristic, and the second component is configured based on the second characteristic different from the first characteristic. Further, the plurality of types of holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic of the component. As a result, the component can be arranged on the plate body using the holes corresponding to the characteristics of the component. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusions of parts having different characteristics can be continuously held while being inserted into the holes formed corresponding to the characteristics.

In the game machine B1
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion (for example, main display positioning holes 609,610) and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion is provided.
The protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the protrusion is inserted into the first hole.
The gaming machine B2, characterized in that the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the second hole.

According to the game machine B2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B1, the following effects are played. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and only the first holding portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion. Will be done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion. Further, the protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the second hole. This has the effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is different for each hole, and the component can be arranged on the plate body using the hole corresponding to the component.

In the game machine B1
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion (for example, main display positioning holes 609,610) and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, there is a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part for holding the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part for receiving the insertion of the protrusion. , 627), and
The protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the protrusion is inserted into the first hole.
The gaming machine B3, characterized in that the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the third hole.

According to the game machine B3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B1, the following effects are played. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and only the first holding portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion portion is formed in the first auxiliary holding portion. Be retained. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion. The protrusion is held. Further, the protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the third hole. This has the effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is different for each hole, and the component can be arranged on the plate body using the hole corresponding to the component.

In the game machine B1
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion, and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, there is a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part for holding the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part for receiving the insertion of the protrusion. , 627), and
The protrusion of the first component is inserted into the second hole, and the protrusion is inserted into the second hole.
The gaming machine B4, characterized in that the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the third hole.

According to the game machine B4, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B1, the following effects are played. That is, in the second hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion portion is formed at the second insertion receiving portion. Insertion is accepted. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion. The protrusion is held. Further, the protrusion of the first component is inserted into the second hole, and the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the third hole. This has the effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is different for each hole, and the component can be arranged on the plate body using the hole corresponding to the component.

In the game machine B1
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion (for example, main display positioning holes 609,610) and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion, and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, there is a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part for holding the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part for receiving the insertion of the protrusion. , 627), and
The component includes a third component configured based on the first characteristic and a third characteristic different from the second characteristic.
The protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the protrusion is inserted into the first hole.
The protrusion of the second component is inserted into the second hole, and the protrusion is inserted into the second hole.
The gaming machine B5, characterized in that the protrusion of the third component is inserted into the third hole.

According to the game machine B5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B1, the following effects are played. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and only the first holding portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion. Will be done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion. The protrusion is held. Further, the component includes a third component configured based on the first characteristic and a third characteristic different from the second characteristic, and further, a protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole to form a second hole. The protrusion of the second component is inserted into the hole, and the protrusion of the third component is inserted into the third hole. As a result, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is different for each hole, and each component can be arranged on the plate body using the hole corresponding to the protrusion of the component having different characteristics. , Has the effect.

In any of the game machines B2 to B5
The plate body is configured to be elastically deformable.
The first holding portion is a first constant load that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate body to the protrusions from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole to the predetermined depth. The gaming machine B6 comprising means (for example, the inner diameters of the main display positioning holes 609 and 610).

According to the game machine B6, in addition to the effects of the game machines B2 to B5, the following effects are played. That is, the plate body is elastically deformable, and the first constant load means provided in the first holding portion allows the protrusion portion to reach a predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole. Therefore, the elastic force of the plate body is always applied. As a result, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusion inserted into the first hole by the first constant load means to hold the protrusion.

In any of the game machines B3 to B6
The plate body is configured to be elastically deformable.
The third holding portion constantly applies an elastic force of the plate body to the protrusions from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole to the predetermined depth. The gaming machine B7 comprising means (for example, the inner diameter of the through straight portion 627a).

According to the game machine B7, in addition to the effects of the game machines B3 to B6, the following effects are played. That is, the plate body is elastically deformable, and the third constant load means provided in the third holding portion allows the protrusion portion to reach a predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole. Therefore, the elastic force of the plate body is always applied. As a result, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusion inserted into the third hole by the third constant load means to hold the protrusion.

In the game machine B6 or B7
The gaming machine B8, wherein the first constant load means or the third constant load means forms the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion.

According to the game machine B8, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B6 or B7, the following effects are played. That is, in the first constant load means or the third constant load means, the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. As a result, the plate body is elastically deformed so that the protrusion can be inserted into the first holding portion or the third holding portion, and the protrusion inserted into the first holding portion or the third holding portion can be inserted into the protrusion. The elastic force of the plate body can be continuously applied at all times. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusions inserted into the first hole or the third hole can be continuously held by the constant load means of the first holding portion or the third holding portion.

In any of the game machines B2 to B8
The second insertion receiving portion is a second insertion holding portion (for example, a starting positioning hole 620) that holds the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the second hole that is less than the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. , 621 of the gaming machine B9, which is provided with a portion that comes into contact with the outer shape of the starting protrusions 4i and 4j.

According to the game machine B9, in addition to the effects of the game machines B2 to B8, the following effects are played. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole of the second hole, the protrusion is inserted into the second hole by the second insertion receiving portion, and the predetermined depth is from a predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the second hole. The protrusion inserted into the second hole is held by the second insertion holding portion provided over the same. This facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the second hole by the second insertion receiving portion, and the second insertion holding portion provided from a predetermined portion less than a predetermined depth of the second hole to a predetermined depth. Therefore, the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole and the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be continuously held.

In any of the game machines B3 to B9
The third insertion receiving portion is a third insertion holding portion (for example, a through taper portion 627b) that holds the protrusion portion from a predetermined portion of the third hole that is less than the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. The gaming machine B10 is characterized by having a portion that comes into contact with the outer shape of the through protrusion 7f).

According to the game machine B9, in addition to the effects of the game machines B2 to B8, the following effects are played. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole of the third hole, the protrusion is inserted into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion, and the predetermined depth is from a predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the third hole. The protrusion inserted into the third hole is held by the third insertion holding portion provided over the same. This facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion, and the third insertion holding portion provided from a predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the third hole to a predetermined depth. Therefore, the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be continuously held.

In the game machine B9 or B10
The second insertion receiving part or the third insertion receiving part is
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion.
At a predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion.
The second insertion / holding portion or the third insertion / holding portion measures the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth of the protrusion. A game machine B11 characterized in that it is formed smaller than the outer shape.

According to the game machine B11, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B9 or B10, the following effects are played. That is, in the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the hole is formed. At a predetermined depth of, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the second insertion holding portion or the third insertion holding portion provides a predetermined depth from the predetermined portion. Therefore, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. As a result, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, so that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole. To do. Further, since the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole. Can be retained. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole, and the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be continuously held.

In the game machine B11
A game characterized in that the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole toward the depth direction. Machine B12.

According to the game machine B12, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B11, the following effects are played. That is, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole toward the depth direction. As a result, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to the predetermined portion, the protrusion is held from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, and further, from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. The elastic force of the plate body gradually applied to the protrusions can be increased. Therefore, it is easy to insert the protrusion into the second hole or the third hole, and the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole is continuously held to prevent each part from coming off from the plate body. Therefore, there is an effect that the mounting performance of parts on the game board can be improved.

In any of the game machines B0 to B12,
The gaming machine B13, wherein the component has a different shape of the hole based on the characteristics of the component.

According to the game machine B13, in addition to the effects of the game machines B0 to B12, the following effects are played. That is, the holes are configured to have different shapes based on the characteristics of the parts. This has the effect that holes having a shape corresponding to the characteristics of the component can be selected and the component can be arranged on the plate using the selected holes.

As a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a first hole capable of holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The first hole has only a first holding portion that can be elastically deformed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the first holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. This has an excellent effect in that the protrusion of the component inserted into the first hole can be held by the first holding portion of the first hole. However, when an attempt is made to insert the protrusion into the first hole, the size of the first auxiliary holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion may not be firmly inserted into the first hole. is there.

Further, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a second hole having only a second insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The second hole has a second insertion receiving portion so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and also has a second insertion holding portion inside the hole. .. In this second hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the size of the second insertion holding portion inside the hole is the protrusion. By making it smaller than the outer shape of the hole, the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole of the second hole, and the second insertion holding portion provided inside the hole of the second hole. Therefore, there is an excellent effect in that the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held.

However, there are individual differences (differences in plate thickness or hardness) due to manufacturing unevenness during manufacturing, and the function of the second insertion receiving part or the second insertion holding part of the second hole is affected by the individual differences. It may decrease. Specifically, for example, when the second hole is formed large due to the influence of individual differences in the plate body, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed large, and inside the hole. The second insertion / holding portion is also formed to be large, and there is a drawback that the protrusion of the component inserted inside the hole of the second hole is not firmly held.

Further, for example, when the second hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences in the plate body, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed small, and the protrusion portion becomes the second. It has the disadvantage that it is not firmly inserted into the hole.

Here, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a third hole having a third insertion receiving portion and a third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. In this third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving part is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the third insertion receiving part on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Further, in the third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion at a predetermined depth of the hole. Further, in the third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion portion by the third insertion holding portion from a predetermined portion of the third hole to a predetermined depth. Further, by the third constant loading means of the third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the plate body is constantly subjected to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth. Elastic force is applied.

With this configuration, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole. Since the size of the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. Further, there is an excellent effect in that the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusions by the third constant load means of the third holding portion to hold the protrusions. However, the third hole has both a function of facilitating the insertion of the protrusion of the component into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion and a function of holding the protrusion inserted into the third hole by the third holding portion. However, as a function of facilitating the insertion of the protrusion, the second insertion receiving part of the second hole is higher than the third insertion receiving part of the third hole, and as a function of holding the protrusion, The first holding portion of the first hole is configured to be higher than the third holding portion of the third hole.

Therefore, one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole is selected based on the characteristics of the part, and the part is formed on the plate using the selected first hole, second hole, or third hole. By arranging the protrusions, there is an effect that the protrusions having different characteristics depending on the parts can be continuously held while being inserted into the first hole, the second hole or the third hole of the plate body.

In the game machine B13
The characteristic of the component is the weight of the component.
The gaming machine B14, wherein the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the weight.

According to the game machine B14, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B13, the following effects are played. That is, the component is arranged on the plate body by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the weight of the component.

For example, in a light component, since the load of the component itself is light, even if the protrusion is once inserted into the hole, the protrusion is likely to come off from the hole. Therefore, the light parts are arranged in the plate body by using the first hole in which the protrusion is easily held, instead of the second hole in which the protrusion is easily inserted. Further, in a heavy part, due to the weight of the load of the part itself, once the protrusion is inserted into the hole, the protrusion is difficult to come off from the hole. Therefore, the heavy parts are arranged in the plate body by using the second hole in which the protrusion is easily inserted, instead of the first hole in which the protrusion is easily held. Further, since the parts that are neither heavy nor light have no remarkable characteristics, the protrusions are easily inserted and the protrusions are easily held in the plate body by using the third hole.

In this way, by holding the protrusion using the hole corresponding to the weight of the part, it is possible to select whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or the fixing based on the weight of the part. It is possible to continue to hold the protrusion while inserting it into the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from coming off from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In the game machine B13 or B14
The characteristic of the component is the number of the protrusions of the component.
The gaming machine B15 is characterized in that the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the number of the protrusions.

According to the game machine B15, in addition to the effects of the game machine B13 or B14, the following effects are produced. That is, the component is arranged on the plate by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the number of protrusions of the component.

For example, in a part with a small number of protrusions, since the number of protrusions is small, the total holding force of the total holding force of each protrusion by each hole is weak, and once the protrusion is inserted into the hole, However, the protrusion is easy to come off from the hole. Therefore, the parts having a small number of protrusions are arranged on the plate body by using the first hole in which the protrusions are easily held, instead of the second hole in which the protrusions are easily inserted. In addition, since a part with a large number of protrusions has a large number of protrusions, the total holding force of the total holding force of each protrusion by each hole is strong, and once the protrusion is inserted into the hole, In addition, the protrusion is hard to come off from the hole. Therefore, the component having a large number of protrusions is arranged on the plate body by using the second hole in which the protrusions are easily inserted, instead of the first hole in which the protrusions are easily held. Further, since the parts having neither a small number of protrusions nor a large number of protrusions do not have remarkable characteristics, the protrusions are easily inserted and the protrusions are easily held in the plate body by using the third hole.

In this way, by holding the protrusions using the holes corresponding to the number of protrusions of the part, whether the insertion into the holes of the parts is prioritized or the fixing is prioritized based on the number of protrusions of the part. Can be selected to continue holding while inserting the protrusion into the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from coming off from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In any of the game machines B13 to B15
The characteristic of the part is the presence or absence of plating treatment on the part.
The gaming machine B16, wherein the parts are arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the presence or absence of the plating treatment.

According to the game machine B16, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B13 to B15, the following effects are played. That is, the component is arranged on the plate by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the presence or absence of the plating treatment on the component.

For example, when the parts are plated, the thickness of the protrusions of the equipment is increased by the amount of the plating layer formed by the plating treatment. Therefore, the plate body is arranged using the second hole or the third hole in which the protrusion can be easily inserted. If the parts are not plated, there is no plating layer due to the plating. Therefore, the plate body is arranged using the first hole or the third hole in which the protrusion is easily held, instead of the second hole in which the protrusion is easily inserted.

In this way, the protrusions of the part are held by using the holes corresponding to the presence or absence of the plating treatment on the part. As a result, it is possible to select whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or to prioritize the fixing based on the presence or absence of the plating treatment on the part, and to keep the protrusion while inserting it into the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from coming off from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In any of the game machines B13 to B16
The characteristics of the parts are the magnitude of the influence of the parts on the game result.
The component is characterized in that it is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the magnitude of the influence on the game result. Game machine B17.

According to the game machine B17, in addition to the effects of the game machines B13 to 16, the following effects are produced. That is, the component is arranged on the plate by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the magnitude of the influence of the component on the game result.

For example, for a part having a large influence on the game result (for example, the starting winning opening unit 4), the game result will fluctuate greatly if the protrusion is not firmly inserted into the hole. Therefore, the parts having a large influence on the game result are first arranged in the plate body by using the second hole or the third hole in which the protrusions are easily inserted into the holes, giving priority to inserting them into the holes. Further, a component having a small (not) influence on the game result (for example, the main display unit 87) has little influence on the game result even if the protrusion is not inserted in the hole. Therefore, the parts having a small influence on the game result are arranged on the plate using the first hole that easily holds the protrusion when the protrusion is inserted into the hole.

In this way, the protrusions of the parts are held by using the holes corresponding to the degree of influence of the parts on the game result. As a result, it is possible to select whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or the fixation based on the degree of influence of the part on the game result, and to continue to hold the protrusion while inserting it into the hole. .. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from coming off from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In any of the game machines B13 to FIG.
The characteristic of the component is the amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium in the component.
The gaming machine is characterized in that the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the passing amount (contact amount). B18.

According to the game machine B18, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B13 to B17, the following effects are played. That is, it is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the component.

For example, a component having a large amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium (for example, the starting winning opening unit 4) has a large influence on the game medium when it is not firmly fixed, and the game result greatly fluctuates. Therefore, the parts having a large passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium are first arranged in the plate body by using the second hole in which the protrusion is easily inserted into the hole, giving priority to inserting the component into the hole. Further, a component (for example, the main display unit 87) having a small (no contact amount) passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium has a small (contact amount) passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium even if the protrusion is not inserted into the hole. Since there is little (no), the influence on the game result is small. Therefore, the parts having a small (non-existent) amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium are arranged on the plate using the first hole in which the protrusion is easily held when the protrusion is inserted into the hole.

In this way, by holding the protrusions of the part using the holes corresponding to the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the part, the protrusions are based on the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the part. It is possible to select whether to give priority to insertion into the hole or to give priority to fixing, and to continue to hold the protrusion while inserting it into the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from coming off from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In any of the game machines B13 to B18
The plate body includes a partition member (for example, an inner rail 61, an outer rail 62, and a right corner decoration 70) for partitioning the game area on the front surface side of the plate body.
The characteristic of the component is whether or not the arrangement position of the component is within the gaming area formed by the partition member.
The component is arranged on the plate body by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on whether or not the arrangement position of the component is within the game area. A game machine B19 characterized by this.

According to the game machine B19, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B13 to B18, the following effects are played. That is, the component is arranged on the plate by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on whether or not the arrangement position of the component is within the game area formed by the partition member. Will be set up.

For example, the parts arranged in the game area (for example, the start winning opening unit 4 or the through gate 7) come into contact with the game medium driven into the game area, and therefore, when they are not firmly fixed, the game medium The influence on the flow direction is large, and the game result may fluctuate greatly. Therefore, the parts arranged in the game area are first arranged in the plate body by using the second hole or the third hole in which the protrusions are easily inserted into the holes, giving priority to inserting them into the holes. Further, the parts arranged outside the game area (for example, the main display unit 87) do not come into contact with the game medium even if they are not fixed, so that there is no influence on the game result. Therefore, the parts arranged outside the game area are arranged on the plate body using the first hole in which the protrusions are easily held.

In this way, by holding the protrusion of the component by using the hole corresponding to whether or not the arrangement position of the component is within the game area, the hole of the protrusion is based on the presence or absence of contact of the component with the game medium. It is possible to select whether to give priority to insertion into the hole or to give priority to fixing, and to keep the protrusion while inserting it into the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from coming off from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In any of the game machines B13 to B19
The game board
A component mounting step in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is mounted on the plate body.
The transport process for transporting the plate body and
It is formed through a component fixing step of fixing the component mounted on the plate body with a fixture (for example, a screw).
The characteristic of the component is the length of the transport distance from when the component is mounted on the plate body in the component mounting process until the component is fixed by the fixture in the component fixing step.
The gaming machine B20 is characterized in that the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the length of the transport distance. ..

According to the game machine B20, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B13 to B19, the following effects are played. That is, a protrusion is inserted into the hole by the component mounting process, the component is mounted on the plate body, the plate body is transported by the transport process, and the component mounted on the plate body is mounted by the component fixing process. It is equipped with a game board that is fixed by a fixture and formed through each of the above steps. From the time a part is placed on a plate in the part mounting process until the part is fixed by the fixture in the part fixing process. The component is arranged on the plate body by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the length of the transport distance of the above.

For example, a part having a long transport distance (for example, a board side decoration 8) has a long transport distance from being placed on a plate body to being fixed, so that an impact generated at the time of transport such as when the transport is stopped or when the transport is started. It is easily affected by such factors, and there is a possibility that it will deviate from the initial placement position. Therefore, the parts having a long transport distance are arranged on the plate body by using the first hole or the third hole so that the protrusions are firmly held by the holes. In addition, parts with a short transport distance (for example, the starting winning opening unit 4) are not easily affected by impacts generated during transport because the transport distance from being placed on the plate to being fixed is short. It is unlikely that it will deviate from the placement position of. Therefore, the parts having a short transport distance are arranged on the plate body by using the second hole, giving priority to firmly inserting the protrusion into the hole rather than holding the protrusion by the hole.

In this way, by holding the protruding portion of the part by using the hole corresponding to the length of the transport distance from the time when the part is placed on the plate body to the time when the part is fixed, the position of the part is displaced. There is an effect that it is possible to select whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or to prioritize the fixing based on the possibility that the protrusion is inserted into the hole and to continue to hold the protrusion.

In any of the game machines B13 to B20
The characteristic of the component is the component unit price of the component.
The gaming machine B21 is characterized in that the parts are arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the part unit price.

According to the game machine B21, in addition to the effects of the game machines B13 to B20, the following effects are played. That is, the component is arranged on the plate body by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the component unit price of the component.

For example, a part having a high unit price of a part has a large loss when it is damaged and must be replaced. Therefore, in order to firmly hold the protrusions in the holes, the parts having a high unit price are arranged on the plate using the first hole. In addition, if a part with a low unit price is damaged and must be replaced, the loss is not large. Therefore, the parts having a low unit price are arranged on the plate body by using the second hole or the third hole in order to surely insert the protrusion into the hole.

In this way, there is an effect that it is possible to select whether to give priority to inserting the protrusion into the hole or to give priority to fixing based on the part unit price of the part, and to continue to hold the protrusion while inserting it into the hole. ..

In any of the game machines B13 to B21
The characteristics of the parts are whether or not they are common parts that are commonly used in different models of gaming machines.
The gaming machine B22 is characterized in that the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on whether or not the component is a common component. ..

According to the game machine B22, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B13 to B21, the following effects are played. That is, the part is arranged on the plate by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on whether or not the part is a common part commonly used in different types of game machines. Will be set up.

For example, if the parts are non-common parts that are not commonly used in different types of game machines, work mistakes may easily occur because the operator is not accustomed to handling the parts. Therefore, the non-common parts are arranged on the plate using the second hole or the third hole in order to ensure that the protrusion is inserted into the hole. Further, if the parts are common parts that are commonly used in different types of game machines, since the operator is accustomed to handling the parts, work mistakes are unlikely to occur. Therefore, in order to firmly hold the protrusion in the hole, the first hole is used to dispose of the protrusion on the plate body.

In this way, it is selected whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or the fixing based on whether or not the part is a commonly used part, and the protrusion is continuously inserted and held in the hole. be able to. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from coming off from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In any of the game machines B13 to B22
The gaming machine B23, wherein the component has a different shape of the hole based on a plurality of characteristics of the component.

According to the game machine B23, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B13 to B22, the following effects are played. That is, the shape of the hole is configured to be different based on a plurality of characteristics of the component. Thereby, the optimum hole can be selected in consideration of a plurality of characteristics of the component, and the component can be arranged on the plate body using the selected hole. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion of the component can be continuously held while being inserted into the optimum hole corresponding to the plurality of characteristics of the component.

In any of the game machines B3 to B23
At least two or more of the third holding portions are provided.
The gaming machine B24 is characterized in that at least two of the third holding portions are formed to face each other in the third hole.

According to the game machine B24, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B3 to B23, the following effects are played. That is, at least two or more third holding portions are provided, and at least two third holding portions are formed so as to face each other in the third hole. As a result, the protrusion of the component can be held so as to be sandwiched by the third holding portion of the third hole, so that the force for holding the protrusion is increased and the protrusion is prevented from popping out from the third hole. be able to. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted in the third hole can be continuously held.

In any of the game machines B3 to B24
At least two or more of the third insertion receiving portions are provided.
The gaming machine B25 is characterized in that at least two of the third insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other in the third hole.

In the game machine B25, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B3 to B24, the following effects are played. That is, at least two or more third insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two third insertion receiving portions are formed so as to face each other in the third hole. As a result, the protrusion of the component can be inserted into the space formed by the third insertion receiving portion of 1 of the third hole and the other third insertion receiving portion, so that the protrusion is inserted into the third hole. It has the effect of making it easier.

In the game machine B25
In the third hole
The third holding portion of 1 and the other third holding portion are formed so as to face each other.
The gaming machine B26, characterized in that the third insertion receiving portion of 1 and the other third insertion receiving portion are formed so as to face each other.

According to the game machine B26, in addition to the effect of the game machine B25, the following effects are played. That is, in the third hole, the third holding portion of 1 and the other third holding portion are formed so as to face each other, and the third insertion receiving portion of 1 and the other third insertion receiving portion are formed. It is formed facing each other. As a result, the third insertion receiving portion formed so as to face (oppose) facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the third hole, and the third holding portion formed so as to face (oppose) causes the protrusion to be inserted into the third hole. It can be held so as to be sandwiched. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be continuously held.

<Group C>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area on which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front surface side, and a component fixed to the front surface side of the plate body (for example, starting of the second embodiment). In a game machine provided with a game board (for example, a game board 13) composed of a winning opening unit 4).
The parts are
A base portion in contact with the plate body (for example, a starting base portion 4e) and
A plurality of protrusions (for example, starting protrusions 4i1, 4j) provided on the side of the base portion in contact with the plate body are provided.
The plate body includes a plurality of types of holes having different shapes (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) formed so that each protrusion of the component can be inserted.
The gaming machine C0 is characterized in that different types of holes are selected and arranged for each of the protrusions.

According to the game machine C0, a game area in which the game medium is played is formed on the front side of the plate body, the parts are fixed to the front side of the plate body, and the game board is composed of the plate body and the parts. Is provided with a plurality of protrusions on the side of the base in contact with the plate body, and the plate body is formed with a plurality of types of holes having different shapes into which each protrusion of the component can be inserted. Holes are selected and arranged. Thereby, the parts can be arranged on the plate body by using different types of holes for each protrusion of one part. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be continuously held while being inserted into the hole of the type corresponding to each protrusion of one component.

In the game machine C0
The protrusion is
The first protrusion formed based on the first characteristic and
A second protrusion formed based on a second characteristic different from the first characteristic is provided.
A game machine C1 characterized in that a plurality of types of the holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic.

According to the game machine C1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C0, the following effects are played. That is, the first protrusion provided on the protrusion is configured based on the first characteristic, and the second protrusion provided on the protrusion is configured based on a second characteristic different from the first characteristic. Further, the plurality of types of holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic of the protrusion. As a result, the component can be arranged on the plate using holes corresponding to the characteristics of each protrusion of the component. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusions having different characteristics depending on the parts of the parts can be continuously held while being inserted into the holes of the plate body.

In the game machine C1
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion (for example, main display positioning holes 609,610) and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion is provided.
The first protrusion is inserted into the first hole,
The gaming machine C2, characterized in that the second protrusion is inserted into the second hole.

According to the game machine C2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C1, the following effects are played. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and only the first holding portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion. Will be done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion. Further, the first protrusion is inserted into the first hole, and the second protrusion is inserted into the second hole. This has the effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is different for each hole, and the parts can be arranged on the plate body using the holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is.

In the game machine C1
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion (for example, main display positioning holes 609,610) and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, there is a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part for holding the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part for receiving the insertion of the protrusion. , 627), and
The first protrusion is inserted into the first hole,
The gaming machine C3, characterized in that the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole.

According to the game machine C3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C1, the following effects are played. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and only the first holding portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion. Will be done. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion. The protrusion is held. Further, the first protrusion is inserted into the first hole, and the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole. This has the effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is different for each hole, and the parts can be arranged on the plate body using the holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is.

In the game machine C1
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion, and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, there is a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part for holding the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part for receiving the insertion of the protrusion. , 627), and
The first protrusion is inserted into the second hole,
The gaming machine C4, characterized in that the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole.

According to the game machine C4, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C1, the following effects are played. That is, in the second hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion portion is formed at the second insertion receiving portion. Insertion is accepted. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion. The protrusion is held. Further, the first protrusion is inserted into the second hole, and the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole. This has the effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is different for each hole, and the parts can be arranged on the plate body using the holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is.

In the game machine C1
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole having only a first holding portion for holding the protrusion (for example, main display positioning holes 609,610) and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a second hole (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion, and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, there is a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part for holding the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part for receiving the insertion of the protrusion. , 627), and
The protrusion includes a third protrusion formed based on the first characteristic and a third characteristic different from the second characteristic.
The first protrusion is inserted into the first hole, and the first protrusion is inserted into the first hole.
The second protrusion is inserted into the second hole,
The gaming machine C5, characterized in that the third protrusion is inserted into the third hole.

According to the game machine C5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C1, the following effects are played. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and only the first holding portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion. Will be done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion. The protrusion is held. Further, as the protrusion, a third protrusion having a third characteristic different from the first characteristic and the second characteristic is provided. Further, the first protrusion is inserted into the first hole, the second protrusion is inserted into the second hole, and the third protrusion is inserted into the third hole. This has the effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is different for each hole, and the parts can be arranged on the plate body using the holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is.

In any of the game machines C2 to C5
The plate body is configured to be elastically deformable.
The first holding portion is a first constant load that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate body to the protrusions from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole to the predetermined depth. The gaming machine C6 comprising means (for example, the inner diameters of the main display positioning holes 609 and 610).

According to the game machine C6, in addition to the effects of the game machines C2 to C5, the following effects are played. That is, the plate body is elastically deformable, and the first constant load means provided in the first holding portion allows the protrusion portion to reach a predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole. Therefore, the elastic force of the plate body is always applied. As a result, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusions by the first constant load means to hold the protrusions.

In any of the game machines C3 to C6
The plate body is configured to be elastically deformable.
The third holding portion constantly applies an elastic force of the plate body to the protrusions from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole to the predetermined depth. The gaming machine C7 comprising means (for example, the inner diameter of the through straight portion 627a).

According to the game machine C7, in addition to the effects of the game machines C3 to C6, the following effects are played. That is, the plate body is elastically deformable, and the third constant load means provided in the third holding portion allows the protrusion portion to reach a predetermined depth from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole. Therefore, the elastic force of the plate body is always applied. As a result, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusions by the third constant load means to hold the protrusions.

In the game machine C6 or C7
The gaming machine C8, wherein the first constant load means or the third constant load means forms the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion.

According to the game machine C8, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C6 or C7, the following effects are played. That is, in the first constant load means or the third constant load means, the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. As a result, the plate body is elastically deformed so that the protrusion can be inserted into the first holding portion or the third holding portion, and the protrusion inserted into the first holding portion or the third holding portion can be inserted into the protrusion. The elastic force of the plate body can be continuously applied at all times. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted into the hole can be continuously held by the constant load means of the first holding portion or the third holding portion.

In any of the game machines C2 to C8
The second insertion receiving portion is a second insertion holding portion (for example, a starting positioning hole 620) that holds the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the second hole that is less than the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. , 621 of the gaming machine C9, which is provided with a portion that comes into contact with the outer shape of the starting protrusions 4i and 4j).

According to the game machine C9, in addition to the effects of the game machines C2 to C8, the following effects are played. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the second hole, the protrusion is inserted into the second hole by the second insertion receiving portion, and from a predetermined portion less than a predetermined depth of the second hole to a predetermined depth. The protrusion inserted into the second hole is held by the second insertion holding portion provided over. This facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the second hole by the second insertion receiving portion, and the second insertion holding portion provided from a predetermined portion less than a predetermined depth of the second hole to a predetermined depth. Therefore, the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole and the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be continuously held.

In any of the game machines C3 to C9
The third insertion receiving portion is a third insertion holding portion (for example, a through taper portion 627b) that holds the protrusion portion from a predetermined portion of the third hole that is less than the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. The gaming machine C10 is characterized by having a portion that comes into contact with the outer shape of the through protrusion 7f).

According to the game machine C10, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C3 to C9, the following effects are played. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole, the protrusion is inserted into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion, and from a predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the third hole to a predetermined depth. The protrusion inserted into the third hole is held by the third insertion holding portion provided over. This facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion, and the third insertion holding portion provided from a predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the third hole to a predetermined depth. Therefore, the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be continuously held.

In the game machine C9 or C10
The second insertion receiving part or the third insertion receiving part is
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion and is formed.
At a predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion.
The second insertion / holding portion or the third insertion / holding portion measures the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth of the protrusion. A game machine C11 characterized in that it is formed smaller than the outer shape.

According to the game machine C11, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C9 or C10, the following effects are played. That is, in the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the hole is formed. At a predetermined depth of, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the second insertion holding portion or the third insertion holding portion provides a predetermined depth from the predetermined portion. Therefore, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. As a result, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, so that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole. To do. Further, since the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole. Can be retained. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole, and the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be continuously held.

In the game machine C11
A game characterized in that the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole toward the depth direction. Machine C12.

According to the game machine C12, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C11, the following effects are played. That is, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole toward the depth direction. As a result, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to the predetermined portion, the protrusion is held at a predetermined depth from the predetermined portion, and the protrusion is gradually formed from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. It is possible to increase the elastic force of the plate body loaded on the plate. Therefore, the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole, and the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be continuously held. As a result, it is possible to prevent the parts from coming off the plate body and improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In any of the game machines C0 to C12
The gaming machine C13 is characterized in that the protrusions have different shapes of the holes based on the characteristics of the protrusions.

According to the game machine C13, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C0 to C12, the following effects are played. That is, the shape of the hole is configured to be different based on the characteristics of each protrusion of the component. This has the effect that holes corresponding to the characteristics of the protrusions can be selected, and the parts having the protrusions can be arranged on the plate using the selected holes.

As a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a first hole capable of holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The first hole has only a first holding portion that can be elastically deformed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the first holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. This has an excellent effect in that the protruding portion of the component inserted into the first hole is configured to be receivable by the first auxiliary holding portion of the first hole. However, when an attempt is made to insert the protrusion into the first hole, the size of the first holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion may not be firmly inserted into the first hole. ..

Further, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a second hole having only a second insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The second hole has a second insertion receiving portion so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and also has a second insertion holding portion inside the hole. .. In this second hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the size of the second insertion holding portion inside the hole is the protrusion. By making it smaller than the outer shape of the hole, the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole of the second hole, and the second insertion holding portion provided inside the hole of the second hole. Therefore, there is an excellent effect in that the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held.

However, there are individual differences (differences in plate thickness or hardness) due to manufacturing unevenness during manufacturing, and the function of the second insertion receiving part or the second insertion holding part of the second hole is affected by the individual differences. It may decrease. Specifically, for example, when the second hole is formed large due to the influence of individual differences in the plate body, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed large, and inside the hole. The second insertion / holding portion is also formed to be large, and there is a drawback that the protrusion of the component inserted inside the hole of the second hole is not firmly held.

Further, for example, when the second hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences in the plate body, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed small, and the protrusion portion becomes the second. It has the disadvantage that it is not firmly inserted into the hole.

Here, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a third hole having a third insertion receiving portion and a third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. In this third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving part is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the third insertion receiving part on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Further, in the third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion at a predetermined depth of the hole. Further, in the third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion portion by the third insertion holding portion from a predetermined portion of the third hole to a predetermined depth. Further, by the third constant loading means of the third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the plate body is constantly applied to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth. Elastic force is given.

With this configuration, the size of the third insertion portion is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, so that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole, and the predetermined portion can be easily inserted. Since the size of the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from the to a predetermined depth, the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. Further, there is an excellent effect in that the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusions by the third constant load means of the third holding portion to hold the protrusions. However, the third hole has both a function of facilitating the insertion of the protrusion of the component into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion and a function of holding the protrusion inserted into the third hole by the third holding portion. However, as a function of facilitating the insertion of the protrusion, the second insertion receiving part of the second hole is higher than the third insertion receiving part of the third hole, and as a function of holding the protrusion, The first holding portion of the first hole is configured to be higher than the third holding portion of the third hole.

Therefore, any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole is selected based on the characteristics of each protrusion of the component, and each of the selected first hole, second hole, or third hole is used. By arranging the parts on the plate body via the protrusions, the protrusions having different characteristics can be continuously held while being inserted into the first hole, the second hole or the third hole of the plate body. As a result, it is possible to prevent the parts from coming off the plate body and improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In the game machine C13
The characteristic of the protrusion is the presence or absence of plating treatment on the protrusion.
The protrusion is characterized in that it is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the presence or absence of plating treatment on the protrusion. Game machine C14.

According to the game machine C14, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C13, the following effects are played. That is, the protrusion provided based on the presence or absence of plating treatment on the protrusion is inserted into any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole, and the component is arranged on the plate body.

For example, when one part has a portion that has been plated and a portion that has not been plated, and the protrusion is plated, the plating layer due to the plating treatment, said. The thickness of the protrusion is increasing. Therefore, the protrusion is inserted into the second hole or the third hole in which the protrusion is easily inserted, and the component is arranged on the plate body. When the protrusions are not plated, there is no plating layer due to the plating. Therefore, the protrusion is inserted into the first hole or the third hole in which the protrusion is easily held, instead of the second hole in which the protrusion is easily inserted, and the component is arranged on the plate body.

In this way, in a part having a portion that has been plated and a portion that has not been plated, the protrusion is held by using a hole corresponding to the presence or absence of plating in the protrusion of the part. As a result, it is possible to select whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusions into the holes or the fixation based on the presence or absence of plating on each part of the part, and to continue to hold the protrusions while inserting them into the holes. it can. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusions having different characteristics can be prevented from coming off from the holes, the parts can be securely fixed to the plate body, and the attachment performance of the parts to the game board can be improved.

In the game machine C13 or C14
The characteristic of the protrusion is the degree of influence on the game result at the portion where the protrusion is arranged.
The protrusion is formed by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the magnitude of the influence on the game result at the portion where the protrusion is arranged. A game machine C15 characterized by being arranged on the body.

According to the game machine C15, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C13 or C14, the following effects are played. That is, the component is arranged on the plate body by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the magnitude of the influence on the game result at the portion where the protrusion is arranged. To.

For example, if the protrusions of the portion having a large influence on the game result are not firmly fixed, the game result will fluctuate greatly. Therefore, for the protrusions in the portion having a large influence on the game result, first, giving priority to inserting the protrusions into the holes, the plate body uses the second hole or the third hole in which the protrusions are easily inserted into the holes. To be arranged in. Further, a protrusion having a small (non-existent) influence on the game result has little influence on the game result even if the protrusion is not inserted into the hole. Therefore, the protrusions having a small (non-existent) degree of influence on the game result are arranged on the plate using the first hole in which the protrusions are easily held when the protrusions are inserted into the holes.

In this way, the protrusions of the parts are held by using the holes corresponding to the degree of influence on the game result for each portion where the protrusions are arranged. As a result, it is selected whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or the fixation based on the degree of influence of the portion where the protrusion is arranged on the game result, and the protrusion is inserted into the hole. You can keep holding it. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the protrusions having different characteristics from coming off from the holes, to securely fix the parts to the plate body, and to improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In any of the game machines C13 to C15
The characteristic of the protrusion is the amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the protrusion is arranged.
The protrusion is formed by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the protrusion is arranged. A game machine C16 characterized by being arranged on the body.

According to the game machine C16, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C13 to C15, the following effects are played. That is, it is inserted into any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the protrusion is arranged, and the component is arranged on the plate body. Will be set up.

For example, the protruding portion of the portion where the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium is large has a large influence on the game medium when it is not firmly fixed, and the game result greatly fluctuates. Therefore, for the protrusions in the portion where the amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium is large, the first priority is to insert the protrusions into the holes, and the second hole in which the protrusions are easily inserted into the holes is used in the plate body. Arrange. In addition, the protrusions in the portion where the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium is small (no) is that the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium is small (no) even if the protrusion is not inserted into the hole. Therefore, the effect on the game result is small. Therefore, the protrusions at the portion where the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium is small (not present) are arranged on the plate using the first hole in which the protrusions are easily held when the protrusions are inserted into the holes.

In this way, the protrusion is held by using the hole corresponding to the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the portion where the protrusion is arranged. As a result, it is selected whether to prioritize the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or the fixation based on the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the protrusion is arranged, and the protrusion is inserted into the hole. You can keep holding it while letting it. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the protrusions having different characteristics from coming off from the holes, to securely fix the parts to the plate body, and to improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

In any of the game machines C13 to C16,
The gaming machine C17 is characterized in that the protrusions have different shapes of the holes based on a plurality of characteristics of the portion where the protrusions are arranged.

According to the game machine C17, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C13 to C16, the following effects are played. That is, the shape of the hole is configured to be different based on a plurality of characteristics of the portion where the protrusion is arranged. Thereby, the optimum hole can be selected in consideration of a plurality of characteristics of the protrusion, the protrusion can be inserted into the selected hole, and the component can be arranged on the plate body. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion of the component can be continuously held while being inserted into the optimum hole corresponding to the plurality of characteristics of the portion where the protrusion is arranged.

In any of the game machines C3 to C17
At least two or more of the third holding portions are provided.
The gaming machine C18 is characterized in that at least two of the third holding portions are formed to face each other in the third hole.

According to the game machine C18, in addition to the effect played by the game machines C3 to C17, the following effects are played. That is, at least two or more third holding portions are provided, and at least two third holding portions are formed so as to face each other in the third hole. As a result, the protrusion of the component can be held so as to be sandwiched by the third holding portion of the third hole, so that the force for holding the protrusion is increased and the protrusion is prevented from popping out from the third hole. be able to. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted in the third hole can be continuously held.

In any of the game machines C3 to C18
At least two or more of the third insertion receiving portions are provided.
The gaming machine C19 is characterized in that at least two of the third insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other in the third hole.

In the game machine C19, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C3 to C18, the following effects are played. That is, at least two or more third insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two third insertion receiving portions are formed so as to face each other in the third hole. As a result, the protrusion of the component can be inserted into the space formed by the third insertion receiving portion of 1 of the third hole and the other third insertion receiving portion, so that the protrusion is inserted into the third hole. It has the effect of making it easier.

In the game machine C19
In the third hole
The third holding portion of 1 and the other third holding portion are formed so as to face each other.
The gaming machine C20, characterized in that the third insertion receiving portion of 1 and the other third insertion receiving portion are formed so as to face each other.

According to the game machine C20, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C19, the following effects are played. That is, in the third hole, the third holding portion of 1 and the other third holding portion are formed so as to face each other, and the third insertion receiving portion of 1 and the other third insertion receiving portion are formed. It is formed facing each other. As a result, the third insertion receiving portion formed so as to face (oppose) facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the third hole, and the third holding portion formed so as to face (oppose) causes the protrusion to be inserted into the third hole. It can be held so as to be sandwiched. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be continuously held.

<Group D>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played by a game medium on the front surface side, and a component (for example, a through gate 7) arranged on the front surface side of the plate body. A game board (for example, a game board 13) equipped with,
A hole forming step of forming a hole (for example, a through positioning hole 627) in the plate body (for example, a component positioning hole making step (S201)) and
A component mounting step (for example, an attacker unit mounting step (S206)) in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is mounted on the plate body.
A transport step (for example, a first transport step) of transporting the plate so that the vertical direction of the plate in front view is a predetermined direction with respect to the transport direction of the plate.
The transport stopping means for stopping the transport of the plate body (for example, when the game board 13 is transported from the attacker unit mounting step (S206) in the first transport step to the main display unit mounting step (S207)).
The game formed through a part fixing step (for example, a first screw fixing step (S212)) of fixing the part placed on the plate body whose transportation is stopped by a fixing tool (for example, a screw). Equipped with a board
The hole is
An insertion receiving portion (for example, a through taper portion 627b) that accepts the insertion of the protrusion into the hole, and
A holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) for holding the protrusion inserted into the hole is provided.
The gaming machine D0 is characterized in that the holding portion is formed in the hole at a predetermined position in a direction intersecting the transport direction of the plate body.

According to the game machine D0, a game area in which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front side of the plate body, parts are arranged on the front side of the plate body, and the game board is formed by the plate body and the parts. In the main holding forming step, a hole into which the protrusion of the component is inserted is formed in the plate body, and in the component mounting step, the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is mounted on the plate body. As a result, the plate body is transported so that the vertical direction of the plate body in front view is a predetermined direction with respect to the transport direction of the plate body, the transport of the plate body is stopped by the transport stop means, and the plate body is transported by the component fixing step. A part to be placed on the plate body on which the body is stopped is fixed by a fixture, and a game board formed through each of the above steps is provided. The insertion of the portion is accepted, and the holding portion provided in the hole holds the protrusion to be inserted into the hole. Then, the holding portion is formed in the hole at a predetermined position in the direction intersecting the transport direction of the plate body.

Conventionally, an inertial force in the transport direction is applied to the plate body transported by the transport process. Then, when the transfer of the plate body is stopped by the transfer stop step, an impact based on the inertial force is applied to the parts mounted on the plate body. Further, in the transfer process, when the stopped plate body is started to be transported, an impact based on inertia is applied to the parts placed on the plate body in the stopped state. Since the parts placed on the plate body before the component fixing process are not fixed to the plate body by the fixture, the mounting position of the parts may shift due to the impact generated in the transfer process and the transfer stop process. .. Therefore, it is configured to form a protrusion on the component, form a hole in the plate body, insert the protrusion into the hole, and hold the component against the plate body. In such a situation, depending on the impact generated when the transfer of the plate body is stopped, the protrusion may pop out from the hole, and the mounting position of the component may be displaced with respect to the plate body. ..

Therefore, by forming the holding portion provided in the hole at a predetermined position in the direction intersecting the transport direction of the plate body, even when an impact in the transport direction due to the stoppage of transport of the plate body is applied to the component, the component It is configured so that the protrusion and the holding portion of the hole are in contact with each other. With this configuration, even if an impact based on the inertial force in the transport direction is applied to the parts due to the stop or start of transport of the plate body, the protrusions and the holding portion come into contact with each other and interfere with each other. By squeezing each other, it is possible to prevent the protrusions from popping out of the holes. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the placement position of the parts from being displaced during the transportation of the plate body.

In the game machine D0
In the transfer step, the plate is conveyed so that the vertical direction of the plate in front view is orthogonal to the transfer direction.
At least two or more holding portions are provided.
The gaming machine D1 is characterized in that the holding portion is formed to face the hole in a direction intersecting the vertical direction (a direction parallel to the transport direction of the plate body).

According to the game machine D1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D0, the following effects are played. That is, in the transport process, the plate is transported so that the vertical direction of the plate in front view is orthogonal to the transport direction, at least two holding portions are provided, and the direction (plate) intersecting the vertical direction of the plate in the hole. The holding portions are formed so as to face each other (in a direction parallel to the transport direction). As a result, for example, when the transfer of the plate body is stopped, even if the protrusion of the component is slightly tilted to the front side in the transfer direction due to the stop of the transfer of the plate body, the holding portion of 1 on the front side in the transfer direction of the hole. Interferes with the protrusion, and the other holding portion on the rear side in the transport direction of the hole interferes with the protrusion, and the protrusion and the holding portion of 2 interfere with each other. Therefore, even if an impact is generated during the transportation of the plate body, by holding the protrusions so as to be sandwiched between the two holding portions, it is possible to prevent the protrusions from popping out of the holes. There is. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the placement position of the parts from being displaced during the transportation of the plate body.

In the game machine D1
The gaming machine D2 is characterized in that, in the component mounting step, the component is mounted from a direction orthogonal to the transport direction of the plate body.

According to the game machine D2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D1, the following effects are played. That is, in the component mounting process, the components are mounted from a direction orthogonal to the transport direction of the plate body. Therefore, when a worker places a part on the plate from a direction orthogonal to the transport direction of the plate, the worker may perform the work with the plate viewed from the upper side or the lower side in the front view. it can. In particular, when the work is performed while looking at the plate from the lower side of the front view of the plate, the work can be performed with the plate in front view. Therefore, there is an effect that the work of placing the parts can be facilitated, the work efficiency can be increased, and the manufacturing efficiency of the game board can be improved.

In any of the game machines D0 to D2
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
The gaming machine D3 is characterized in that the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, respectively.

According to the game machine D3, in addition to the effects of the game machines D0 to D2, the following effects are played. That is, the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and an insertion receiving portion and a holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, respectively. As a result, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion can be immediately held by the holding portion while the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be reliably inserted into the hole and kept held.

In the game machine D3
The plate body is configured to be elastically deformable.
The holding portion is a constant load means (for example, through straight) that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to the predetermined depth. A game machine D4 having a portion (inner diameter of 627a).

According to the game machine D4, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D3, the following effects are played. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the plate body is constantly applied to the protrusions from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth by the constant load means provided in the holding portion. The elastic force of is given. As a result, the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusions by the constant load means to hold the protrusions. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted into the hole can be continuously held and the parts can be prevented from coming off from the plate body.

In the game machine D4
The game machine D5, wherein the constant load means forms the size of the holding portion smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion.

According to the game machine D5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D4, the following effects are played. That is, in the constant load means, the size of the holding portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion. As a result, the plate body is elastically deformed so that the protrusion can be inserted into the holding portion, and the elastic force of the plate body can be continuously applied to the protrusion inserted into the holding portion. .. Therefore, there is an effect that the constant load means of the holding portion can continue to hold the protruding portion inserted into the hole and prevent the component from coming off the plate body.

In any of the game machines D3 to D5
The insertion receiving portion has an outer diameter and an insertion holding portion (for example, a through protrusion 7f in the through taper portion 627b) that holds the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the hole less than the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. The gaming machine D6 is characterized by having a matching portion).

According to the game machine D6, in addition to the effects played by the game machines D3 to D5, the following effects are played. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion, and the insertion is provided from a predetermined portion less than a predetermined depth of the hole to a predetermined depth. The holding portion holds the protrusion inserted into the hole. This makes it easier for the insertion receiving portion to insert the protrusion into the hole, and the insertion holding portion provided from the predetermined portion of the hole to the predetermined depth can hold the protrusion to be inserted into the hole. it can. Therefore, the protrusion can be held by the holding portion, and the protrusion can be additionally held by the insertion holding portion, the holding force of the protrusion inserted into the hole is increased, and the component comes off from the plate body. This has the effect of improving the mounting performance of parts on the game board.

In the game machine D6
The insertion receiving part is
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion.
At a predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion.
The gaming machine D7 is characterized in that the insertion holding portion forms the size of the insertion receiving portion smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion portion from the predetermined portion of the hole to the predetermined depth.

According to the game machine D7, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D6, the following effects are played. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and at a predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. The insertion and holding portion forms the size of the insertion receiving portion smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth.

Conventionally, as a hole into which a protrusion of a component can be inserted, there is a (first) hole capable of holding the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. This (first) hole has only an elastically deformable holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. The protrusion of the component inserted into the (first) hole is configured to be receivable by the holding portion of the (first) hole. However, when the protrusion is to be inserted into the (first) hole, the size of the holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion is not firmly inserted into the (first) hole and the component is a plate. There was a situation where it was not securely fixed to the body.

Further, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a (second) hole on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole that easily accepts the insertion of the protrusion. This (second) hole has only an insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted, and inside the (second) hole. , Has an insertion and holding part. In this (second) hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is configured to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole. Is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion of the component can be easily inserted on the surface of the (second) hole, and the insertion holding portion provided inside the (second) hole (second). ) It is configured to be able to hold the protrusion inserted in the hole. However, the plate body has individual differences (differences in plate thickness or hardness) due to manufacturing unevenness during manufacturing, and the function of the insertion receiving part or the insertion holding part of the (second) hole deteriorates due to the influence of the individual differences. It may end up.

Specifically, for example, when the (second) hole is formed large due to the influence of individual differences in the plate body, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed large. The insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole is also formed large, and the protrusion of the part inserted inside the (second) hole is not firmly held, and the part is securely fixed to the plate body. There was a situation that was not. Further, for example, when the (second) hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences in the plate body, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed small, and the protrusion There was a situation where the part was not firmly inserted into the (second) hole and the part was not securely fixed to the plate body.

Therefore, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole and at the insertion receiving portion, and the hole has a predetermined depth. In, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the size of the insertion receiving portion is increased from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth by the insertion holding portion provided in the insertion receiving portion. It is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. Further, the elastic force of the plate body is constantly applied to the protrusions from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth by the constant load means of the holding portion. With this configuration, the size of the insertion receiving portion on the surface of the hole is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole, and the protrusion extends from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. Since the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held. Further, the elastic force of the plate body can be constantly applied to the protrusions by the constant load means of the holding portion to hold the protrusions. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be continuously held.

In the game machine D7
The gaming machine D8 is characterized in that the size of the insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole toward the depth direction.

According to the game machine D8, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D7, the following effects are played. That is,
The size of the insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually decrease from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole toward the depth direction. As a result, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to the predetermined portion, the protrusion is held from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, and further, gradually from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. It is possible to increase the elastic force of the plate body loaded on the protrusions. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be continuously held.

In any of the game machines D0 to D8
At least two or more holding portions are provided.
The gaming machine D9 is characterized in that at least two holding portions are formed to face each other in the hole.

According to the game machine D9, in addition to the effects of the game machines D0 to D8, the following effects are played. That is, at least two holding portions are provided, and at least two holding portions are formed so as to face each other in the hole. As a result, the protrusions of the parts can be held so as to be sandwiched by the holding portions of the holes, so that the force for holding the protrusions is increased and the protrusions can be prevented from popping out from the holes. There is.

In any of the game machines D0 to D9
At least two or more insertion receiving portions are provided.
The gaming machine D10 is characterized in that at least two of the insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other in the hole.

In the game machine D10, in addition to the effects played by the game machines D0 to D9, the following effects are played. That is, at least two or more insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two insertion receiving portions are formed so as to face each other in the hole. As a result, the protrusion of the component can be inserted into the space formed by the insertion receiving portion of one hole and the other insertion receiving portion, so that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole. There is.

In the game machine D10
In the hole
The holding portion of 1 and the other holding portion are formed so as to face each other, and at the same time.
The gaming machine D11, characterized in that the insertion receiving portion of 1 and the other insertion receiving portion are formed so as to face each other.

According to the game machine D11, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D10, the following effects are played. That is, in the hole, the holding portion of 1 and the other holding portion are formed facing each other (opposing each other), and the insertion receiving portion of 1 and the other insertion receiving portion are formed facing each other (facing each other). As a result, the insertion receiving portion formed so as to face (oppose) facilitates the insertion of the protrusion into the hole, and the holding portion formed so as to face (face) sandwiches the protrusion. Can be done. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be continuously held.

<Group E>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area on which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front surface side, and a plurality of parts (for example, a start winning opening unit) fixed to the front surface side of the plate body. 4. In a game machine provided with a game board (for example, a game board 13) composed of a through gate 7 and a main display unit 87).
The parts are
A base portion in contact with the plate body (for example, a starting base portion 4e, a through base portion 7b, and a main display base portion 87f) and
A protrusion (for example, starting protrusions 4i, 4j, through protrusions 7e, 7f, and main display protrusions 87j, 87k) provided on the side of the base portion in contact with the plate body is provided.
The plate body
An elastically deformable plate member (for example, a base plate 60) and
A decorative sheet (for example, cell sheet 60a) attached to the surface of the plate member, and
A plurality of types of holes having different shapes (for example, main display positioning holes 609,610, starting positioning holes 620,621 or through positioning holes 626,627) are provided so that the protrusions of the parts can be inserted.
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
A first hole (for example, a first hole) having a first constant load means for constantly applying an elastic force of the plate member to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to the predetermined depth. Main display positioning holes 609,610) and
A second hole (for example, a starting positioning hole 620) having a second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, which is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion and smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion at the predetermined depth. , 621 or through positioning holes 626,627).
The gaming machine E0, wherein the parts are arranged on the plate body by either the first hole or the second hole based on the transparency of the base portion.

According to the game machine E0, a game area in which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front side of the plate body, a plurality of parts are fixed to the front side of the plate body, and the game board is composed of the plate body and the plurality of parts. The plurality of parts are provided with a base portion in contact with the plate body, and a protrusion is provided on the side of the base portion in contact with the plate body. Further, the plate body is provided with an elastically deformable plate member, and a decorative sheet is attached to the surface of the plate member to form a plurality of types of holes having different shapes into which protrusions of the parts can be inserted. Further, in the first hole having the hole having a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and having the first constant loading means, the plate member is formed on the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth. Elastic force is given. Further, in the second hole having the second insertion receiving portion, the insertion receiving portion is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the hole surface side (hole edge) and smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion at a predetermined depth of the hole. To. Then, based on the transparency of the base of the part, the part is arranged on the plate body by either the first hole or the second hole.

Since the plate member constituting the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, it is inserted into the plate member when the plate body drilling tool for forming a hole is inserted into the plate body to form a hole. When the plate body drilling tool is pulled out, a load based on the elastic deformation of the plate member is applied to the plate body drilling tool. In addition, a decorative sheet is attached to the surface of the plate member, and when the plate body drilling tool inserted into the plate body composed of the plate member and the decorative sheet is to be pulled out, the plate body drilling is performed. While the installation tool is being pulled out, the decorative sheet attached to the plate member also keeps in contact with the plate body drilling tool due to the elastic deformation of the plate member. Due to the contact, the decorative sheet is peeled off from the plate member, and the decorative sheet is torn and peeled off at the hole edge of the hole.

Here, the first hole is formed so as to have the first constant loading means from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth of the hole. Therefore, when the first plate body drilling tool for the first hole is pulled out from the plate body, the decorative sheet comes into contact with the first plate body drilling tool due to the influence of the first constant load means of the plate member. Continue to do. Therefore, on the hole surface (hole edge) of the first hole, the decorative sheet is peeled off relatively large.

On the other hand, the second hole is formed so that the size of the hole is large on the surface of the hole (hole edge) and small at a predetermined depth of the hole. Therefore, when the second plate body drilling tool for the second hole is pulled out from the plate body, contact between the second plate body drilling tool and the plate member and the decorative sheet can be suppressed. Therefore, the decorative sheet does not peel off very much on the hole surface (hole edge) of the second hole.

As described above, the size of the peeling of the decorative sheet differs depending on the type of hole, but when the base of the component is transparent, the back surface side of the base can be visually recognized. For this reason, the peeling formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the hole is visible to the player, and the decorativeness of the game machine is deteriorated. In such a case, based on the transparency of the base of the part, the part is arranged on the plate body by either the first hole or the second hole.

Therefore, for example, in the case of a part having a transparent base, the back surface side thereof can be clearly seen. Therefore, the parts are arranged on the plate body by using the second hole which does not deteriorate the decorativeness even if the back surface side is visible. Further, since the back surface side of the component whose base is opaque cannot be seen, the component is arranged on the plate body by using the first hole. In this way, by making the holes for holding the protrusions different according to the transparency of the base of the part, it is possible to prevent the deterioration of the decorativeness when the peeling of the decorative sheet is visible based on the transparency of the part. It has the effect of being able to.

In the game machine E0
The second hole is
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a pure second hole having only the second insertion receiving portion (for example, starting positioning holes 620, 621) and
A third insertion receiving portion that is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole and smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion at the predetermined depth, and the predetermined position from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. A composite second hole (for example, through positioning hole 626, 627) having a third constant load means for constantly applying an elastic force of the plate member to the protrusion over the depth of With
The first hole has a first peeling portion (for example, a straight peeling portion 60b) from which the decorative sheet is peeled from the plate member at the hole edge of the first hole.
The pure second hole has a pure second peeling portion (for example, a tapered peeling portion 60c) formed smaller than the first peeling portion at the hole edge of the pure second hole.
The composite second peeling portion (for example, the hybrid taper peeling portion 60d and the hybrid taper peeling portion 60d) formed in the hole edge of the composite second hole to be smaller than the first peeling portion and larger than the pure second peeling portion. Has a hybrid straight peeling part 60e)
The gaming machine is characterized in that the component is arranged on the plate body by either the first hole, the pure second hole, or the composite second hole provided based on the transparency of the base portion. E1.

According to the game machine E1, in addition to the effect of the game machine E0, the following effects are played. That is, in the pure second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion. Further, in the composite second hole having the third insertion receiving portion and the third constant loading means, the insertion of the protrusion was accepted by the third insertion receiving portion, and the protrusion was inserted into the composite second hole by the third constant loading means. The elastic force of the plate member is applied to the protrusion. Further, on the hole surface (hole edge) of the first hole, a first peeled portion from which the decorative sheet is peeled from the plate member is formed, and on the hole surface (hole edge) of the pure second hole, it is formed smaller than the first peeled portion. The formed pure second peeled portion is formed, and on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole, a composite second peeled portion formed smaller than the first peeled portion and larger than the pure second peeled portion is formed. .. Then, based on the transparency of the base of the part, the part is arranged on the plate by any of the first hole, the pure second hole or the composite second hole.

The composite second hole is formed so as to have a third constant loading means from the hole surface (hole edge) to a predetermined depth of the hole. Therefore, when the third plate body drilling tool for the composite second hole is pulled out from the plate body, the decorative sheet becomes the third plate body drilling tool due to the influence of the third constant load means of the plate member. Keep in touch. Further, the composite second hole is formed in the third insertion receiving portion, the size of the hole is large on the hole surface (hole edge) and small at the predetermined depth of the hole, and the composite second hole is formed for the third plate body. When the tool is pulled out from the plate body, contact between the third plate body drilling tool and the plate member and the decorative sheet can be suppressed. Therefore, the composite second peeling portion formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole is formed by the influence of the third constant load means, but the composite second hole is formed by the third constant load means and the third. Since it is composed of an insertion receiving portion, the composite second peeling portion formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole is formed only in the vicinity of the third constant loading means. Therefore, the composite second peeled portion formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole is formed smaller than the first peeled portion and larger than the pure second peeled portion.

In this way, the size of each peeled part is different for each type of hole, but if the base of the part is transparent, the back side of the base can be seen, so the hole surface (hole) of the hole. The peeled portion formed on the edge) is visible to the player, and the decorativeness of the game machine is reduced. In such a case, based on the transparency of the base of the part, the part is arranged on the plate by any of the first hole, the pure second hole or the composite second hole.

Since the first peeling portion formed on the surface of the first hole is relatively large, the decorativeness of the game machine is deteriorated due to its poor appearance. On the other hand, since the pure second peeling portion formed on the surface of the pure second hole is formed smaller than the first peeling portion, the decorativeness of the game machine is not deteriorated. Further, since the composite second peeled portion formed on the surface of the hole of the composite second hole is smaller than the first peeled portion and larger than the pure second peeled portion, it is more decorative than the pure second hole. Although it is reduced, the decorativeness is not as low as that of the first hole.

Therefore, for example, in the case of a part having a transparent base, the back surface side thereof can be clearly seen. Therefore, the parts are arranged on the plate body by using the pure second hole which does not deteriorate the decorativeness even if the back surface side is visible. Further, for a part whose base is opaque, the back surface side cannot be seen, so that the first peeling part is formed, but the part is arranged on the plate body by using the first hole which is easy to hold the protrusion by the first constant load means. Let me set it up. Further, since the back surface side of the part whose base is translucent can be seen to some extent, the decorativeness is not so deteriorated even if the back surface side can be seen, and the composite second hole which is easy to hold the protrusion by the third constant load means is provided. Use to dispose the parts on the plate.

In this way, by holding the protrusions using the holes corresponding to the transparency of the base of the part, priority is given to preventing the deterioration of the decorativeness when the peeled part becomes visible based on the transparency of the parts, or the protrusions. It is possible to select whether to give priority to fixing the portion, and to continue holding the protrusion while inserting the protrusion into the hole without deteriorating the decorativeness of the game machine. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the decorativeness of the game machine from being deteriorated, prevent the parts having different characteristics from coming off from the plate body, and improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board. is there.

<Group F>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played by a game medium on the front surface side, and a component (for example, a through gate 7) arranged on the front surface side of the plate body. A method for manufacturing a game machine including a game board (for example, a game board 13) composed of.
A hole forming step of forming a hole (for example, a through positioning hole 627) in the plate body (for example, a component positioning hole making step (S201)) and
A component mounting step (for example, an attacker unit mounting step (S206)) in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is mounted on the plate body.
A transport process for transporting the plate body (for example, a first transport step) and
A transfer stop step for stopping the transfer of the plate body (for example, when the game board 13 is transferred from the attacker unit mounting step (S206) in the first transfer step to the main display unit mounting step (S207)).
A game board is formed through a part fixing step (for example, a first screw fixing step (S212)) of fixing the parts placed on the plate body whose transportation is stopped by a fixing tool (for example, a screw). ,
In the hole forming step, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole,
An insertion receiving portion (for example, a through-tapered portion 627b) that accepts the insertion of the protruding portion into the hole, and
A method for manufacturing a gaming machine, which comprises forming a holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) for holding the protrusion inserted into the hole.

According to the manufacturing method F0 of the game machine, a game area in which the game is played by the game medium is formed on the front side of the plate body, the parts are arranged on the front side of the plate body, and the game is formed by the plate body and the parts. A plate is provided, and a hole into which a protrusion of a part is inserted is formed in the plate body by a hole forming means, and a protrusion is inserted into the hole by a component mounting process, and the component is mounted on the plate body and conveyed. The plate body is conveyed by the process, the transfer of the plate body is stopped by the transfer stop step, and the parts to be placed on the plate body whose transfer is stopped are fixed by the fixture by the parts fixing step. After that, a game board is formed. Further, in the hole forming step, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, an insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion with respect to the hole and a holding portion that holds the protrusion inserted into the hole are formed. .. As a result, the protrusion of the component is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the protrusion of the component is also formed by the holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The part can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the parts can be prevented from coming off from the plate body in the transfer process and the transfer stop process of the plate body.

In the manufacturing method F0 of the game machine,
A method for manufacturing a game machine, wherein in the hole forming step, the hole is formed so that the holding portion is located on the front side or the rear side in the transport direction of the plate body.

According to the manufacturing method F1 of the game machine, the following effects are obtained in addition to the effects of the manufacturing method F0 of the game machine. That is, in the hole forming step, the hole is formed so that the holding portion is located on the front side or the rear side in the transport direction of the plate body.

Conventionally, an inertial force in the transport direction is applied to the plate body transported by the transport process based on the transport. Then, when the transfer of the plate body is stopped by the transfer stop step, an impact based on the inertial force is applied to the parts mounted on the plate body. Further, in the transfer process, when the stopped plate body is started to be transported, an impact based on inertia is applied to the parts placed on the plate body in the stopped state. Since the parts placed on the plate body before the component fixing process are not fixed to the plate body by the fixture, the mounting position of the parts may shift due to the impact generated in the transfer process and the transfer stop process. .. Therefore, a protrusion is formed on the part, a hole is formed in the plate body, the protrusion is inserted into the hole, the part is held against the plate body, and the placement position of the game part is changed when the plate body is conveyed. It is configured so that it does not shift. In such a situation, depending on the impact generated when the transfer of the plate body is stopped, the protrusion may pop out from the hole, and the placement position of the game part may be displaced with respect to the plate body. is there.

Therefore, in the hole forming step, when the holding portion of the hole is formed on the front side or the rear side of the plate body in the transport direction, an impact in the transport direction due to the stop of the transport of the plate body is given to the component. However, the protrusions of the parts and the holding portions of the holes are configured to interfere with each other. With this configuration, even if an impact based on the inertial force in the transport direction is applied to the part due to the stop of transport of the plate body, the protrusion and the holding portion interfere with each other, so that the protrusion It is possible to prevent the portion from popping out of the hole. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the placement position of the parts from being displaced due to the stop of the transportation of the plate body or the like.

In the game machine manufacturing method F1
In the transfer step, the plate is conveyed so that the vertical direction of the plate in front view is orthogonal to the transfer direction of the plate.
A method for manufacturing a game machine, F2, wherein in the hole forming step, the holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in the hole in a direction intersecting the front view vertical direction of the plate body.

According to the manufacturing method F2 of the game machine, the following effects are obtained in addition to the effects of the manufacturing method F1 of the game machine. That is, in the transport step, the plate is transported so that the vertical direction in the front view is orthogonal to the transport direction, and in the hole forming step, a holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in the direction intersecting the vertical direction in the front view of the plate. Orthogonal. As a result, for example, even when an impact in the transport direction due to the stop of transport of the plate body is applied to the component, the protrusion of the component and the holding portion of the hole are configured to interfere with each other. That is, in the transfer stop step, even when an impact based on the inertial force in the transfer direction is applied to the part due to the stop of the transfer of the plate body, the protrusion and the holding portion interfere with each other, so that the protrusion is formed. It is possible to prevent it from popping out of the hole. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the placement position of the parts from being displaced due to the stop of the transportation of the plate body or the like.

In the game machine F2
In the hole forming step,
At least two or more holding portions are provided.
A method for manufacturing a game machine, F3, wherein the holding portion is formed so as to face the holding portion in a direction intersecting the front view vertical direction of the plate body in the hole.

According to the manufacturing method F3 of the game machine, the following effects are obtained in addition to the effects of the manufacturing method F2 of the game machine. That is, in the hole forming step, at least two holding portions are provided, and the holding portions are formed so as to face each other in the direction intersecting the vertical direction of the plate body in the holes. As a result, for example, when the transfer of the plate body is stopped, even if the protrusion of the component is slightly tilted to the front side in the transfer direction due to the stop of the transfer of the plate body, the holding portion of 1 on the front side in the transfer direction of the hole. Interferes with the protrusion, and the other holding portion on the rear side in the transport direction of the hole interferes with the protrusion, and the protrusion and the holding portion of 2 interfere with each other. Therefore, even if an impact is generated during the transportation of the plate body, by holding the protrusions so as to be sandwiched between the two holding portions, it is possible to prevent the protrusions from popping out of the holes. There is. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the placement position of the parts from being displaced during the transportation of the plate body.

In the manufacturing method F3 of the game machine,
A method for manufacturing a game machine, F4, wherein in the component mounting step, the component is mounted from a direction orthogonal to the transport direction of the plate body.

According to the manufacturing method F4 of the game machine, the following effects are obtained in addition to the effects of the manufacturing method F3 of the game machine. That is, in the component mounting process, the components are mounted from a direction orthogonal to the transport direction of the plate body. Therefore, when a worker places a part on the plate from a direction orthogonal to the transport direction of the plate, the worker may perform the work with the plate viewed from the upper side or the lower side in the front view. it can. In particular, when the work is performed while looking at the plate from the lower side of the front view of the plate, the work can be performed with the plate in front view, so that the work of placing the parts can be facilitated. It has the effect of increasing the work efficiency and improving the manufacturing efficiency of the game board.

<Group G>
With a large diameter part (for example, hybrid collar part 323),
A small diameter portion (for example, a hybrid body portion 324) that is configured to have a diameter smaller than that of the large diameter portion and is provided coaxially with the large diameter portion.
In a plate drilling tool (for example, hybrid pin 321) having a tip formed in a sharp shape and having a tip portion (for example, a hybrid tip portion 325) provided coaxially with the small diameter portion and the large diameter portion. ,
The small diameter part
A small-diameter straight portion (for example, a hybrid straight portion 324a) formed parallel to the insertion direction, and
A drilling tool for a plate body, which comprises a small-diameter tapered portion (for example, a hybrid tapered portion 324b) formed so that the diameter dimension is continuously reduced from the large-diameter portion to the tip end side. G0.

According to the plate drilling tool G0, a large-diameter portion and a small-diameter portion that is smaller than the large-diameter portion and is provided coaxially with the large-diameter portion and a tip is formed in a sharp shape and the small-diameter portion is formed. And a tip portion coaxially provided with the large diameter portion, a small diameter straight portion is formed parallel to the small diameter portion in the insertion direction, and a small diameter tapered portion is continuous from the large diameter portion to the tip portion side. It is formed so that the diameter dimension becomes smaller. As a result, a straight portion in which the shape of the hole formed in the plate body by the small diameter portion is parallel in the insertion direction and a tapered portion in which the inner diameter dimension is continuously reduced in the depth direction are provided. That is, the protrusion of the component can be held by the straight portion of the hole while the protrusion of the component is inserted into the hole by the tapered portion of the hole formed by the plate drilling tool G0. Therefore, the hole formed by the plate drilling tool G0 allows the protrusion of the component to be reliably inserted into the hole while being continuously held. As a result, it is possible to prevent the parts from coming off the plate body and improve the mounting performance of the parts on the game board.

Further, when the plate body drilling tool G0 is inserted into the plate body to form a hole, the plate body is elastically deformed while the plate body drilling tool G0 inserted into the plate body is pulled out. However, contact with the small-diameter tapered portion can be suppressed. Further, the decorative sheet attached to the plate member can also suppress contact with the small-diameter tapered portion. Therefore, the peeling portion of the decorative sheet formed by the contact between the small diameter portion and the decorative sheet can be suppressed by the small diameter tapered portion, and the peeling portion of the decorative sheet when forming a hole in the plate body can be reduced. It has the effect of being able to.

In the plate drilling tool G0
The plate drilling tool is for forming a hole in the plate.
The small-diameter straight portion is a straight taper portion formed at a position corresponding to the surface side (hole edge) of the hole formed in the plate body so that the diameter dimension is continuously increased on the large-diameter portion side. (For example, a drilling tool G1 for a plate body, which has a modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c).

According to the plate drilling tool G1, in addition to the effect of the plate drilling tool G0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, a hole is formed in the plate body by the drilling tool for the plate body, and the diameter dimension of the small diameter straight portion is increased by the straight taper portion provided at the position corresponding to the surface side (hole edge) of the hole formed in the plate body. It is formed so as to continuously increase on the large diameter side. As a result, when the plate body drilling tool G1 is pulled out from the plate body, the number of parts that come into contact with the decorative sheet in the small diameter straight portion is reduced, so that the decorative sheet formed by the contact between the small diameter straight portion and the decorative sheet. There is an effect that the peeled portion of the can be made smaller.

<Group H>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area on which a game is played by a game medium on the front surface side, and a component fixed to the front surface side of the plate body (for example, a main display unit 87). In a game machine provided with a game board (for example, a game board 13) composed of
The parts are
A base portion in contact with the plate body (for example, a main display base portion 87f) and
A protrusion (for example, main display protrusions 87j, 87k) provided on the side of the base portion in contact with the plate body is provided.
The plate body includes a plurality of holes (for example, main display positioning holes 609,610) formed so that the protrusions of the component can be inserted.
The plate body is configured to be elastically deformable.
The hole is provided with a constant load means (for example, the inner diameters of the main display positioning holes 609 and 610) that constantly apply an elastic force to the plate body to the protrusion.
The gaming machine H1 is characterized in that the hole is formed in the plate body so that the hole of 1 and the other hole have a predetermined positional relationship.

According to the game machine H1, a game area in which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front side of the plate body, game parts are fixed to the front side of the plate body, and the game board is composed of the plate body and a plurality of parts. The component is provided with a protrusion on the side of the base in contact with the plate body, and the plate body is formed with a plurality of holes into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. Then, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the elastic force of the plate body is constantly applied to the protrusions inserted into the holes by the constant load means provided in the holes. Further, one hole and the other hole are formed on the plate so as to have a predetermined positional relationship.

The hole is configured to constantly apply an elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion inserted into the hole. Therefore, even when a hole is formed in the plate body, the elasticity of the plate body with respect to the drilling tool while the drilling tool is inserted into the plate body with respect to the drilling tool for forming the hole. Gives power. In this case, when the drilling tool is pulled out from the plate body, if the load applied to the drilling tool is stronger than the weight of the plate body, the plate body will be lifted.

When forming a hole in a plate, for example, if only one side of the plate is lifted and tilted, the position of the hole formed by the drilling tool is different from the design value due to the tilted lift, and the hole is manufactured in the formation of the hole. There is a risk of unevenness. Therefore, when forming a hole, a drilling tool is applied to the plate body so that one hole and the other hole have a predetermined positional relationship (for example, a relationship in which the holes are evenly arranged on the plate body). By arranging and forming holes, even if the plate body is lifted when the drilling tool is pulled out, it is lifted without tilting, thereby preventing the plate body from tilting and preventing uneven manufacturing of holes. It has the effect of being able to.

The "predetermined positional relationship" may be any arrangement as long as the holes are arranged so that the plate body is not tilted and lifted. For example, a position where a plurality of holes are evenly arranged on the plate body. Examples thereof include a relationship, a positional relationship in which holes are arranged symmetrically to the left and right (up and down) of the plate body, a positional relationship in which holes are arranged at equal intervals from the center position of the plate body, and the like.

<Group I>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area on which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front surface side, and a plurality of parts (for example, a plurality of parts) fixed adjacent to each other on the front surface side of the plate body. In a game machine provided with a game board (for example, a game board 13) composed of a general winning opening unit 3 and an attacker unit 5).
The plurality of parts
A base portion in contact with the plate body (for example, a general base portion 3d and an attacker base portion 5e) and
A protrusion (for example, a general protrusion and an attacker protrusion) provided on the side of the base portion in contact with the plate body is provided.
The plate body includes holes (for example, general positioning holes 611 and 612 and attacker positioning holes 622-625) formed so that the protrusions of the component can be inserted.
A component mounting step (for example, an attacker unit mounting step (S206) and a general winning opening unit mounting step (S213)) in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is mounted on the plate body. ,
A transport step for transporting the plate body (for example, a first transport step and a second transport step) and
A transfer stop step for stopping the transfer of the plate body (for example, when the game board 13 is transferred from the attacker unit mounting step (S206) in the first transfer step to the main display unit mounting step (S207)).
A game board is formed through a part fixing step (for example, a first screw fixing step (S212)) of fixing the parts placed on the plate body whose transportation is stopped by a fixing tool (for example, a screw). ,
The parts include a front part (for example, an attacker unit 5) that is first placed on the plate body and a rear part (for example, a general winning opening unit 3) that is placed on the plate body after the front part. , Equipped with
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and has a predetermined depth.
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole having a first holding portion for holding the protrusion (for example, main display positioning holes 609,610) and
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a second hole (for example, attacker positioning hole 622-625) having a second insertion receiving portion for receiving the insertion of the protrusion is provided.
A game machine I1 characterized in that the protrusion of the tip component is inserted into the second hole.

According to the game machine I1, a game area in which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front side of the plate body, and a plurality of adjacent parts are fixed to the front side of the plate body, and the plate body and the parts The game board is formed by the above, and the plurality of parts are provided with protrusions on the side in contact with the plate body of the base, and the plate body is formed with holes into which the protrusions of the parts can be inserted. Further, in the component mounting process, a protrusion is inserted into the hole, the component is mounted on the plate body, the plate body is transported by the transport process, and the transport of the plate body is stopped by the transport stop step. By the fixing step, the parts to be placed on the plate body whose transportation is stopped are fixed by the fixing tool, and the game board is formed through the above steps. Further, in the component mounting process, the front component is mounted on the plate body first, and the rear component is mounted on the plate body after the front component. Further, the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and in the first hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and in the second hole, the protrusion is held. The insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Then, in the component mounting process, the protrusion of the tip component is inserted into the second hole.

The front part is configured to be placed before the rear part among the parts to be placed on the plate body. If the front part is not securely inserted into the hole, the rear part to be mounted on the plate after that may not be properly mounted on the plate. Therefore, the front component to be placed on the plate before the rear component arranged adjacent to the plate is placed on the plate using the second hole having the second insertion receiving portion into which the protrusion is easily inserted. As a result, the front component can be reliably inserted into the second hole, and the front component and the rear component can be reliably placed on the plate body.

<Group J>
A plate body (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) forming a game area in which a game is played by a game medium on the front surface side, and a component (for example, a through gate 7) arranged on the front surface side of the plate body. A game board (for example, a game board 13) equipped with,
The parts are
A base portion in contact with the plate body (for example, a through base portion 7b) and
A protrusion (for example, through protrusions 7e, 7f) provided on the side of the base portion in contact with the plate body is provided.
The plate body
A hole (for example, through positioning hole 626, 627) formed so that the protrusion of the component can be inserted is provided.
The hole is
An insertion receiving portion (for example, a through taper portion 627b) that accepts the insertion of the protrusion into the hole, and
A holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) for holding the protrusion inserted into the hole is provided.
The game machine J1 is characterized in that the holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in a direction intersecting the direction in which the plate body is conveyed with the protrusion inserted in the hole at the time of manufacturing the game board. ..

According to the game machine J1, a game area in which a game is played by a game medium is formed on the front side of the plate body, parts are arranged on the front side of the plate body, and the game board is formed by the plate body and the parts. The component is provided with a protrusion on the side of the base in contact with the plate body, and the plate body is formed with a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. The insertion of the protrusion is accepted, and the holding portion holds the protrusion to be inserted into the hole. Then, at the time of manufacturing the game board, the holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in the direction intersecting the direction in which the plate body is conveyed with the protrusion inserted in the hole.

Conventionally, when the plate is manufactured, an inertial force is applied to the plate in the transport direction. Then, when the transport of the plate body is stopped, an impact based on the inertial force is applied to the parts mounted on the plate body. Further, when the stopped plate body is started to be conveyed, an impact based on inertia is applied to the parts placed on the plate body in the stopped state. If the above impact is applied before the parts mounted on the plate are fixed during the manufacture of the plate, the mounting positions of the parts may shift. Therefore, it is configured to form a protrusion on the component, form a hole in the plate body, insert the protrusion into the hole, and hold the component against the plate body. In such a situation, depending on the impact generated when the transfer of the plate body is stopped, the protrusion may pop out from the hole, and the mounting position of the component may be displaced with respect to the plate body. ..

Therefore, by forming the holding portion provided in the hole at a predetermined position in the direction intersecting the transport direction of the plate body, even when an impact in the transport direction due to the stoppage of transport of the plate body is applied to the component, the component It is configured so that the protrusion and the holding portion of the hole are in contact with each other. With this configuration, even if an impact based on the inertial force in the transport direction is applied to the parts due to the stop or start of transport of the plate body, the protrusions and the holding portion come into contact with each other and interfere with each other. By squeezing each other, it is possible to prevent the protrusions from popping out of the holes. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the placement position of the parts from being displaced during the transportation of the plate body.

For any of the configurations of the game machines A0 to A9, the game machines B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, J1 The configuration limited to any one may be applied. Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines B0 to B26, the game machines A0 to A9, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, J1 The configuration limited to any one may be applied. Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines C0 to C20, the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, J1 The configuration limited to any one may be applied. Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines D0 to D11, the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, J1 The configuration limited to any one may be applied. Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines E0 to E4, the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, J1 The configuration limited to any one may be applied. Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines F0 to F4, the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, J1 The configuration limited to any one may be applied. Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines G0 to G1, the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, H1, I1, J1 The configuration limited to any one may be applied. Further, with respect to the configuration of the game machine H1, any one of the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, I1 and J1 The configuration limited in the above may be applied. Further, with respect to the configuration of the game machine I1, any one of the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1 and J1 The configuration limited in the above may be applied. Further, with respect to the configuration of the game machine J1, any one of the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1. The configuration limited in 1 may be applied. In these cases, further effects can be obtained by applying each configuration.

In any of the game machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1 and J1, the game machine is a pachinko game machine. A game machine K1 characterized by. Among them, the basic configuration of the pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and the ball is launched into a predetermined game area based on the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is placed in an operation port arranged at a predetermined position in the game area. As a prerequisite for winning a prize (or passing through the operating port), the identification information dynamically displayed by the display means is fixedly stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special gaming state occurs, a variable winning device (specific winning opening) arranged at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to enable a ball to be won, and is valuable according to the number of winnings. Some of them are given value (including not only prize balls but also data written on a magnetic card).

7 Through gate (part of parts)
7f through protrusion (part of protrusion)
10 Pachinko machine (game machine)
13 Game board 60 Base plate (part of the plate)
60a cell sheet (part of plate)
321 Hybrid pin 627 Through positioning hole (part of the hole)
627a Through straight part (part of holding part)
627b Through taper part (part of insertion receiving part)

Claims (2)

Comprising a plate body forming a game area where the front side game by game media is conducted, the first and second parts to be fixed to the front side of the plate body, a game board, which is configured to have a In the game machine
The first part and the second part are each
The base in contact with the plate and
And a plate-side insertion portion provided on the side in contact with the plate member of the base,
The plate body
Elastically deformable plate members and
A decorative sheet which is adhered to the surface of the plate member,
A first-shaped hole formed so that the plate-side insertion portion of the first component can be inserted,
It is provided with a second shape hole having a shape different from that of the first shape hole and having a second shape hole formed so that the plate body side insertion portion of the second component can be inserted.
The first shape hole and the second shape hole are each formed from the surface of the plate body at least at a predetermined depth or more .
The first-shaped hole is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the plate-side insertion portion from the hole edge of the first-shaped hole to the position of the predetermined depth.
It said second shape hole, the hole edge of the second shape hole is configured larger than the outer shape of the plate-side insertion portion, wherein the position of a predetermined depth is configured rather smaller than the outer shape of the plate-side insertion portion,
At least, the said base of the first part, game machine, characterized in that it is constituted of a material having no light transmitting property. The gaming machine according to claim 1, characterized that you have provided launch control means for controlling the firing of the game ball, a.

Images